Trusted Business
Verified & Licensed
Virus Free Files
100% Safe Downloads
Secure Payment
SSL Protected
Instant Delivery
Available Immediately
2009 Infiniti FX35 FX50 S51 Series Service Manual – PDF DOWNLOAD
$38.95
2009 Infiniti FX35 FX50 S51 Series Service Manual – PDF DOWNLOAD
Instant PDF Download
Available immediately
Save to Your Device
Download & keep forever
Antivirus Scanned
100% virus-free
Trusted Worldwide
175,000+ customers
Description
2009 Infiniti FX35 FX50 S51 Series Service Manual – PDF DOWNLOAD
FILE DETAILS:
2009 Infiniti FX35 FX50 S51 Series Service Manual – PDF DOWNLOAD
Language : English
Pages : 8304
Downloadable : Yes
File Type : PDF
IMAGES PREVIEW OF THE MANUAL:
DESCRIPTION:
2009 Infiniti FX35 FX50 S51 Series Service Manual – PDF DOWNLOAD
FOREWORD:
- This manual contains maintenance and repair procedure for the 2009
INFINITI FX35/FX50. - In order to assure your safety and the efficient functioning of the vehicle,
this manual should be read thoroughly. It is especially important that the
PRECAUTIONS in the GI section be completely understood before starting
any repair task. - All information in this manual is based on the latest product information
at the time of publication. The right is reserved to make changes in specifications
and methods at any time without notice.
PRECAUTIONS:
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER” INFOID:0000000003902798
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT” of this
Service Manual.
TABLE OF CONTENTS:
2009 Infiniti FX35 FX50 S51 Series Service Manual – PDF DOWNLOAD
fwd........................................................................................................................................................................... 1 Model Selection........................................................................................................................................................... 1 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 1 FOREWORD.................................................................................................................................................................. 2 QUICK REFERENCE CHART..................................................................................................................................................... 3 A: GENERAL INFORMATION.................................................................................................................................................... 1 GI - General Information.............................................................................................................................................. 0 B: ENGINE................................................................................................................................................................. 1 EM - Engine Mechanical................................................................................................................................................ 0 LU - Engine Lubrication System........................................................................................................................................ 0 CO - Engine Cooling System............................................................................................................................................ 0 EC - Engine Control System............................................................................................................................................ 0 FL - Fuel System...................................................................................................................................................... 0 EX - Exhaust System................................................................................................................................................... 0 STR - Starting System................................................................................................................................................. 0 ACC - Accelerator Control System...................................................................................................................................... 0 C: HYBRID................................................................................................................................................................. 1 D: TRANSMISSION & DRIVELINE............................................................................................................................................... 1 TM - Transaxle & Transmission......................................................................................................................................... 0 DLN - Driveline....................................................................................................................................................... 0 FAX - Front Axle...................................................................................................................................................... 0 RAX - Rear Axle....................................................................................................................................................... 0 E: SUSPENSION............................................................................................................................................................. 1 FSU - Front Suspension................................................................................................................................................ 0 RSU - Rear Suspension................................................................................................................................................. 0 SCS - SUSPENSION CONTROL SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................... 0 WT - Road Wheels & Tires.............................................................................................................................................. 0 F: BRAKES................................................................................................................................................................. 1 BR - Brake System..................................................................................................................................................... 0 PB - Parking Brake System............................................................................................................................................. 0 BRC - Brake Control System............................................................................................................................................ 0 G: STEERING............................................................................................................................................................... 1 ST - Steering System.................................................................................................................................................. 0 STC - Steering Control System......................................................................................................................................... 0 H: RESTRAINTS............................................................................................................................................................. 1 SB - Seat Belt........................................................................................................................................................ 0 SBC - Seat Belt Control System........................................................................................................................................ 0 SR - SRS Airbag....................................................................................................................................................... 0 SRC - SRS Airbag Control System....................................................................................................................................... 0 I: VENTILATION, HEATER & AIR CONDITIONER.................................................................................................................................. 1 VTL - Ventilation System.............................................................................................................................................. 0 HA - Heater & Air Conditioning System................................................................................................................................. 0 HAC - Heater & Air Conditioning Control System........................................................................................................................ 0 J: BODY INTERIOR.......................................................................................................................................................... 1 INT - Interior........................................................................................................................................................ 0 IP - Instrument Panel................................................................................................................................................. 0 SE - Seat............................................................................................................................................................. 0 ADP - Automatic Drive Positioner...................................................................................................................................... 0 K: BODY EXTERIOR, DOORS, ROOF & VEHICLE SECURITY.......................................................................................................................... 1 DLK - Door & Lock..................................................................................................................................................... 0 SEC - Security Control System......................................................................................................................................... 0 GW - Glass & Window System............................................................................................................................................ 0 PWC - Power Window Control System..................................................................................................................................... 0 RF - Roof............................................................................................................................................................. 0 EXT - Exterior........................................................................................................................................................ 0 BRM - Body Repair..................................................................................................................................................... 0 L: DRIVER CONTROLS........................................................................................................................................................ 1 MIR - Mirrors......................................................................................................................................................... 0 EXL - Exterior Lighting System........................................................................................................................................ 0 INL - Interior Lighting System........................................................................................................................................ 0 WW - Wiper & Washer................................................................................................................................................... 0 DEF - Defogger........................................................................................................................................................ 0 HRN - Horn............................................................................................................................................................ 0 M: ELECTRICAL & POWER CONTROL............................................................................................................................................. 1 PWO - Power Outlet.................................................................................................................................................... 0 BCS - Body Control System............................................................................................................................................. 0 LAN - LAN System...................................................................................................................................................... 0 PCS - Power Control Syetem............................................................................................................................................ 0 CHG - Charging System................................................................................................................................................. 0 PG - Power Supply, Ground & Circuit Elements.......................................................................................................................... 0 N: DRIVER INFORMATION & MULTIMEDIA........................................................................................................................................ 1 MWI - Meter, Warning Lamp & Indicator................................................................................................................................. 0 WCS - Warning Chime System............................................................................................................................................ 0 AV - Audio, Visual & Navigation System................................................................................................................................ 0 O: CRUISE CONTROL......................................................................................................................................................... 1 CCS - Cruise Control System........................................................................................................................................... 0 P: MAINTENANCE............................................................................................................................................................ 1 MA - Maintenance...................................................................................................................................................... 0 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................................. 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)........................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX.......................................................................................................................................... 115 ACC........................................................................................................................................................................... 7 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents......................................................................................................................................................... 7 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................ 8 PRECAUTIONS....................................................................................................................................................... 8 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER".................................................................... 8 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS.......................................................................................... 8 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................................. 9 ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................ 9 MODELS WITHOUT DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM................................................................................................................. 9 MODELS WITHOUT DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Exploded View............................................................................................. 9 MODELS WITHOUT DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Removal and Installation.................................................................................. 9 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 9 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 9 MODELS WITHOUT DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Inspection................................................................................................ 9 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................... 9 MODELS WITH DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM.................................................................................................................... 10 MODELS WITH DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Exploded View................................................................................................ 10 MODELS WITH DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Removal and Installation..................................................................................... 10 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 10 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 10 MODELS WITH DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Inspection................................................................................................... 11 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................... 11 ADP........................................................................................................................................................................... 12 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents......................................................................................................................................................... 12 BASIC INSPECTION...................................................................................................................................................... 16 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW..................................................................................................................................... 16 Work Flow..................................................................................................................................................... 16 OVERALL SEQUENCE.......................................................................................................................................... 16 DETAILED FLOW............................................................................................................................................. 16 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT......................................................................................................................................... 19 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL.................................................................................................... 19 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Description.................................................................................. 19 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Special Repair Requirement................................................................... 19 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................................ 19 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description.............................................................................................. 19 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement............................................................................... 19 SYSTEM INITIALIZATION......................................................................................................................................... 20 SYSTEM INITIALIZATION : Description....................................................................................................................... 20 SYSTEM INITIALIZATION : Special Repair Requirement........................................................................................................ 20 INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE.............................................................................................................................. 20 MEMORY STORING................................................................................................................................................ 20 MEMORY STORING : Description.............................................................................................................................. 20 MEMORY STORING : Special Repair Requirement............................................................................................................... 21 Memory Storage Procedure.............................................................................................................................. 21 SYSTEM SETTING................................................................................................................................................ 21 SYSTEM SETTING : Description.............................................................................................................................. 22 Setting Change........................................................................................................................................ 22 SYSTEM SETTING : Special Repair Requirement............................................................................................................... 22 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................................... 24 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER SYSTEM................................................................................................................................. 24 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER SYSTEM............................................................................................................................. 24 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER SYSTEM : System Diagram........................................................................................................ 24 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER SYSTEM : System Description.................................................................................................... 25 OUTLINE............................................................................................................................................... 25 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER SYSTEM : Component Parts Location.............................................................................................. 26 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER SYSTEM : Component Description................................................................................................. 27 CONTROL UNITS......................................................................................................................................... 27 INPUT PARTS........................................................................................................................................... 27 Switches.......................................................................................................................................... 27 Sensors........................................................................................................................................... 28 OUTPUT PARTS.......................................................................................................................................... 28 MANUAL FUNCTION............................................................................................................................................... 28 MANUAL FUNCTION : System Diagram.......................................................................................................................... 29 MANUAL FUNCTION : System Description...................................................................................................................... 29 OUTLINE............................................................................................................................................... 29 OPERATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................... 29 DETAIL FLOW........................................................................................................................................... 29 Seat.............................................................................................................................................. 29 Tilt & Telescopic................................................................................................................................. 29 Door Mirror....................................................................................................................................... 30 MANUAL FUNCTION : Component Parts Location................................................................................................................ 31 MANUAL FUNCTION : Component Description................................................................................................................... 32 CONTROL UNITS......................................................................................................................................... 32 INPUT PARTS........................................................................................................................................... 32 Switches.......................................................................................................................................... 32 Sensors........................................................................................................................................... 33 OUTPUT PARTS.......................................................................................................................................... 33 SEAT SYNCHRONIZATION FUNCTION................................................................................................................................. 33 SEAT SYNCHRONIZATION FUNCTION : System Diagram............................................................................................................ 33 SEAT SYNCHRONIZATION FUNCTION : System Description........................................................................................................ 33 OUTLINE............................................................................................................................................... 33 OPERATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................... 34 OPERATION CONDITION................................................................................................................................... 34 DETAIL FLOW........................................................................................................................................... 34 SEAT SYNCHRONIZATION FUNCTION : Component Parts Location.................................................................................................. 35 SEAT SYNCHRONIZATION FUNCTION : Component Description..................................................................................................... 36 CONTROL UNITS......................................................................................................................................... 36 INPUT PARTS........................................................................................................................................... 36 Switches.......................................................................................................................................... 36 Sensors........................................................................................................................................... 36 OUTPUT PARTS.......................................................................................................................................... 37 MEMORY FUNCTION............................................................................................................................................... 37 MEMORY FUNCTION : System Diagram.......................................................................................................................... 37 MEMORY FUNCTION : System Description...................................................................................................................... 37 OPERATION CONDITION................................................................................................................................... 37 DETAIL FLOW........................................................................................................................................... 38 MEMORY FUNCTION : Component Parts Location................................................................................................................ 39 MEMORY FUNCTION : Component Description................................................................................................................... 40 CONTROL UNITS......................................................................................................................................... 40 INPUT PARTS........................................................................................................................................... 40 Switches.......................................................................................................................................... 40 Sensors........................................................................................................................................... 40 OUTPUT PARTS.......................................................................................................................................... 41 EXIT ASSIST FUNCTION.......................................................................................................................................... 41 EXIT ASSIST FUNCTION : System Diagram..................................................................................................................... 41 EXIT ASSIST FUNCTION : System Description................................................................................................................. 41 OUTLINE............................................................................................................................................... 41 OPERATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................... 41 OPERATION CONDITION................................................................................................................................... 41 DETAIL FLOW........................................................................................................................................... 42 EXIT ASSIST FUNCTION : Component Parts Location........................................................................................................... 43 EXIT ASSIST FUNCTION : Component Description.............................................................................................................. 44 CONTROL UNITS......................................................................................................................................... 44 INPUT PARTS........................................................................................................................................... 44 Switches.......................................................................................................................................... 44 Sensors........................................................................................................................................... 44 OUTPUT PARTS.......................................................................................................................................... 44 ENTRY ASSIST FUNCTION......................................................................................................................................... 45 ENTRY ASSIST FUNCTION : System Diagram.................................................................................................................... 45 ENTRY ASSIST FUNCTION : System Description................................................................................................................ 45 OUTLINE............................................................................................................................................... 45 OPERATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................... 45 OPERATION CONDITION................................................................................................................................... 45 DETAIL FLOW........................................................................................................................................... 46 ENTRY ASSIST FUNCTION : Component Parts Location.......................................................................................................... 47 ENTRY ASSIST FUNCTION : Component Description............................................................................................................. 48 CONTROL UNITS......................................................................................................................................... 48 INPUT PARTS........................................................................................................................................... 48 Switches.......................................................................................................................................... 48 Sensors........................................................................................................................................... 48 OUTPUT PARTS.......................................................................................................................................... 48 INTELLIGENT KEY INTERLOCK FUNCTION............................................................................................................................ 49 INTELLIGENT KEY INTERLOCK FUNCTION : System Diagram....................................................................................................... 49 INTELLIGENT KEY INTERLOCK FUNCTION : System Description................................................................................................... 49 OUTLINE............................................................................................................................................... 49 OPERATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................... 49 OPERATION CONDITION................................................................................................................................... 49 DETAIL FLOW........................................................................................................................................... 50 INTELLIGENT KEY INTERLOCK FUNCTION : Component Parts Location............................................................................................. 51 INTELLIGENT KEY INTERLOCK FUNCTION : Component Description................................................................................................ 52 CONTROL UNITS......................................................................................................................................... 52 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (DRIVER SEAT C/U)................................................................................................................................ 53 Diagnosis Description......................................................................................................................................... 53 DIAGNOSTIC MODE........................................................................................................................................... 53 CONSULT-III Function.......................................................................................................................................... 53 SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS.................................................................................................................................... 53 DATA MONITOR.............................................................................................................................................. 53 ACTIVE TEST............................................................................................................................................... 54 WORK SUPPORT.............................................................................................................................................. 55 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS................................................................................................................................................. 56 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................................ 56 Description................................................................................................................................................... 56 DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................................... 56 DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................................... 56 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................ 56 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 56 Special Repair Requirement.................................................................................................................................... 56 B2112 SLIDING MOTOR............................................................................................................................................... 57 Description................................................................................................................................................... 57 DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................................... 57 DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................................... 57 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................ 57 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 57 B2113 RECLINING MOTOR............................................................................................................................................. 59 Description................................................................................................................................................... 59 DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................................... 59 DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................................... 59 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................ 59 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 59 B2118 TILT SENSOR................................................................................................................................................. 61 Description................................................................................................................................................... 61 DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................................... 61 DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................................... 61 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................ 61 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 61 B2119 TELESCOPIC SENSOR........................................................................................................................................... 64 Description................................................................................................................................................... 64 DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................................... 64 DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................................... 64 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................ 64 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 64 B2126 DETENT SW................................................................................................................................................... 67 Description................................................................................................................................................... 67 DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................................... 67 DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................................... 67 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................ 67 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 67 B2128 UART COMMUNICATION LINE..................................................................................................................................... 69 Description................................................................................................................................................... 69 DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................................... 69 DTC DETECTION LOGIC....................................................................................................................................... 69 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................ 69 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 69 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................... 70 BCM........................................................................................................................................................... 70 BCM : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................................. 70 DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT...................................................................................................................................... 70 DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure............................................................................................................ 70 DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement..................................................................................................... 71 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER CONTROL UNIT....................................................................................................................... 71 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure............................................................................................. 71 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement...................................................................................... 72 SLIDING SWITCH.................................................................................................................................................... 73 Description................................................................................................................................................... 73 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 73 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 73 Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................................... 74 RECLINING SWITCH.................................................................................................................................................. 75 Description................................................................................................................................................... 75 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 75 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 75 Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................................... 76 LIFTING SWITCH (FRONT)............................................................................................................................................ 77 Description................................................................................................................................................... 77 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 77 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 77 Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................................... 78 LIFTING SWITCH (REAR)............................................................................................................................................. 79 Description................................................................................................................................................... 79 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 79 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 79 Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................................... 80 TILT SWITCH....................................................................................................................................................... 81 Description................................................................................................................................................... 81 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 81 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 81 Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................................... 82 TELESCOPIC SWITCH................................................................................................................................................. 83 Description................................................................................................................................................... 83 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 83 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 83 Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................................... 84 SEAT MEMORY SWITCH................................................................................................................................................ 85 Description................................................................................................................................................... 85 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 85 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 85 Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................................... 86 DOOR MIRROR REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH................................................................................................................................. 88 CHANGEOVER SWITCH............................................................................................................................................. 88 CHANGEOVER SWITCH : Description........................................................................................................................... 88 CHANGEOVER SWITCH : Component Function Check.............................................................................................................. 88 CHANGEOVER SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................... 88 CHANGEOVER SWITCH : Component Inspection.................................................................................................................. 89 MIRROR SWITCH................................................................................................................................................. 89 MIRROR SWITCH : Description............................................................................................................................... 90 MIRROR SWITCH : Component Function Check.................................................................................................................. 90 MIRROR SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................... 90 MIRROR SWITCH : Component Inspection...................................................................................................................... 91 POWER SEAT SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................. 93 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 93 TILT &TELESCOPIC SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................ 94 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 94 DETENTION SWITCH.................................................................................................................................................. 95 Description................................................................................................................................................... 95 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 95 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 95 Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................................... 96 FRONT DOOR SWITCH (DRIVER SIDE)................................................................................................................................... 97 Description................................................................................................................................................... 97 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 97 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 97 Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................................... 98 SLIDING SENSOR.................................................................................................................................................... 99 Description................................................................................................................................................... 99 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 99 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 99 RECLINING SENSOR.................................................................................................................................................. 102 Description................................................................................................................................................... 102 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 102 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 102 LIFTING SENSOR (FRONT)............................................................................................................................................ 105 Description................................................................................................................................................... 105 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 105 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 105 LIFTING SENSOR (REAR)............................................................................................................................................. 108 Description................................................................................................................................................... 108 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 108 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 108 TILT SENSOR....................................................................................................................................................... 111 Description................................................................................................................................................... 111 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 111 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 111 TELESCOPIC SENSOR................................................................................................................................................. 113 Description................................................................................................................................................... 113 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 113 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 113 MIRROR SENSOR..................................................................................................................................................... 115 DRIVER SIDE................................................................................................................................................... 115 DRIVER SIDE : Description................................................................................................................................. 115 DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check.................................................................................................................... 115 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................................... 115 PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................................ 116 PASSENGER SIDE : Description.............................................................................................................................. 116 PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check................................................................................................................. 116 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................... 117 SLIDING MOTOR..................................................................................................................................................... 119 Description................................................................................................................................................... 119 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 119 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 119 RECLINING MOTOR................................................................................................................................................... 121 Description................................................................................................................................................... 121 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 121 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 121 LIFTING MOTOR (FRONT)............................................................................................................................................. 123 Description................................................................................................................................................... 123 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 123 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 123 LIFTING MOTOR (REAR).............................................................................................................................................. 125 Description................................................................................................................................................... 125 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 125 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 125 TILT MOTOR........................................................................................................................................................ 127 Description................................................................................................................................................... 127 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 127 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 127 TELESCOPIC MOTOR.................................................................................................................................................. 129 Description................................................................................................................................................... 129 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 129 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 129 DOOR MIRROR MOTOR................................................................................................................................................. 131 Description................................................................................................................................................... 131 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 131 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 131 Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................................... 132 SEAT MEMORY INDICATOR............................................................................................................................................. 134 Description................................................................................................................................................... 134 Component Function Check...................................................................................................................................... 134 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 134 Component Inspection.......................................................................................................................................... 135 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION............................................................................................................................................. 136 DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT.......................................................................................................................................... 136 Reference Value............................................................................................................................................... 136 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL.............................................................................................................................. 136 TERMINAL LAYOUT........................................................................................................................................... 137 PHYSICAL VALUES........................................................................................................................................... 137 Wiring Diagram - AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER CONTROL SYSTEM -.................................................................................................. 141 Fail Safe..................................................................................................................................................... 150 DTC Index..................................................................................................................................................... 151 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER CONTROL UNIT........................................................................................................................... 152 Reference Value............................................................................................................................................... 152 TERMINAL LAYOUT........................................................................................................................................... 152 PHYSICAL VALUES........................................................................................................................................... 152 Wiring Diagram - AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER CONTROL SYSTEM -.................................................................................................. 156 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)......................................................................................................................................... 166 Reference Value............................................................................................................................................... 166 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL.............................................................................................................................. 166 TERMINAL LAYOUT........................................................................................................................................... 171 PHYSICAL VALUES........................................................................................................................................... 171 Wiring Diagram - BCM -........................................................................................................................................ 190 Fail-safe..................................................................................................................................................... 196 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC.................................................................................................................................. 196 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION.................................................................................................................................... 198 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION.............................................................................................................. 198 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION............................................................................................................................... 198 DTC Inspection Priority Chart................................................................................................................................. 199 DTC Index..................................................................................................................................................... 199 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS..................................................................................................................................................... 202 MANUAL FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE.................................................................................................................................. 202 ALL COMPONENT................................................................................................................................................. 202 ALL COMPONENT : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................... 202 POWER SEAT.................................................................................................................................................... 202 POWER SEAT : Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................... 202 STEERING POSITION FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE................................................................................................................... 202 STEERING POSITION FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................... 202 SEAT SLIDING.................................................................................................................................................. 203 SEAT SLIDING : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................ 203 SEAT RECLINING................................................................................................................................................ 203 SEAT RECLINING : Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................... 203 SEAT LIFTING (FRONT).......................................................................................................................................... 204 SEAT LIFTING (FRONT) : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................ 204 SEAT LIFTING (REAR)........................................................................................................................................... 204 SEAT LIFTING (REAR) : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................. 204 STEERING TILT................................................................................................................................................. 205 STEERING TILT : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................... 205 STEERING TELESCOPIC........................................................................................................................................... 205 STEERING TELESCOPIC : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................. 205 DOOR MIRROR................................................................................................................................................... 206 DOOR MIRROR : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................................... 206 MEMORY FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE.................................................................................................................................. 207 ALL COMPONENT................................................................................................................................................. 207 ALL COMPONENT : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................... 207 SEAT SLIDING.................................................................................................................................................. 207 SEAT SLIDING : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................ 207 SEAT RECLINING................................................................................................................................................ 208 SEAT RECLINING : Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................... 208 SEAT LIFTING (FRONT).......................................................................................................................................... 208 SEAT LIFTING (FRONT) : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................ 208 SEAT LIFTING (REAR)........................................................................................................................................... 208 SEAT LIFTING (REAR) : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................. 209 STEERING TELESCOPIC........................................................................................................................................... 209 STEERING TELESCOPIC : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................. 209 STEERING TILT................................................................................................................................................. 209 STEERING TILT : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................... 209 DOOR MIRROR................................................................................................................................................... 210 DOOR MIRROR : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................................... 210 MEMORY INDICATE DOES NOT OPERATE.................................................................................................................................. 211 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 211 SEAT SYNCHRONIZATION FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE.................................................................................................................... 212 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 212 ENTRY/EXIT ASSIST FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE....................................................................................................................... 213 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 213 INTELLIGENT KEY INTERLOCK FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE............................................................................................................... 214 Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................................... 214 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION........................................................................................................................................ 215 Description................................................................................................................................................... 215 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................ 216 PRECAUTIONS....................................................................................................................................................... 216 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER".................................................................... 216 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS.......................................................................................... 216 Service....................................................................................................................................................... 216 Work.......................................................................................................................................................... 216 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................................. 218 DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT.......................................................................................................................................... 218 Exploded View................................................................................................................................................. 218 Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................................... 218 REMOVAL................................................................................................................................................... 218 INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................................. 218 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER CONTROL UNIT........................................................................................................................... 219 Exploded View................................................................................................................................................. 219 Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................................... 219 REMOVAL................................................................................................................................................... 219 INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................................. 219 SEAT MEMORY SWITCH................................................................................................................................................ 220 Exploded View................................................................................................................................................. 220 Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................................... 220 REMOVAL................................................................................................................................................... 220 INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................................. 220 POWER SEAT SWITCH................................................................................................................................................. 221 Exploded View................................................................................................................................................. 221 Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................................... 221 REMOVAL................................................................................................................................................... 221 INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................................. 221 TILT&TELESCOPIC SWITCH............................................................................................................................................ 222 Exploded View................................................................................................................................................. 222 Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................................... 222 REMOVAL................................................................................................................................................... 222 INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................................. 222 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 115 AV............................................................................................................................................................................ 223 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents......................................................................................................................................................... 223 WITHOUT NAVIGATION.................................................................................................................................................... 236 BASIC INSPECTION.................................................................................................................................................. 236 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................................................................................................................................. 236 Work Flow................................................................................................................................................. 236 OVERALL SEQUENCE...................................................................................................................................... 236 DETAILED FLOW......................................................................................................................................... 236 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT..................................................................................................................................... 238 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL................................................................................................ 238 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Description.............................................................................. 238 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Special Repair Requirement............................................................... 238 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................ 238 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description.......................................................................................... 238 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement........................................................................... 238 REAR VIEW MONITOR POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT.......................................................................................... 238 REAR VIEW MONITOR POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Description........................................................................ 238 REAR VIEW MONITOR POSSIBLE ROUTE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement......................................................... 238 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................ 239 MULTI AV SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................... 239 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................ 239 System Description........................................................................................................................................ 239 AUXILIARY INPUT SYSTEM................................................................................................................................ 240 Component Parts Location.................................................................................................................................. 241 Component Description..................................................................................................................................... 242 AUDIO SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................................. 244 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................ 244 System Description........................................................................................................................................ 244 FUNCTION DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................. 244 Operating Signal.................................................................................................................................. 244 Screen Display.................................................................................................................................... 244 AM/FM Radio Mode.................................................................................................................................. 244 Satellite Radio System............................................................................................................................ 245 CD Mode........................................................................................................................................... 245 iPod Connection................................................................................................................................... 245 Driver's Audio Stage Mode......................................................................................................................... 245 Component Parts Location.................................................................................................................................. 246 Component Description..................................................................................................................................... 247 HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................... 248 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................ 248 System Description........................................................................................................................................ 248 When receiving a call................................................................................................................................. 248 When a call is transmitted............................................................................................................................ 248 Component Parts Location.................................................................................................................................. 249 Component Description..................................................................................................................................... 250 REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................... 251 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................ 251 System Description........................................................................................................................................ 251 CAMERA IMAGE OPERATION PRINCIPLE...................................................................................................................... 251 Component Parts Location.................................................................................................................................. 253 Component Description..................................................................................................................................... 254 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)............................................................................................................................ 255 Diagnosis Description..................................................................................................................................... 255 MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH AND PRESET SWITCH SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION........................................................................................ 255 Self-diagnosis Mode............................................................................................................................... 255 Finishing Self-diagnosis Mode..................................................................................................................... 255 MULTI AV SYSTEM ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION........................................................................................................... 255 ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................... 255 Description....................................................................................................................................... 255 On Board Diagnosis Item........................................................................................................................... 255 STARTING PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................... 256 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE................................................................................................................................... 256 SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS................................................................................................................................ 257 Self-diagnosis Result Chart....................................................................................................................... 257 CONFIRMATION/ADJUSTMENT MODE.......................................................................................................................... 259 Display Diagnosis................................................................................................................................. 259 Vehicle Signals................................................................................................................................... 260 Speaker Test...................................................................................................................................... 260 Climate Control................................................................................................................................... 260 Error History..................................................................................................................................... 260 Vehicle CAN Diagnosis............................................................................................................................. 263 AV COMM Diagnosis................................................................................................................................. 263 Camera Cont....................................................................................................................................... 263 Delete Unit Connection Log........................................................................................................................ 264 Initialize Settings............................................................................................................................... 264 CONSULT-III Function (MULTI AV)........................................................................................................................... 265 CONSULT-III functions................................................................................................................................. 265 AV COMMUNICATION...................................................................................................................................... 265 ECU IDENTIFICATION.................................................................................................................................... 265 SELF DIAGNOSIS RESULT................................................................................................................................. 265 Self-diagnosis results display item............................................................................................................... 265 DATA MONITOR.......................................................................................................................................... 267 ALL SIGNALS....................................................................................................................................... 267 SELECTION FROM MENU............................................................................................................................... 267 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TEL ADAPTER UNIT)........................................................................................................................... 268 Diagnosis Description..................................................................................................................................... 268 HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS............................................................................................................ 268 ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS ITEM............................................................................................................................... 268 SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS................................................................................................................................ 268 The Details Of Error Count........................................................................................................................ 268 FLOW CHART OF TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS....................................................................................................................... 269 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS............................................................................................................................................. 270 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................ 270 Description............................................................................................................................................... 270 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 270 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 270 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 270 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)...................................................................................................................................... 271 Description............................................................................................................................................... 271 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 271 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 271 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 271 U1310 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 272 Description............................................................................................................................................... 272 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 272 U1200 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 273 Description............................................................................................................................................... 273 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 273 U1216 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 274 Description............................................................................................................................................... 274 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 274 U1243 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT...................................................................................................................................... 275 Description............................................................................................................................................... 275 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 275 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 275 U1250 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT..................................................................................................................................... 277 Description............................................................................................................................................... 277 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 277 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 277 U1255 SATELLITE RADIO TUNER................................................................................................................................... 278 Description............................................................................................................................................... 278 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 278 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 278 U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................... 280 Description............................................................................................................................................... 280 SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS DISPLAY ITEM................................................................................................................... 280 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................... 281 AV CONTROL UNIT........................................................................................................................................... 281 AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................. 281 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT........................................................................................................................................ 281 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................. 281 MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH...................................................................................................................................... 282 MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure............................................................................................................ 282 BOSE AMP.................................................................................................................................................. 283 BOSE AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................... 283 iPod ADAPTER.............................................................................................................................................. 283 iPod ADAPTER : Diagnosis Procedure.................................................................................................................... 284 SATELLITE RADIO TUNER..................................................................................................................................... 284 SATELLITE RADIO TUNER : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................... 284 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT....................................................................................................................................... 284 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure............................................................................................................. 284 TEL ADAPTER UNIT.......................................................................................................................................... 285 TEL ADAPTER UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................ 285 RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................... 287 Description............................................................................................................................................... 287 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 287 RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................. 288 Description............................................................................................................................................... 288 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 288 RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................. 289 Description............................................................................................................................................... 289 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 289 RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................. 290 Description............................................................................................................................................... 290 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 290 RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................. 291 Description............................................................................................................................................... 291 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 291 HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................. 292 Description............................................................................................................................................... 292 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 292 VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................... 293 Description............................................................................................................................................... 293 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 293 AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................... 294 Description............................................................................................................................................... 294 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 294 DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................... 296 Description............................................................................................................................................... 296 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 296 REAR VIEW CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................... 297 Description............................................................................................................................................... 297 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 297 CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (CAMERA CONTROL UNIT TO AV CONTROL UNIT).......................................................................................... 299 Description............................................................................................................................................... 299 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 299 COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................ 300 Description............................................................................................................................................... 300 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 300 MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................... 301 Description............................................................................................................................................... 301 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 301 CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................ 303 Description............................................................................................................................................... 303 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 303 MODE CHANGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................... 304 Description............................................................................................................................................... 304 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 304 COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT (CONT-SAT)....................................................................................................................... 305 Description............................................................................................................................................... 305 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 305 REQUEST SIGNAL CIRCUIT (SATÆCONT)............................................................................................................................. 307 Description............................................................................................................................................... 307 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 307 STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................. 308 Description............................................................................................................................................... 308 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 308 Component Inspection...................................................................................................................................... 309 STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................. 310 Description............................................................................................................................................... 310 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 310 Component Inspection...................................................................................................................................... 311 STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................ 312 Description............................................................................................................................................... 312 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 312 Component Inspection...................................................................................................................................... 313 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION......................................................................................................................................... 314 AV CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................................................... 314 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 314 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL.......................................................................................................................... 314 TERMINAL LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................... 314 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 314 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION -.......................................................................................................... 321 DTC Index................................................................................................................................................. 339 SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS DISPLAY ITEM................................................................................................................... 339 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT............................................................................................................................................ 341 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 341 TERMINAL LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................... 341 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 341 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION -.......................................................................................................... 343 BOSE AMP...................................................................................................................................................... 362 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 362 TERMINAL LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................... 362 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 362 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION -.......................................................................................................... 364 iPod ADAPTER.................................................................................................................................................. 383 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 383 TERMINAL LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................... 383 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 383 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION -.......................................................................................................... 385 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT........................................................................................................................................... 403 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 403 TERMINAL LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................... 403 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 403 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION -.......................................................................................................... 404 SATELLITE RADIO TUNER......................................................................................................................................... 423 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 423 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 423 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 423 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION -.......................................................................................................... 424 TEL ADAPTER UNIT.............................................................................................................................................. 443 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 443 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 443 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 443 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION -.......................................................................................................... 444 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................................................................................................................................................. 463 MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS...................................................................................................................................... 463 Symptom Table............................................................................................................................................. 463 OPERATION............................................................................................................................................. 463 RELATED TO HANDS-FREE PHONE........................................................................................................................... 463 Basic Inspection.................................................................................................................................. 463 On board self-diagnosis of hands-free phone system................................................................................................ 463 Trouble diagnosis chart by symptom................................................................................................................ 463 RELATED TO RGB IMAGE.................................................................................................................................. 464 RELATED TO AUDIO...................................................................................................................................... 464 RELATED TO iPod....................................................................................................................................... 465 Trouble diagnosis chart by symptom................................................................................................................ 465 RELATED TO STEERING SWITCH............................................................................................................................ 466 RELATED TO AUX........................................................................................................................................ 466 RELATED TO REAR VIEW MONITOR.......................................................................................................................... 466 Trouble diagnosis chart by symptom................................................................................................................ 467 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION.................................................................................................................................... 468 Description............................................................................................................................................... 468 BASIC OPERATIONS...................................................................................................................................... 468 RELATED TO VOICE RECOGNITION.......................................................................................................................... 468 Related to telephone.............................................................................................................................. 468 RELATED TO AUDIO...................................................................................................................................... 468 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................ 470 PRECAUTIONS................................................................................................................................................... 470 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................ 470 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS...................................................................................... 470 Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis.......................................................................................................................... 470 AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM............................................................................................................................... 470 Precaution for Harness Repair............................................................................................................................. 470 AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM............................................................................................................................... 470 PREPARATION....................................................................................................................................................... 472 PREPARATION................................................................................................................................................... 472 Commercial Service Tools.................................................................................................................................. 472 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 473 AV CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................................................... 473 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 473 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 473 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 473 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 473 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 473 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 473 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT............................................................................................................................................ 474 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 474 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 474 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 474 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 474 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 474 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 474 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER............................................................................................................................................ 475 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 475 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 475 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 475 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 475 REAR DOOR SPEAKER............................................................................................................................................. 476 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 476 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 476 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 476 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 476 FRONT SQUAWKER................................................................................................................................................ 477 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 477 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 477 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 477 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 477 REAR SQUAWKER................................................................................................................................................. 478 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 478 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 478 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 478 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 478 CENTER SPEAKER................................................................................................................................................ 479 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 479 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 479 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 479 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 479 WOOFER........................................................................................................................................................ 480 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 480 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 480 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 480 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 480 BOSE AMP...................................................................................................................................................... 481 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 481 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 481 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 481 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 481 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 481 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 481 SATELLITE RADIO TUNER......................................................................................................................................... 482 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 482 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 482 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 482 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 482 ANTENNA BASE.................................................................................................................................................. 483 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 483 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 483 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 483 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 483 MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................... 484 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 484 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 484 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 484 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 484 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 484 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 484 PRESET SWITCH................................................................................................................................................. 485 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 485 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 485 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 485 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 485 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 485 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 485 iPod ADAPTER.................................................................................................................................................. 486 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 486 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 486 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 486 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 486 iPod CONNECTOR................................................................................................................................................ 487 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 487 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 487 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 487 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 487 AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS......................................................................................................................................... 488 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 488 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 488 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 488 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 488 MICROPHONE.................................................................................................................................................... 489 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 489 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 489 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 489 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 489 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 489 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 489 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT........................................................................................................................................... 490 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 490 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 490 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 490 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 490 REAR VIEW CAMERA.............................................................................................................................................. 491 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 491 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 491 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 491 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 491 Adjustment................................................................................................................................................ 492 TEL ADAPTER UNIT.............................................................................................................................................. 493 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 493 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 493 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 493 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 493 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR......................................................................................................................................... 494 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 494 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 494 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 494 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 494 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 494 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 494 ANTENNA FEEDER................................................................................................................................................ 495 Harness Layout............................................................................................................................................ 495 NAVIGATION (SINGLE MONITOR)........................................................................................................................................... 496 BASIC INSPECTION.................................................................................................................................................. 496 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................................................................................................................................. 496 Work Flow (Multi AV)...................................................................................................................................... 496 OVERALL SEQUENCE...................................................................................................................................... 496 DETAILED FLOW......................................................................................................................................... 496 Work Flow (Sonar)......................................................................................................................................... 498 OVERALL SEQUENCE...................................................................................................................................... 498 DETAILED FLOW......................................................................................................................................... 498 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT..................................................................................................................................... 500 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL................................................................................................ 500 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Description.............................................................................. 500 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Special Repair Requirement............................................................... 500 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................ 500 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description.......................................................................................... 500 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement........................................................................... 500 PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT.......................................................................................................... 500 PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Description........................................................................................ 500 PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement......................................................................... 500 CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND VIEW MONITOR)............................................................................................................ 500 CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND VIEW MONITOR) : Description.......................................................................................... 501 CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND VIEW MONITOR) : Special Repair Requirement........................................................................... 501 Calibration flowchart............................................................................................................................. 501 Calibration procedure............................................................................................................................. 501 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................ 507 MULTI AV SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................... 507 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................ 507 System Description........................................................................................................................................ 507 HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM............................................................................................................................... 508 When a Call is Originated......................................................................................................................... 508 When Receiving a Call............................................................................................................................. 508 AUXILIARY INPUT SYSTEM................................................................................................................................ 508 VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................. 509 TOUCH PANEL SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................... 509 Component Parts Location.................................................................................................................................. 510 Component Description..................................................................................................................................... 511 AUDIO SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................................. 514 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................ 514 System Description........................................................................................................................................ 514 FUNCTION DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................. 514 Operating Signal.................................................................................................................................. 514 Screen Display.................................................................................................................................... 514 AM/FM Radio Mode.................................................................................................................................. 515 Satellite Radio Mode.............................................................................................................................. 515 CD Mode........................................................................................................................................... 515 Music Box Mode.................................................................................................................................... 515 CF Mode........................................................................................................................................... 515 iPod Connection................................................................................................................................... 515 Driver's Audio Stage Mode......................................................................................................................... 515 Component Parts Location.................................................................................................................................. 516 Component Description..................................................................................................................................... 517 NAVIGATION SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................. 519 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................ 519 System Description........................................................................................................................................ 519 DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................................... 519 POSITION DETECTION PRINCIPLE.......................................................................................................................... 519 MAP-MATCHING.......................................................................................................................................... 520 GPS (GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM)....................................................................................................................... 520 Component Parts Location.................................................................................................................................. 522 Component Description..................................................................................................................................... 523 AROUND VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................... 524 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................ 524 System Description........................................................................................................................................ 524 AROUND VIEW MONITOR SCREEN............................................................................................................................ 524 OPERATION DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................. 525 FRONT VIEW........................................................................................................................................ 526 REAR VIEW......................................................................................................................................... 527 FRONT-SIDE VIEW................................................................................................................................... 527 BIRDS-EYE VIEW.................................................................................................................................... 528 CAMERA IMAGE OPERATION PRINCIPLE...................................................................................................................... 529 PREDICTED COURSE LINE OPERATION PRINCIPLE............................................................................................................. 529 Detection of steering rotation direction.......................................................................................................... 529 Detection of steering neutral position............................................................................................................ 529 Correction of steering neutral position........................................................................................................... 530 Component Parts Location.................................................................................................................................. 531 Component Description..................................................................................................................................... 532 CAMERA ASSISTANCE SONAR SYSTEM................................................................................................................................ 534 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................ 534 System Description........................................................................................................................................ 534 DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................................... 534 SYSTEM OPERATION DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................... 534 OBSTACLE DETECTION DISTANCE........................................................................................................................... 534 SONAR INDICATOR DISPLAY............................................................................................................................... 535 SONAR BUZZER OPERATION................................................................................................................................ 536 Component Parts Location.................................................................................................................................. 537 Component Description..................................................................................................................................... 538 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)............................................................................................................................ 539 Diagnosis Description..................................................................................................................................... 539 MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH AND PRESET SWITCH SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION........................................................................................ 539 Self-diagnosis mode............................................................................................................................... 539 Finishing Self-diagnosis Mode..................................................................................................................... 539 MULTI AV SYSTEM ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION........................................................................................................... 539 ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................... 539 Description....................................................................................................................................... 539 On Board Diagnosis Item........................................................................................................................... 539 STARTING PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................... 540 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE................................................................................................................................... 541 Detection Range of Self-diagnosis Mode............................................................................................................ 542 SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS................................................................................................................................ 542 CONFIRMATION/ADJUSTMENT MODE.......................................................................................................................... 544 Display Diagnosis................................................................................................................................. 545 Vehicle Signals................................................................................................................................... 545 Speaker Test...................................................................................................................................... 546 Climate Control................................................................................................................................... 546 Navigation........................................................................................................................................ 546 Error History..................................................................................................................................... 547 Vehicle CAN Diagnosis............................................................................................................................. 550 AV COMM Diagnosis................................................................................................................................. 550 Hands-Free Phone.................................................................................................................................. 551 Camera Cont....................................................................................................................................... 551 Bluetooth......................................................................................................................................... 551 SAT .............................................................................................................................................. 551 Delete Unit Connection Log........................................................................................................................ 552 Initialize Settings............................................................................................................................... 552 CONSULT-III Function (MULTI AV)........................................................................................................................... 552 CONSULT-III FUNCTIONS................................................................................................................................. 552 AV COMMUNICATION...................................................................................................................................... 553 ECU IDENTIFICATION.................................................................................................................................... 553 SELF DIAGNOSIS RESULT................................................................................................................................. 553 Self-diagnosis results display item............................................................................................................... 553 DATA MONITOR.......................................................................................................................................... 555 ALL SIGNALS....................................................................................................................................... 555 SELECTION FROM MENU............................................................................................................................... 555 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT)........................................................................................................... 556 Diagnosis Description..................................................................................................................................... 556 Connection Confirmation............................................................................................................................... 556 Calibrating Camera Image.............................................................................................................................. 557 Correct Draw Line of Camera Image..................................................................................................................... 558 Fine Tuning of Birds-Eye View......................................................................................................................... 558 ZOOM function......................................................................................................................................... 558 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW MONITOR)].............................................................................................. 559 CONSULT-III Function (SONAR).............................................................................................................................. 559 DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................................... 559 ECU IDENTIFICATION.................................................................................................................................... 559 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS............................................................................................................................... 559 DATA MONITOR.......................................................................................................................................... 559 ACTIVE TEST........................................................................................................................................... 559 WORK SUPPORT.......................................................................................................................................... 559 CORNER SEN DISTANCE SET........................................................................................................................... 559 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS............................................................................................................................................. 561 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................ 561 Description............................................................................................................................................... 561 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 561 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 561 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 561 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)...................................................................................................................................... 562 Description............................................................................................................................................... 562 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 562 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 562 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 562 U1310 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 563 Description............................................................................................................................................... 563 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 563 U1200 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 564 Description............................................................................................................................................... 564 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 564 U1201 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 565 Description............................................................................................................................................... 565 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 565 U1216 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 566 Description............................................................................................................................................... 566 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 566 U1217 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 567 Description............................................................................................................................................... 567 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 567 U1218 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 568 Description............................................................................................................................................... 568 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 568 U1219 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 569 Description............................................................................................................................................... 569 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 569 U1220 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 570 Description............................................................................................................................................... 570 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 570 U121A AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 571 Description............................................................................................................................................... 571 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 571 U121B AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 572 Description............................................................................................................................................... 572 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 572 U121C AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 573 Description............................................................................................................................................... 573 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 573 U121D AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 574 Description............................................................................................................................................... 574 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 574 U121E AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 575 Description............................................................................................................................................... 575 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 575 U121F AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 576 Description............................................................................................................................................... 576 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 576 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 576 U1204 GPS..................................................................................................................................................... 577 Description............................................................................................................................................... 577 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 577 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 577 U1205 GPS..................................................................................................................................................... 578 Description............................................................................................................................................... 578 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 578 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 578 U1206 GPS..................................................................................................................................................... 579 Description............................................................................................................................................... 579 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 579 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 579 U1207 GPS..................................................................................................................................................... 580 Description............................................................................................................................................... 580 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 580 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 580 U1243 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT...................................................................................................................................... 581 Description............................................................................................................................................... 581 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 581 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 581 U1244 GPS ANTENNA............................................................................................................................................. 583 Description............................................................................................................................................... 583 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 583 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 583 U1258 SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA................................................................................................................................. 584 Description............................................................................................................................................... 584 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 584 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 584 U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................... 585 Description............................................................................................................................................... 585 Self-diagnosis results display item................................................................................................................... 585 B2700 CORNER SENSOR [FL]...................................................................................................................................... 586 Description............................................................................................................................................... 586 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 586 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 586 B2701 SENSOR HARNESS OPEN [CR-FL]............................................................................................................................. 587 Description............................................................................................................................................... 587 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 587 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 587 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 587 B2702 CORNER SENSOR [FR]...................................................................................................................................... 588 Description............................................................................................................................................... 588 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 588 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 588 B2703 SENSOR HARNESS OPEN [CR-FR]............................................................................................................................. 589 Description............................................................................................................................................... 589 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 589 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 589 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 589 B2704 CORNER SENSOR [RL]...................................................................................................................................... 590 Description............................................................................................................................................... 590 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 590 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 590 B2705 SENSOR HARNESS OPEN [CR-RL]............................................................................................................................. 591 Description............................................................................................................................................... 591 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 591 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 591 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 591 B2706 CORNER SENSOR [RR]...................................................................................................................................... 592 Description............................................................................................................................................... 592 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 592 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 592 B2707 SENSOR HARNESS OPEN [CR-RR]............................................................................................................................. 593 Description............................................................................................................................................... 593 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 593 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 593 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 593 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................... 594 AV CONTROL UNIT........................................................................................................................................... 594 AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................. 594 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT........................................................................................................................................ 594 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................. 594 MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH...................................................................................................................................... 595 MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure............................................................................................................ 595 BOSE AMP.................................................................................................................................................. 596 BOSE AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................... 596 iPod ADAPTER.............................................................................................................................................. 596 iPod ADAPTER : Diagnosis Procedure.................................................................................................................... 596 AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT.......................................................................................................................... 597 AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................ 597 SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW MONITOR)............................................................................................................. 597 SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW MONITOR) : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................... 597 RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................... 599 Description............................................................................................................................................... 599 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 599 RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................. 600 Description............................................................................................................................................... 600 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 600 RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................. 601 Description............................................................................................................................................... 601 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 601 RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................. 602 Description............................................................................................................................................... 602 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 602 RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................. 603 Description............................................................................................................................................... 603 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 603 HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................. 604 Description............................................................................................................................................... 604 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 604 VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................... 605 Description............................................................................................................................................... 605 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 605 AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................... 606 Description............................................................................................................................................... 606 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 606 MODE CHANGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................... 607 Description............................................................................................................................................... 607 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 607 DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................... 608 Description............................................................................................................................................... 608 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 608 MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................... 609 Description............................................................................................................................................... 609 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 609 CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................... 611 Description............................................................................................................................................... 611 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 611 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................... 613 Description............................................................................................................................................... 613 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 613 STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................. 615 Description............................................................................................................................................... 615 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 615 Component Inspection...................................................................................................................................... 616 STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................. 617 Description............................................................................................................................................... 617 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 617 Component Inspection...................................................................................................................................... 618 STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................ 619 Description............................................................................................................................................... 619 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 619 Component Inspection...................................................................................................................................... 619 FRONT CAMERA COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................... 621 Description............................................................................................................................................... 621 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 621 FRONT CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................. 622 Description............................................................................................................................................... 622 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 622 REAR CAMERA COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................... 624 Description............................................................................................................................................... 624 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 624 REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................. 625 Description............................................................................................................................................... 625 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 625 SIDE CAMERA LH COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................... 627 Description............................................................................................................................................... 627 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 627 SIDE CAMERA LH IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................... 628 Description............................................................................................................................................... 628 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 628 SIDE CAMERA RH COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................... 630 Description............................................................................................................................................... 630 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 630 SIDE CAMERA RH IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................... 631 Description............................................................................................................................................... 631 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 631 BUZZER CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................................ 633 Description............................................................................................................................................... 633 Component Function Check.................................................................................................................................. 633 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 633 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION......................................................................................................................................... 635 AV CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................................................... 635 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 635 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL.......................................................................................................................... 635 TERMINAL LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................... 635 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 635 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION (SINGLE MONITOR) -............................................................................................ 641 Fail-Safe................................................................................................................................................. 662 FAIL-SAFE CONDITIONS.................................................................................................................................. 662 Display........................................................................................................................................... 663 DESCRIPTION OF CONTROLS............................................................................................................................... 663 Ability Operation Mode ........................................................................................................................... 663 RELEASE CONDITIONS OF FAIL-SAFE ...................................................................................................................... 663 When the temperature of HDD is low or high........................................................................................................ 663 When HDD is malfunctioning........................................................................................................................ 663 DTC Index................................................................................................................................................. 664 Self-diagnosis results display item................................................................................................................... 664 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT............................................................................................................................................ 665 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 665 TERMINAL LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................... 665 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 665 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION (SINGLE MONITOR) -............................................................................................ 667 BOSE AMP...................................................................................................................................................... 689 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 689 TERMINAL LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................... 689 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 689 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION (SINGLE MONITOR) -............................................................................................ 691 iPod ADAPTER.................................................................................................................................................. 713 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 713 TERMINAL LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................... 713 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 713 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION (SINGLE MONITOR) -............................................................................................ 715 AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT.............................................................................................................................. 736 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 736 TERMINAL LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................... 736 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 736 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION (SINGLE MONITOR) -............................................................................................ 740 SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW MONITOR)................................................................................................................. 762 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 762 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL.......................................................................................................................... 762 TERMINAL LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................... 763 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 763 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION (SINGLE MONITOR) -............................................................................................ 764 Fail-Safe................................................................................................................................................. 785 DTC Index................................................................................................................................................. 786 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS................................................................................................................................................. 787 MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS...................................................................................................................................... 787 Symptom Table............................................................................................................................................. 787 RELATED TO NAVIGATION................................................................................................................................. 787 RELATED TO HANDS-FREE PHONE........................................................................................................................... 787 Simple Check for Bluetooth........................................................................................................................ 787 Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom................................................................................................................ 787 RELATED TO AROUND VIEW MONITOR........................................................................................................................ 788 RELATED TO CAMERA ASSISTANCE SONAR.................................................................................................................... 789 RELATED TO RGB IMAGE.................................................................................................................................. 790 RELATED TO VOICE CONTROL.............................................................................................................................. 790 RELATED TO AUDIO...................................................................................................................................... 790 RELATED TO iPod....................................................................................................................................... 791 RELATED TO STEERING SWITCH............................................................................................................................ 791 RELATED TO AUXILIARY INPUT............................................................................................................................ 791 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION.................................................................................................................................... 793 Description............................................................................................................................................... 793 BASIC OPERATIONS...................................................................................................................................... 793 RELATED TO VOICE RECOGNITION.......................................................................................................................... 793 Related to basic operation........................................................................................................................ 793 Related to item choice............................................................................................................................ 793 Related to telephone.............................................................................................................................. 794 RELATED TO AUDIO...................................................................................................................................... 794 RELATED TO VEHICLE ICON............................................................................................................................... 795 RELATED TO ROUTE CALCULATION AND VISUAL GUIDANCE ..................................................................................................... 796 RELATED TO VOICE GUIDANCE............................................................................................................................. 797 RELATED TO TRAFFIC INFORMATION........................................................................................................................ 797 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................ 798 PRECAUTIONS................................................................................................................................................... 798 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................ 798 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS...................................................................................... 798 Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis.......................................................................................................................... 798 AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM............................................................................................................................... 798 Precaution for Harness Repair............................................................................................................................. 798 AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM............................................................................................................................... 798 PREPARATION....................................................................................................................................................... 800 PREPARATION................................................................................................................................................... 800 Commercial Service Tools.................................................................................................................................. 800 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 801 AV CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................................................... 801 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 801 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 801 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 801 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 801 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 801 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 801 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT............................................................................................................................................ 802 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 802 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 802 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 802 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 802 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 802 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 802 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER............................................................................................................................................ 803 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 803 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 803 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 803 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 803 REAR DOOR SPEAKER............................................................................................................................................. 804 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 804 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 804 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 804 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 804 FRONT SQUAWKER................................................................................................................................................ 805 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 805 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 805 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 805 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 805 REAR SQUAWKER................................................................................................................................................. 806 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 806 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 806 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 806 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 806 CENTER SPEAKER................................................................................................................................................ 807 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 807 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 807 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 807 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 807 WOOFER........................................................................................................................................................ 808 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 808 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 808 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 808 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 808 BOSE AMP...................................................................................................................................................... 809 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 809 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 809 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 809 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 809 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 809 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 809 ANTENNA BASE.................................................................................................................................................. 810 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 810 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 810 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 810 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 810 MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................... 811 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 811 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 811 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 811 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 811 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 811 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 811 PRESET SWITCH................................................................................................................................................. 812 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 812 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 812 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 812 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 812 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 812 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 812 iPod ADAPTER.................................................................................................................................................. 813 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 813 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 813 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 813 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 813 iPod CONNECTOR................................................................................................................................................ 814 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 814 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 814 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 814 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 814 AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS......................................................................................................................................... 815 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 815 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 815 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 815 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 815 MICROPHONE.................................................................................................................................................... 816 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 816 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 816 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 816 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 816 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 816 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 816 GPS ANTENNA................................................................................................................................................... 817 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 817 Harness Layout............................................................................................................................................ 817 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 818 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 818 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 818 AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT.............................................................................................................................. 819 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 819 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 819 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 819 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 819 FRONT CAMERA.................................................................................................................................................. 820 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 820 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 820 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 820 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 820 REAR CAMERA................................................................................................................................................... 821 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 821 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 821 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 821 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 821 SIDE CAMERA LH................................................................................................................................................ 822 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 822 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 822 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 822 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 822 SIDE CAMERA RH................................................................................................................................................ 823 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 823 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 823 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 823 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 823 SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW MONITOR)................................................................................................................. 825 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 825 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 825 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 825 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 825 SONAR SENSOR.................................................................................................................................................. 826 FRONT..................................................................................................................................................... 826 FRONT : Exploded View................................................................................................................................. 826 FRONT : Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................... 826 REMOVAL........................................................................................................................................... 826 INSTALLATION...................................................................................................................................... 826 REAR...................................................................................................................................................... 826 REAR : Exploded View.................................................................................................................................. 827 REAR : Removal and Installation....................................................................................................................... 827 REMOVAL........................................................................................................................................... 827 INSTALLATION...................................................................................................................................... 827 BUZZER........................................................................................................................................................ 828 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 828 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 828 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 828 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 828 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR......................................................................................................................................... 829 Exploded View............................................................................................................................................. 829 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 829 DISASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................... 829 Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................................. 829 REMOVAL............................................................................................................................................... 829 INSTALLATION.......................................................................................................................................... 829 ANTENNA FEEDER................................................................................................................................................ 830 Harness Layout............................................................................................................................................ 830 NAVIGATION (TWIN MONITOR)............................................................................................................................................. 831 BASIC INSPECTION.................................................................................................................................................. 831 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW................................................................................................................................. 831 Work Flow (Multi AV)...................................................................................................................................... 831 OVERALL SEQUENCE...................................................................................................................................... 831 DETAILED FLOW......................................................................................................................................... 831 Work Flow (Sonar)......................................................................................................................................... 833 OVERALL SEQUENCE...................................................................................................................................... 833 DETAILED FLOW......................................................................................................................................... 833 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT..................................................................................................................................... 835 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL................................................................................................ 835 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Description.............................................................................. 835 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Special Repair Requirement............................................................... 835 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................ 835 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description.......................................................................................... 835 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement........................................................................... 835 PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT.......................................................................................................... 835 PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Description........................................................................................ 835 PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement......................................................................... 835 CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND VIEW MONITOR)............................................................................................................ 835 CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND VIEW MONITOR) : Description.......................................................................................... 836 CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND VIEW MONITOR) : Special Repair Requirement........................................................................... 836 Calibration flowchart............................................................................................................................. 836 Calibration procedure............................................................................................................................. 836 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................ 842 MULTI AV SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................... 842 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................ 842 System Description........................................................................................................................................ 842 HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM............................................................................................................................... 843 When a Call is Originated......................................................................................................................... 843 When Receiving a Call............................................................................................................................. 843 AUXILIARY INPUT SYSTEM................................................................................................................................ 843 VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................. 844 TOUCH PANEL SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................... 844 Component Parts Location.................................................................................................................................. 845 Component Description..................................................................................................................................... 846 AUDIO SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................................. 849 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................ 849 System Description........................................................................................................................................ 849 FUNCTION DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................. 849 Operating Signal.................................................................................................................................. 849 Screen Display.................................................................................................................................... 849 AM/FM Radio Mode.................................................................................................................................. 850 Satellite Radio Mode.............................................................................................................................. 850 CD Mode........................................................................................................................................... 850 Music Box Mode.................................................................................................................................... 850 CF Mode........................................................................................................................................... 850 iPod Connection................................................................................................................................... 850 Driver's Audio Stage Mode......................................................................................................................... 850 Component Parts Location.................................................................................................................................. 851 Component Description..................................................................................................................................... 852 NAVIGATION SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................. 854 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................ 854 System Description........................................................................................................................................ 854 DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................................... 854 POSITION DETECTION PRINCIPLE.......................................................................................................................... 854 MAP-MATCHING.......................................................................................................................................... 855 GPS (GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM)....................................................................................................................... 855 Component Parts Location.................................................................................................................................. 857 Component Description..................................................................................................................................... 858 MOBILE ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM................................................................................................................................... 859 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................ 859 System Description........................................................................................................................................ 859 FUNCTION DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................. 859 Operating Signal.................................................................................................................................. 859 Screen Rear Display............................................................................................................................... 859 Screen Front Display.............................................................................................................................. 859 DVD Mode.......................................................................................................................................... 859 AUX Mode.......................................................................................................................................... 859 Component Parts Location.................................................................................................................................. 860 Component Description..................................................................................................................................... 861 AROUND VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................... 863 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................ 863 System Description........................................................................................................................................ 863 AROUND VIEW MONITOR SCREEN............................................................................................................................ 863 OPERATION DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................. 864 FRONT VIEW........................................................................................................................................ 865 REAR VIEW......................................................................................................................................... 866 FRONT-SIDE VIEW................................................................................................................................... 866 BIRDS-EYE VIEW.................................................................................................................................... 867 CAMERA IMAGE OPERATION PRINCIPLE...................................................................................................................... 868 PREDICTED COURSE LINE OPERATION PRINCIPLE............................................................................................................. 868 Detection of steering rotation direction.......................................................................................................... 868 Detection of steering neutral position............................................................................................................ 868 Correction of steering neutral position........................................................................................................... 869 Component Parts Location.................................................................................................................................. 870 Component Description..................................................................................................................................... 871 CAMERA ASSISTANCE SONAR SYSTEM................................................................................................................................ 873 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................ 873 System Description........................................................................................................................................ 873 DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................................... 873 SYSTEM OPERATION DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................... 873 OBSTACLE DETECTION DISTANCE........................................................................................................................... 873 SONAR INDICATOR DISPLAY............................................................................................................................... 874 SONAR BUZZER OPERATION................................................................................................................................ 875 Component Parts Location.................................................................................................................................. 876 Component Description..................................................................................................................................... 877 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)............................................................................................................................ 878 Diagnosis Description..................................................................................................................................... 878 MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH AND PRESET SWITCH SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION........................................................................................ 878 Self-diagnosis Mode............................................................................................................................... 878 Finishing Self-diagnosis Mode..................................................................................................................... 878 MULTI AV SYSTEM ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION........................................................................................................... 878 ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................... 878 Description....................................................................................................................................... 878 On Board Diagnosis Item........................................................................................................................... 878 STARTING PROCEDURE.................................................................................................................................... 879 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE................................................................................................................................... 880 Detection Range Of Self-diagnosis Mode............................................................................................................ 881 SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS................................................................................................................................ 881 CONFIRMATION/ADJUSTMENT MODE.......................................................................................................................... 884 Display Diagnosis................................................................................................................................. 885 Vehicle Signals................................................................................................................................... 885 Speaker Test...................................................................................................................................... 886 Climate Control................................................................................................................................... 886 Navigation........................................................................................................................................ 886 Error History..................................................................................................................................... 887 Vehicle CAN Diagnosis............................................................................................................................. 890 AV COMM Diagnosis................................................................................................................................. 890 Hands-Free Phone.................................................................................................................................. 891 Camera Cont....................................................................................................................................... 891 Bluetooth......................................................................................................................................... 891 SAT .............................................................................................................................................. 892 Delete Unit Connection Log........................................................................................................................ 892 Initialize Settings............................................................................................................................... 893 CONSULT-III Function (MULTI AV)........................................................................................................................... 893 CONSULT-III FUNCTIONS................................................................................................................................. 893 AV COMMUNICATION...................................................................................................................................... 893 ECU IDENTIFICATION.................................................................................................................................... 893 SELF DIAGNOSIS RESULT................................................................................................................................. 893 Self-diagnosis results display item............................................................................................................... 893 DATA MONITOR.......................................................................................................................................... 896 ALL SIGNALS....................................................................................................................................... 896 SELECTION FROM MENU............................................................................................................................... 896 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT)........................................................................................................... 897 Diagnosis Description..................................................................................................................................... 897 Connection Confirmation............................................................................................................................... 897 Calibrating Camera Image.............................................................................................................................. 898 Correct Draw Line of Camera Image..................................................................................................................... 899 Fine Tuning of Birds-Eye View......................................................................................................................... 899 ZOOM function......................................................................................................................................... 899 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW MONITOR)].............................................................................................. 900 CONSULT-III Function (SONAR).............................................................................................................................. 900 DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................................... 900 ECU IDENTIFICATION.................................................................................................................................... 900 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS............................................................................................................................... 900 DATA MONITOR.......................................................................................................................................... 900 ACTIVE TEST........................................................................................................................................... 900 WORK SUPPORT.......................................................................................................................................... 900 CORNER SEN DISTANCE SET........................................................................................................................... 900 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS............................................................................................................................................. 902 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................ 902 Description............................................................................................................................................... 902 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 902 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 902 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 902 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)...................................................................................................................................... 903 Description............................................................................................................................................... 903 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 903 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 903 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 903 U1310 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 904 Description............................................................................................................................................... 904 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 904 U1200 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 905 Description............................................................................................................................................... 905 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 905 U1201 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 906 Description............................................................................................................................................... 906 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 906 U1216 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 907 Description............................................................................................................................................... 907 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 907 U1217 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 908 Description............................................................................................................................................... 908 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 908 U1218 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 909 Description............................................................................................................................................... 909 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 909 U1219 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 910 Description............................................................................................................................................... 910 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 910 U1220 AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 911 Description............................................................................................................................................... 911 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 911 U121A AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 912 Description............................................................................................................................................... 912 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 912 U121B AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 913 Description............................................................................................................................................... 913 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 913 U121C AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 914 Description............................................................................................................................................... 914 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 914 U121D AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 915 Description............................................................................................................................................... 915 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 915 U121E AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 916 Description............................................................................................................................................... 916 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 916 U121F AV CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 917 Description............................................................................................................................................... 917 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 917 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 917 U1204 GPS..................................................................................................................................................... 918 Description............................................................................................................................................... 918 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 918 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 918 U1205 GPS..................................................................................................................................................... 919 Description............................................................................................................................................... 919 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 919 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 919 U1206 GPS..................................................................................................................................................... 920 Description............................................................................................................................................... 920 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 920 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 920 U1207 GPS..................................................................................................................................................... 921 Description............................................................................................................................................... 921 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 921 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 921 U1243 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT...................................................................................................................................... 922 Description............................................................................................................................................... 922 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 922 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 922 U1244 GPS ANTENNA............................................................................................................................................. 924 Description............................................................................................................................................... 924 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 924 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 924 U1247 REAR DISPLAY UNIT....................................................................................................................................... 925 Description............................................................................................................................................... 925 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 925 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 925 U1258 SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA................................................................................................................................. 927 Description............................................................................................................................................... 927 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 927 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 927 U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................... 928 Description............................................................................................................................................... 928 SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS DISPLAY ITEM................................................................................................................... 928 B2700 CORNER SENSOR [FL]...................................................................................................................................... 930 Description............................................................................................................................................... 930 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 930 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 930 B2701 SENSOR HARNESS OPEN [CR-FL]............................................................................................................................. 931 Description............................................................................................................................................... 931 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 931 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 931 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 931 B2702 CORNER SENSOR [FR]...................................................................................................................................... 932 Description............................................................................................................................................... 932 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 932 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 932 B2703 SENSOR HARNESS OPEN [CR-FR]............................................................................................................................. 933 Description............................................................................................................................................... 933 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 933 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 933 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 933 B2704 CORNER SENSOR [RL]...................................................................................................................................... 934 Description............................................................................................................................................... 934 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 934 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 934 B2705 SENSOR HARNESS OPEN [CR-RL]............................................................................................................................. 935 Description............................................................................................................................................... 935 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 935 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 935 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 935 B2706 CORNER SENSOR [RR]...................................................................................................................................... 936 Description............................................................................................................................................... 936 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 936 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 936 B2707 SENSOR HARNESS OPEN [CR-RR]............................................................................................................................. 937 Description............................................................................................................................................... 937 DTC Logic................................................................................................................................................. 937 DTC DETECTION LOGIC................................................................................................................................... 937 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 937 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................... 938 AV CONTROL UNIT........................................................................................................................................... 938 AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................. 938 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT........................................................................................................................................ 938 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................. 938 REAR DISPLAY UNIT......................................................................................................................................... 939 REAR DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure............................................................................................................... 939 VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR......................................................................................................................................... 940 VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR : Diagnosis Procedure............................................................................................................... 940 MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH...................................................................................................................................... 940 MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure............................................................................................................ 940 BOSE AMP.................................................................................................................................................. 941 BOSE AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................... 941 DVD PLAYER ............................................................................................................................................... 942 DVD PLAYER : Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................... 942 iPod ADAPTER.............................................................................................................................................. 942 iPod ADAPTER : Diagnosis Procedure.................................................................................................................... 942 AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT.......................................................................................................................... 943 AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................ 943 SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW MONITOR)............................................................................................................. 943 SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW MONITOR) : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................... 943 RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO FRONT DISPLAY UNIT)........................................................................................... 945 Description............................................................................................................................................... 945 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 945 RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO FRONT DISPLAY UNIT)......................................................................................... 946 Description............................................................................................................................................... 946 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 946 RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO FRONT DISPLAY UNIT).......................................................................................... 947 Description............................................................................................................................................... 947 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 947 RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO FRONT DISPLAY UNIT)...................................................................................... 948 Description............................................................................................................................................... 948 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 948 RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO FRONT DISPLAY UNIT).......................................................................................... 949 Description............................................................................................................................................... 949 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 949 HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT (FRONT DISPLAY UNIT TO AV CONTROL UNIT)............................................................................... 950 Description............................................................................................................................................... 950 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 950 VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT (FRONT DISPLAY UNIT TO AV CONTROL UNIT)................................................................................. 951 Description............................................................................................................................................... 951 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 951 COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR TO FRONT DISPLAY UNIT)...................................................................................... 952 Description............................................................................................................................................... 952 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 952 RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR TO REAR DISPLAY UNIT).......................................................................................... 953 Description............................................................................................................................................... 953 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 953 RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR TO REAR DISPLAY UNIT)........................................................................................ 954 Description............................................................................................................................................... 954 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 954 RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR TO REAR DISPLAY UNIT)......................................................................................... 955 Description............................................................................................................................................... 955 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 955 RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR TO REAR DISPLAY UNIT)......................................................................................... 956 Description............................................................................................................................................... 956 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 956 VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT (REAR DISPLAY UNIT TO VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR)................................................................................ 957 Description............................................................................................................................................... 957 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 957 HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT (REAR DISPLAY UNIT TO VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR).............................................................................. 958 Description............................................................................................................................................... 958 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 958 COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR TO REAR DISPLAY UNIT)....................................................................................... 959 Description............................................................................................................................................... 959 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 959 AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................... 960 Description............................................................................................................................................... 960 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 960 DVD IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................... 961 Description............................................................................................................................................... 961 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 961 MODE CHANGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................... 962 Description............................................................................................................................................... 962 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 962 DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................... 963 Description............................................................................................................................................... 963 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 963 MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................... 964 Description............................................................................................................................................... 964 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 964 CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................... 966 Description............................................................................................................................................... 966 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 966 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................... 968 Description............................................................................................................................................... 968 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 968 STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................. 970 Description............................................................................................................................................... 970 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 970 Component Inspection...................................................................................................................................... 971 STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................. 972 Description............................................................................................................................................... 972 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 972 Component Inspection...................................................................................................................................... 973 STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................ 974 Description............................................................................................................................................... 974 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 974 Component Inspection...................................................................................................................................... 974 FRONT CAMERA COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................... 976 Description............................................................................................................................................... 976 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 976 FRONT CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................. 977 Description............................................................................................................................................... 977 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 977 REAR CAMERA COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................... 979 Description............................................................................................................................................... 979 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 979 REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................. 980 Description............................................................................................................................................... 980 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 980 SIDE CAMERA LH COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................... 982 Description............................................................................................................................................... 982 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 982 SIDE CAMERA LH IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................... 983 Description............................................................................................................................................... 983 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 983 SIDE CAMERA RH COMMUNICATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................... 985 Description............................................................................................................................................... 985 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 985 SIDE CAMERA RH IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................... 986 Description............................................................................................................................................... 986 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 986 BUZZER SIGNAL CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................... 988 Description............................................................................................................................................... 988 Component Function Check.................................................................................................................................. 988 Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................................... 988 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION......................................................................................................................................... 990 AV CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................................................... 990 Reference Value........................................................................................................................................... 990 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL.......................................................................................................................... 990 TERMINAL LAYOUT....................................................................................................................................... 990 PHYSICAL VALUES....................................................................................................................................... 990 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION (TWIN MONITOR) -.............................................................................................. 996 Fail-Safe.................................................................................................................................................1021 FAIL-SAFE CONDITIONS..................................................................................................................................1021 Display...........................................................................................................................................1022 DESCRIPTION OF CONTROLS...............................................................................................................................1022 Ability Operation Mode ...........................................................................................................................1022 RELEASE CONDITIONS OF FAIL-SAFE ......................................................................................................................1022 When the temperature of HDD is low or high........................................................................................................1022 When HDD is malfunctioning........................................................................................................................1022 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................1023 Self-diagnosis results display item...................................................................................................................1023 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT............................................................................................................................................1024 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................1024 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................1024 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................1024 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION (TWIN MONITOR) -..............................................................................................1026 REAR DISPLAY UNIT.............................................................................................................................................1052 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................1052 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................1052 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................1052 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION (TWIN MONITOR) -..............................................................................................1054 VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR.............................................................................................................................................1080 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................1080 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................1080 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................1080 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION (TWIN MONITOR) -..............................................................................................1083 BOSE AMP......................................................................................................................................................1109 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................1109 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................1109 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................1109 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION (TWIN MONITOR) -..............................................................................................1111 iPod ADAPTER..................................................................................................................................................1137 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................1137 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................1137 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................1137 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION (TWIN MONITOR) -..............................................................................................1139 DVD PLAYER....................................................................................................................................................1164 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................1164 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................1164 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................1164 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION (TWIN MONITOR) -..............................................................................................1166 AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT..............................................................................................................................1191 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................1191 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................1191 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................1191 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION (TWIN MONITOR) -..............................................................................................1195 SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW MONITOR).................................................................................................................1221 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................1221 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................1221 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................1222 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................1222 Wiring Diagram - BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION (TWIN MONITOR) -..............................................................................................1223 Fail-Safe.................................................................................................................................................1248 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................1249 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................1250 MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS......................................................................................................................................1250 Symptom Table.............................................................................................................................................1250 RELATED TO NAVIGATION.................................................................................................................................1250 RELATED TO HANDS-FREE PHONE...........................................................................................................................1250 Simple Check for Bluetooth........................................................................................................................1250 Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom................................................................................................................1250 RELATED TO AROUND VIEW MONITOR........................................................................................................................1251 RELATED TO CAMERA ASSISTANCE SONAR....................................................................................................................1252 RELATED TO RGB IMAGE..................................................................................................................................1253 Front Display Unit................................................................................................................................1253 Rear Display Unit.................................................................................................................................1253 RELATED TO VOICE CONTROL..............................................................................................................................1254 RELATED TO AUDIO......................................................................................................................................1254 RELATED TO iPod.......................................................................................................................................1255 RELATED TO STEERING SWITCH............................................................................................................................1255 RELATED TO AUXILIARY INPUT............................................................................................................................1255 RELATED TO DVD MODE...................................................................................................................................1256 RELATED TO HEADPHONE..................................................................................................................................1257 RELATED TO REAR DISPLAY UNIT..........................................................................................................................1257 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION....................................................................................................................................1259 Description...............................................................................................................................................1259 BASIC OPERATIONS......................................................................................................................................1259 RELATED TO VOICE RECOGNITION..........................................................................................................................1259 Related to basic operation........................................................................................................................1259 Related to item choice............................................................................................................................1259 Related to telephone..............................................................................................................................1260 RELATED TO AUDIO......................................................................................................................................1260 RELATED TO VEHICLE ICON...............................................................................................................................1261 RELATED TO ROUTE CALCULATION AND VISUAL GUIDANCE .....................................................................................................1262 RELATED TO VOICE GUIDANCE.............................................................................................................................1263 RELATED TO TRAFFIC INFORMATION........................................................................................................................1263 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................1264 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................1264 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................1264 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................1264 Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis..........................................................................................................................1264 AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................1264 Precaution for Harness Repair.............................................................................................................................1264 AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................1264 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................1266 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................1266 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................1266 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1267 AV CONTROL UNIT...............................................................................................................................................1267 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1267 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1267 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................1267 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1267 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1267 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1267 FRONT DISPLAY UNIT............................................................................................................................................1268 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1268 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1268 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................1268 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1268 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1268 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1268 REAR DISPLAY UNIT.............................................................................................................................................1269 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1269 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1269 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1269 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1269 VIDEO DISTRIBUTOR.............................................................................................................................................1270 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1270 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1270 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................1270 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1270 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1270 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1270 DVD PLAYER....................................................................................................................................................1271 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1271 Exploded View.........................................................................................................................................1271 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................1271 DISASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................................1271 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1271 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1271 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1271 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER............................................................................................................................................1272 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1272 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1272 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1272 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1272 REAR DOOR SPEAKER.............................................................................................................................................1273 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1273 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1273 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1273 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1273 FRONT SQUAWKER................................................................................................................................................1274 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1274 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1274 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1274 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1274 REAR SQUAWKER.................................................................................................................................................1275 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1275 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1275 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1275 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1275 CENTER SPEAKER................................................................................................................................................1276 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1276 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1276 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1276 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1276 WOOFER........................................................................................................................................................1277 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1277 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1277 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1277 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1277 BOSE AMP......................................................................................................................................................1278 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1278 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1278 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................1278 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1278 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1278 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1278 ANTENNA BASE..................................................................................................................................................1279 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1279 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1279 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1279 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1279 MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH..........................................................................................................................................1280 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1280 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1280 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................1280 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1280 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1280 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1280 PRESET SWITCH.................................................................................................................................................1281 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1281 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1281 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................1281 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1281 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1281 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1281 iPod ADAPTER..................................................................................................................................................1282 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1282 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1282 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1282 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1282 iPod CONNECTOR................................................................................................................................................1283 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1283 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1283 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1283 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1283 AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS.........................................................................................................................................1284 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1284 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1284 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1284 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1284 MICROPHONE....................................................................................................................................................1285 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1285 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1285 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................1285 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1285 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1285 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1285 GPS ANTENNA...................................................................................................................................................1286 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1286 Harness Layout............................................................................................................................................1286 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1287 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1287 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1287 AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT..............................................................................................................................1288 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1288 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1288 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1288 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1288 FRONT CAMERA..................................................................................................................................................1289 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1289 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1289 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1289 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1289 REAR CAMERA...................................................................................................................................................1290 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1290 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1290 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1290 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1290 SIDE CAMERA LH................................................................................................................................................1291 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1291 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1291 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1291 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1291 SIDE CAMERA RH................................................................................................................................................1292 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1292 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1292 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1292 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1292 SONAR CONTROL UNIT (WITH AROUND VIEW MONITOR).................................................................................................................1294 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1294 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1294 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1294 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1294 SONAR SENSOR..................................................................................................................................................1295 FRONT.....................................................................................................................................................1295 FRONT : Exploded View.................................................................................................................................1295 FRONT : Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................1295 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................1295 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................1295 REAR......................................................................................................................................................1295 REAR : Exploded View..................................................................................................................................1296 REAR : Removal and Installation.......................................................................................................................1296 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................1296 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................1296 BUZZER........................................................................................................................................................1297 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1297 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1297 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1297 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1297 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR.........................................................................................................................................1298 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1298 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1298 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................1298 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1298 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1298 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1298 ANTENNA FEEDER................................................................................................................................................1299 Harness Layout............................................................................................................................................1299 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 115 BCS...........................................................................................................................................................................1300 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................1300 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................1302 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.........................................................................................................................................1302 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (BCM)..........................................................................................................1302 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (BCM) : Description........................................................................................1302 BEFORE REPLACEMENT....................................................................................................................................1302 AFTER REPLACEMENT.....................................................................................................................................1302 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (BCM) : Special Repair Requirement.........................................................................1302 CONFIGURATION (BCM)...........................................................................................................................................1302 CONFIGURATION (BCM) : Description.........................................................................................................................1302 CONFIGURATION (BCM) : Special Repair Requirement..........................................................................................................1303 CONFIGURATION (BCM) : Configuration list..................................................................................................................1304 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................1305 BODY CONTROL SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................................1305 System Description............................................................................................................................................1305 OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................................1305 BCM CONTROL FUNCTION LIST.................................................................................................................................1305 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................1306 COMBINATION SWITCH READING SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................1307 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................1307 System Description............................................................................................................................................1307 OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................................1307 COMBINATION SWITCH MATRIX.................................................................................................................................1307 COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION.......................................................................................................................1308 Description...........................................................................................................................................1308 Operation Example.....................................................................................................................................1308 WIPER INTERMITTENT DIAL POSITION..........................................................................................................................1309 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................1310 SIGNAL BUFFER SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................................1311 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................1311 System Description............................................................................................................................................1311 OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................................1311 Signal transmission function list.........................................................................................................................1311 POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................1312 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................1312 System Description............................................................................................................................................1312 OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................................1312 LOW POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL WITH BCM....................................................................................................................1312 Sleep mode activation.....................................................................................................................................1312 Wake-up operation.........................................................................................................................................1313 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................1314 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)............................................................................................................................................1315 COMMON ITEM...................................................................................................................................................1315 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)....................................................................................................1315 APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................................1315 SYSTEM APPLICATION....................................................................................................................................1315 FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)...............................................................................................................................1315 DOOR LOCK.....................................................................................................................................................1316 DOOR LOCK : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - DOOR LOCK)........................................................................................................1316 BCM CONSULT-III FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................1316 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................1316 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1317 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1317 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER..........................................................................................................................................1317 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - REAR DEFOGGER).........................................................................................1317 Data monitor..........................................................................................................................................1317 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1318 BUZZER........................................................................................................................................................1318 BUZZER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - BUZZER)..............................................................................................................1318 CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS.........................................................................................................................1318 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1318 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1318 INT LAMP......................................................................................................................................................1318 INT LAMP : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - INT LAMP)..........................................................................................................1318 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................1318 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1319 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1320 HEADLAMP......................................................................................................................................................1320 HEADLAMP : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP).........................................................................................................1320 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................1320 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1321 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1321 WIPER.........................................................................................................................................................1322 WIPER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - WIPER)................................................................................................................1322 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................1322 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1322 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1323 FLASHER.......................................................................................................................................................1323 FLASHER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - FLASHER)............................................................................................................1323 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................1323 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1323 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1324 INTELLIGENT KEY...............................................................................................................................................1324 INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)............................................................................................1324 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................1324 SELF-DIAG RESULT......................................................................................................................................1325 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1325 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1326 COMB SW.......................................................................................................................................................1327 COMB SW : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMB SW)............................................................................................................1327 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1327 BCM...........................................................................................................................................................1328 BCM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - BCM)....................................................................................................................1328 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................1328 IMMU..........................................................................................................................................................1328 IMMU : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - IMMU)..................................................................................................................1328 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1328 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1328 BATTERY SAVER.................................................................................................................................................1328 BATTERY SAVER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - BATTERY SAVER)................................................................................................1328 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................1328 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1329 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1329 TRUNK.........................................................................................................................................................1330 TRUNK : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - TRUNK)................................................................................................................1330 BCM CONSULT-III FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................1330 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1330 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1330 THEFT ALM.....................................................................................................................................................1330 THEFT ALM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - THEFT ALM)........................................................................................................1330 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1330 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................1331 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1331 RETAIND PWR...................................................................................................................................................1331 RETAIND PWR : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - RETAINED PWR)...................................................................................................1331 Data monitor..........................................................................................................................................1331 SIGNAL BUFFER.................................................................................................................................................1331 SIGNAL BUFFER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - SIGNAL BUFFER)................................................................................................1332 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1332 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1332 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................1333 U1000 CAN COMM....................................................................................................................................................1333 Description...................................................................................................................................................1333 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................1333 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................1333 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1333 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)..........................................................................................................................................1334 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................1334 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................1334 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1334 U0415 VEHICLE SPEED SIG...........................................................................................................................................1335 Description...................................................................................................................................................1335 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................1335 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................1335 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................1335 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1335 B2562 LOW VOLTAGE.................................................................................................................................................1336 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................1336 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................1336 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................1336 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1336 B26E7 TPMS CAN COMM...............................................................................................................................................1337 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................1337 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................1337 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................1337 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1337 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................1338 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1338 COMBINATION SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................1339 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1339 COMBINATION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................1341 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................1341 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.............................................................................................................................................1343 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).........................................................................................................................................1343 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................1343 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................1343 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................1348 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................1348 Wiring Diagram - BCM -........................................................................................................................................1367 Fail-safe.....................................................................................................................................................1373 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC..................................................................................................................................1373 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION....................................................................................................................................1375 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION..............................................................................................................1375 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION...............................................................................................................................1375 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................................1376 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................1376 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................1379 COMBINATION SWITCH SYSTEM SYMPTOMS................................................................................................................................1379 Symptom Table.................................................................................................................................................1379 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................1380 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................1380 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................1380 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................1380 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................1381 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).........................................................................................................................................1381 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................1381 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................1381 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................1381 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................1381 COMBINATION SWITCH................................................................................................................................................1382 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................1382 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................1382 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................1382 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................1382 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 115 BR............................................................................................................................................................................1383 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................1383 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................1385 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..............................................................................................................1385 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.....................................................................................................................................1385 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................1386 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................1386 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................1386 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................1386 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.....................................................................................1386 OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................................1386 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................................1387 Precaution for Brake System...................................................................................................................................1387 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................1388 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................1388 Commercial Service Tool.......................................................................................................................................1388 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..................................................................................................................................................1389 BRAKE PEDAL.......................................................................................................................................................1389 Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................................1389 INSPECTION................................................................................................................................................1389 Brake Pedal Height....................................................................................................................................1389 Stop Lamp Switch and ASCD Brake Switch................................................................................................................1389 Brake Pedal Play......................................................................................................................................1389 Depressed Brake Pedal Height..........................................................................................................................1389 ADJUSTMENT................................................................................................................................................1390 Brake Pedal Height....................................................................................................................................1390 Stop Lamp Switch and ASCD Brake Switch................................................................................................................1390 Brake Pedal Play......................................................................................................................................1390 BRAKE FLUID.......................................................................................................................................................1392 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................1392 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL.........................................................................................................................................1392 BRAKE LINE................................................................................................................................................1392 Draining......................................................................................................................................................1392 Refilling.....................................................................................................................................................1392 Bleeding Brake System.........................................................................................................................................1393 BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER.............................................................................................................................................1394 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................1394 FLUID LEAK................................................................................................................................................1394 BRAKE BOOSTER.....................................................................................................................................................1395 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................1395 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................1395 AIR TIGHT.................................................................................................................................................1395 FRONT DISC BRAKE..................................................................................................................................................1396 BRAKE PAD.....................................................................................................................................................1396 BRAKE PAD : Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................1396 INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................1396 2 Piston Type.....................................................................................................................................1396 4 Piston Type.....................................................................................................................................1396 ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................................1396 DISC ROTOR....................................................................................................................................................1396 DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment....................................................................................................................1396 INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................1396 Appearance........................................................................................................................................1396 Runout............................................................................................................................................1396 Thickness.........................................................................................................................................1397 ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................................1397 REAR DISC BRAKE...................................................................................................................................................1398 BRAKE PAD.....................................................................................................................................................1398 BRAKE PAD : Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................1398 INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................1398 1 Piston Type.....................................................................................................................................1398 2 Piston Type.....................................................................................................................................1398 ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................................1398 DISC ROTOR....................................................................................................................................................1398 DISC ROTOR : Inspection and Adjustment....................................................................................................................1398 INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................1398 Appearance........................................................................................................................................1398 Runout............................................................................................................................................1398 Thickness.........................................................................................................................................1399 ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................................1399 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................1400 BRAKE PEDAL.......................................................................................................................................................1400 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................1400 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................1400 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................1400 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................1401 Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................................1401 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................................1401 ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................1401 BRAKE PIPING......................................................................................................................................................1402 FRONT.........................................................................................................................................................1402 FRONT : Exploded View.....................................................................................................................................1402 2 PISTON TYPE.........................................................................................................................................1402 4 PISTON TYPE.........................................................................................................................................1402 FRONT : Hydraulic Piping..................................................................................................................................1403 2 PISTON TYPE.........................................................................................................................................1403 4 PISTON TYPE.........................................................................................................................................1404 FRONT : Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................................1404 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1404 2 Piston Type.....................................................................................................................................1404 4 Piston Type.....................................................................................................................................1405 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1405 2 Piston Type.....................................................................................................................................1405 4 Piston Type.....................................................................................................................................1406 FRONT : Inspection........................................................................................................................................1406 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................1406 REAR..........................................................................................................................................................1406 REAR : Exploded View......................................................................................................................................1406 1 PISTON TYPE.........................................................................................................................................1406 2 PISTON TYPE.........................................................................................................................................1407 REAR : Hydraulic Piping...................................................................................................................................1408 1 PISTON TYPE.........................................................................................................................................1408 2 PISTON TYPE.........................................................................................................................................1408 REAR : Removal and Installation...........................................................................................................................1409 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1409 1 Piston Type.....................................................................................................................................1409 2 Piston Type.....................................................................................................................................1409 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1409 1 Piston Type.....................................................................................................................................1409 2 Piston Type.....................................................................................................................................1410 REAR : Inspection.........................................................................................................................................1410 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................1410 BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER.............................................................................................................................................1411 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................1411 WITHOUT ICC...............................................................................................................................................1411 WITH ICC..................................................................................................................................................1411 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................1412 REMOVAL ..................................................................................................................................................1412 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................1413 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................................1413 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................1413 ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................................1413 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................1414 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................1414 Fluid Leak............................................................................................................................................1414 BRAKE BOOSTER.....................................................................................................................................................1415 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................1415 WITHOUT ICC...............................................................................................................................................1415 WITH ICC..................................................................................................................................................1415 Removal and installation......................................................................................................................................1415 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................1415 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................1416 Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................................1416 INSPECTION BEFORE REMOVAL.................................................................................................................................1416 Air Tight.............................................................................................................................................1416 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................................1417 Input Rod Length Inspection...........................................................................................................................1417 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................1417 Operation.............................................................................................................................................1417 Air Tight.............................................................................................................................................1417 ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................1418 VACUUM LINES......................................................................................................................................................1419 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................1419 VQ35HR....................................................................................................................................................1419 VK50VE....................................................................................................................................................1419 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................1420 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................1420 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................1420 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................1420 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................................1420 Appearance............................................................................................................................................1420 Check Valve Airtightness..............................................................................................................................1420 FRONT DISC BRAKE..................................................................................................................................................1421 BRAKE PAD (2 PISTON TYPE).....................................................................................................................................1421 BRAKE PAD (2 PISTON TYPE) : Exploded View.................................................................................................................1421 BRAKE PAD (2 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and Installation......................................................................................................1421 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1421 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1421 BRAKE PAD (2 PISTON TYPE) : Inspection....................................................................................................................1422 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................1422 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................1422 BRAKE PAD (4 PISTON TYPE).....................................................................................................................................1422 BRAKE PAD (4 PISTON TYPE) : Exploded View.................................................................................................................1423 BRAKE PAD (4 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and Installation......................................................................................................1423 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1423 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1424 BRAKE PAD (4 PISTON TYPE) : Inspection....................................................................................................................1425 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................1425 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................1425 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE)........................................................................................................................1425 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) : Exploded View....................................................................................................1425 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1425 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................1425 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................1426 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1426 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1426 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) : Disassembly and Assembly.........................................................................................1427 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................1427 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................1428 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) : Inspection.......................................................................................................1428 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................1428 Cylinder Body.....................................................................................................................................1428 Torque Member.....................................................................................................................................1428 Pistons...........................................................................................................................................1428 Sliding Pin and Sliding Pin Boot..................................................................................................................1428 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................1429 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (4 PISTON TYPE)........................................................................................................................1429 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (4 PISTON TYPE) : Exploded View....................................................................................................1429 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1429 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................1429 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (4 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................1430 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1430 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1430 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (4 PISTON TYPE) : Disassembly and Assembly.........................................................................................1431 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................1431 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................1431 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (4 PISTON TYPE) : Inspection.......................................................................................................1432 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................1432 Caliper...........................................................................................................................................1432 Pistons...........................................................................................................................................1432 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................1432 REAR DISC BRAKE...................................................................................................................................................1434 BRAKE PAD (1 PISTON TYPE).....................................................................................................................................1434 BRAKE PAD (1 PISTON TYPE) : Exploded View.................................................................................................................1434 BRAKE PAD (1 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and Installation......................................................................................................1434 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1434 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1434 BRAKE PAD (1 PISTON TYPE) : Inspection....................................................................................................................1435 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................1435 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................1435 BRAKE PAD (2 PISTON TYPE).....................................................................................................................................1435 BRAKE PAD (2 PISTON TYPE) : Exploded View.................................................................................................................1436 BRAKE PAD (2 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and Installation......................................................................................................1436 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1436 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1437 BRAKE PAD (2 PISTON TYPE) : Inspection....................................................................................................................1438 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................1438 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................1438 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (1 PISTON TYPE)........................................................................................................................1438 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (1 PISTON TYPE) : Exploded View....................................................................................................1438 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1438 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................1438 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (1 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................1439 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1439 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1439 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (1 PISTON TYPE) : Disassembly and Assembly.........................................................................................1440 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................1440 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................1441 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (1 PISTON TYPE) : Inspection.......................................................................................................1442 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................1442 Cylinder Body.....................................................................................................................................1442 Torque Member.....................................................................................................................................1442 Piston............................................................................................................................................1442 Sliding Pin Bolt and Sliding Pin Boot.............................................................................................................1442 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................1442 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE)........................................................................................................................1442 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) : Exploded View....................................................................................................1442 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1442 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................1443 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................1443 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1443 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1444 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) : Disassembly and Assembly.........................................................................................1444 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................1444 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................1445 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) : Inspection.......................................................................................................1446 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................1446 Caliper...........................................................................................................................................1446 Pistons...........................................................................................................................................1446 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................1446 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................................1447 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................1447 General Specifications........................................................................................................................................1447 FRONT 2 PISTON, REAR 1 PISTON TYPE........................................................................................................................1447 FRONT 4 PISTON, REAR 2 PISTON TYPE........................................................................................................................1447 Brake Pedal...................................................................................................................................................1447 Brake Booster.................................................................................................................................................1448 Front Disc Brake..............................................................................................................................................1448 2 PISTON TYPE.............................................................................................................................................1448 4 PISTON TYPE.............................................................................................................................................1448 Rear Disc Brake...............................................................................................................................................1448 1 PISTON TYPE.............................................................................................................................................1448 2 PISTON TYPE.............................................................................................................................................1448 BRC...........................................................................................................................................................................1449 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................1449 VDC/TCS/ABS...........................................................................................................................................................1453 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................1453 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................................................................................................................................1453 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................1453 PRECAUTIONS FOR DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................1453 OVERALL SEQUENCE......................................................................................................................................1454 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................1454 Diagnostic Work Sheet.....................................................................................................................................1456 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.....................................................................................................................................1457 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................1457 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description..........................................................................................1457 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement...........................................................................1457 ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION......................................................................................................1457 ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Description....................................................................................1457 ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Repair Requirement.....................................................................1457 ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION..............................................................................................1457 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................1459 VDC...........................................................................................................................................................1459 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................1459 System Description........................................................................................................................................1460 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................1462 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................1467 TCS...........................................................................................................................................................1468 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................1468 System Description........................................................................................................................................1469 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................1470 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................1475 ABS...........................................................................................................................................................1476 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................1476 System Description........................................................................................................................................1477 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................1478 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................1483 EBD...........................................................................................................................................................1484 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................1484 System Description........................................................................................................................................1485 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................1486 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................1491 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)]..............................................................................................1492 CONSULT-III Function......................................................................................................................................1492 FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................1492 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................1492 SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................................................................................................................................1492 Operation Procedure...............................................................................................................................1492 Display Item List.................................................................................................................................1492 How to Erase Self-diagnosis Results...............................................................................................................1492 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1492 Display Item List.................................................................................................................................1492 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1495 Test Item.........................................................................................................................................1495 ECU IDENTIFICATION....................................................................................................................................1497 SPECIFIC FUNCTION.....................................................................................................................................1497 Specific Data Monitor.............................................................................................................................1497 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................1498 C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR.......................................................................................................................1498 Description...............................................................................................................................................1498 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1498 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1498 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1498 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1498 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1500 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1500 C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR.......................................................................................................................1501 Description...............................................................................................................................................1501 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1501 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1501 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1501 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1501 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1503 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1503 C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................1504 Description...............................................................................................................................................1504 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1504 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1504 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1504 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1504 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1505 C1110, C1153, C1170 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT).............................................................................................1506 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1506 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1506 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1506 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1506 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1506 C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM...........................................................................................................................1507 Description...............................................................................................................................................1507 PUMP..................................................................................................................................................1507 MOTOR.................................................................................................................................................1507 MOTOR RELAY...........................................................................................................................................1507 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1507 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1507 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1507 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1507 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1508 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1508 C1114 ACTUATOR RELAY SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................1509 Description...............................................................................................................................................1509 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1509 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1509 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1509 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1509 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1510 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1510 C1115 WHEEL SENSOR............................................................................................................................................1511 Description...............................................................................................................................................1511 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1511 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1511 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1511 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1511 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1513 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1513 C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH........................................................................................................................................1514 Description...............................................................................................................................................1514 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1514 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1514 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1514 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1514 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1514 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1515 C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 IN ABS SOL.........................................................................................................................1516 Description...............................................................................................................................................1516 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1516 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1516 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1516 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1516 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1517 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1517 C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 OUT ABS SOL........................................................................................................................1518 Description...............................................................................................................................................1518 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1518 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1518 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1518 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1518 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1519 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1519 C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL...........................................................................................................................................1520 Description...............................................................................................................................................1520 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1520 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1520 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1520 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1520 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1520 C1137 RAS CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................................1521 Description...............................................................................................................................................1521 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1521 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1521 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1521 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1521 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1521 C1142 PRESS SENSOR............................................................................................................................................1522 Description...............................................................................................................................................1522 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1522 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1522 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1522 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1522 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1523 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1523 C1143 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR...................................................................................................................................1524 Description...............................................................................................................................................1524 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1524 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1524 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1524 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1524 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1525 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1525 C1144 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR...................................................................................................................................1526 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1526 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1526 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1526 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1526 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1526 C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE G SENSOR...........................................................................................................................1527 Description...............................................................................................................................................1527 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1527 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1527 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1527 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1527 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1528 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1529 C1147, C1148, C1149, C1150 USV/HSV LINE.......................................................................................................................1530 Description...............................................................................................................................................1530 USV1, USV2 (CUT VALVE)................................................................................................................................1530 HSV1, HSV2 (SUCTION VALVE)............................................................................................................................1530 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1530 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1530 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1530 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1530 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1531 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1531 C1154 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH...............................................................................................................................1533 Description...............................................................................................................................................1533 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1533 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1533 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1533 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1533 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1533 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1534 C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH................................................................................................................................1535 Description...............................................................................................................................................1535 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1535 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1535 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1535 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1535 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1536 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1536 C1156 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR (CAN).............................................................................................................................1537 Description...............................................................................................................................................1537 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1537 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1537 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1537 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1537 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1537 C1185 ICC UNIT................................................................................................................................................1538 Description...............................................................................................................................................1538 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1538 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1538 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1538 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1538 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1538 C1197 VACUUM SENSOR...........................................................................................................................................1539 Description...............................................................................................................................................1539 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1539 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1539 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1539 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1539 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1539 C1198 VACUUM SENSOR...........................................................................................................................................1541 Description...............................................................................................................................................1541 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1541 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1541 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1541 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1541 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1541 C1199 VACUUM SENSOR...........................................................................................................................................1543 Description...............................................................................................................................................1543 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1543 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1543 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1543 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1543 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1544 C119A VACUUM SENSOR...........................................................................................................................................1545 Description...............................................................................................................................................1545 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1545 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1545 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1545 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1545 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1546 U1000, U1002 CAN COMM CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................1547 Description...............................................................................................................................................1547 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1547 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1547 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1547 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1547 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1547 U1100 CAN COMM CIRCUIT (ICC UNIT).............................................................................................................................1548 Description...............................................................................................................................................1548 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1548 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1548 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1548 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1548 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1548 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................1549 Description...............................................................................................................................................1549 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1549 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1549 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH..........................................................................................................................................1551 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................1551 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1551 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1551 VDC OFF SWITCH................................................................................................................................................1553 Description...............................................................................................................................................1553 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................1553 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1553 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1554 ABS WARNING LAMP..............................................................................................................................................1555 Description...............................................................................................................................................1555 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................1555 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1555 BRAKE WARNING LAMP............................................................................................................................................1556 Description...............................................................................................................................................1556 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................1556 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1556 VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP........................................................................................................................................1557 Description...............................................................................................................................................1557 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................1557 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1557 SLIP INDICATOR LAMP...........................................................................................................................................1558 Description...............................................................................................................................................1558 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................1558 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1558 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................1559 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT).................................................................................................................1559 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................1559 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................1559 Wiring Diagram - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM -...................................................................................................................1564 Fail-Safe.................................................................................................................................................1568 ABS, EBD SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................1568 VDC/TCS ..............................................................................................................................................1569 LDW/LDP SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................1569 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................1569 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................1571 EXCESSIVE ABS FUNCTION OPERATION FREQUENCY....................................................................................................................1571 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1571 UNEXPECTED PEDAL REACTION.....................................................................................................................................1572 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1572 THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG..................................................................................................................................1573 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1573 ABS FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE.................................................................................................................................1574 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1574 PEDAL VIBRATION OR ABS OPERATION SOUND OCCURS.................................................................................................................1575 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1575 VEHICLE JERKS DURING VDC/TCS/ABS CONTROL......................................................................................................................1576 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1576 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION....................................................................................................................................1577 Description...............................................................................................................................................1577 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................1578 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................1578 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................1578 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................1578 Precaution for Brake System...............................................................................................................................1578 Precaution for Brake Control..............................................................................................................................1579 Precautions for Harness Repair............................................................................................................................1579 COMMUNICATION LINE....................................................................................................................................1579 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................1580 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................1580 Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................1580 Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................1580 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1581 WHEEL SENSOR..................................................................................................................................................1581 FRONT WHEEL SENSOR........................................................................................................................................1581 FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View....................................................................................................................1581 FRONT WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................................1581 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................1581 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................1581 REAR WHEEL SENSOR.........................................................................................................................................1582 REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Exploded View.....................................................................................................................1582 REAR WHEEL SENSOR : Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................1582 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................1582 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................1582 SENSOR ROTOR..................................................................................................................................................1583 FRONT SENSOR ROTOR........................................................................................................................................1583 FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Exploded View....................................................................................................................1583 FRONT SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................................1583 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................1583 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................1583 REAR SENSOR ROTOR.........................................................................................................................................1583 REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Exploded View.....................................................................................................................1583 REAR SENSOR ROTOR : Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................1583 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................1583 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................1583 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT).................................................................................................................1584 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1584 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1584 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1584 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1585 YAW RATE/SIDE G SENSOR........................................................................................................................................1586 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1586 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1586 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1586 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1586 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR.........................................................................................................................................1587 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1587 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1587 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1587 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1587 BRAKE ASSIST..........................................................................................................................................................1588 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................1588 PREVIEW FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................1588 System Description........................................................................................................................................1588 FUNCTION DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................................................1588 OPERATION DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................1588 Operation.........................................................................................................................................1588 End of Operation..................................................................................................................................1588 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................1589 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................1590 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................1591 PREVIEW FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................1591 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1591 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................1592 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION....................................................................................................................................1592 Description...............................................................................................................................................1592 PRECAUTIONS FOR PREVIEW FUNCTION......................................................................................................................1592 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................1593 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................1593 Precautions for Preview Function Service..................................................................................................................1593 INTELLIGENT BRAKE ASSIST..............................................................................................................................................1594 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................1594 INTELLIGENT BRAKE ASSIST......................................................................................................................................1594 System Description........................................................................................................................................1594 FUNCTION DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................................................1594 OPERATION DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................1594 Switch and Indicators.............................................................................................................................1594 Fail-safe Indication..............................................................................................................................1594 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................1596 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................1597 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................1598 INTELLIGENT BRAKE ASSIST......................................................................................................................................1598 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1598 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................1599 SWITCH DOES NOT TURN ON / SWITCH DOES NOT TURN OFF............................................................................................................1599 Symptom Table.............................................................................................................................................1599 Description...............................................................................................................................................1599 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1599 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION....................................................................................................................................1601 Description...............................................................................................................................................1601 PRECAUTIONS FOR INTELLIGENT BRAKE ASSIST..............................................................................................................1601 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................1602 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................1602 Precautions for IBA System Service........................................................................................................................1602 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1603 IBA OFF SWITCH................................................................................................................................................1603 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1603 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1603 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1603 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1603 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 115 BRM...........................................................................................................................................................................1604 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................1604 VEHICLE INFORMATION...................................................................................................................................................1605 BODY EXTERIOR PAINT COLOR.........................................................................................................................................1605 Body Exterior Paint Color.....................................................................................................................................1605 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................1607 HANDLING PRECAUTIONS..............................................................................................................................................1607 Precautions For Plastics......................................................................................................................................1607 LOCATION OF PLASTIC PARTS ................................................................................................................................1607 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................1610 BODY COMPONENT PARTS..............................................................................................................................................1610 Underbody Component Parts.....................................................................................................................................1610 Body Component Parts..........................................................................................................................................1612 CORROSION PROTECTION..............................................................................................................................................1614 Description...................................................................................................................................................1614 Anti-Corrosive Precoated Steel (Galvannealed Steel).......................................................................................................1614 Phosphate Coating Treatment and Cationic Electrodeposition Primer.........................................................................................1614 Undercoating..................................................................................................................................................1614 Precautions in Undercoating...............................................................................................................................1614 BODY SEALING......................................................................................................................................................1616 Body Sealing..................................................................................................................................................1616 BODY CONSTRUCTION.................................................................................................................................................1619 Body Construction.............................................................................................................................................1619 BODY ALIGNMENT....................................................................................................................................................1621 Body Center Marks.............................................................................................................................................1621 Description...................................................................................................................................................1622 Engine Compartment............................................................................................................................................1622 Measurement...............................................................................................................................................1622 Measurement Points........................................................................................................................................1623 Underbody.....................................................................................................................................................1624 Measurement ..............................................................................................................................................1624 Measurement Points........................................................................................................................................1625 Passenger Compartment.........................................................................................................................................1627 Measurement...............................................................................................................................................1627 Measurement Points........................................................................................................................................1628 Rear Body.....................................................................................................................................................1629 Measurement...............................................................................................................................................1629 Measurement Points........................................................................................................................................1629 REPAIRING HIGH STRENGTH STEEL.....................................................................................................................................1631 High Strength Steel (HSS).....................................................................................................................................1631 REPLACEMENT OPERATIONS............................................................................................................................................1634 Description...................................................................................................................................................1634 REAR FENDER HEMMING PROCESS...............................................................................................................................1635 Procedure of the hemming process......................................................................................................................1635 FOAM REPAIR...............................................................................................................................................1636 Urethane foam applications............................................................................................................................1636 Radiator Core Support.........................................................................................................................................1638 Hoodledge.....................................................................................................................................................1638 Front Side Member.............................................................................................................................................1641 Front Side Member (Partial Replacement).......................................................................................................................1644 Front Pillar..................................................................................................................................................1645 Center Pillar.................................................................................................................................................1649 Outer Sill....................................................................................................................................................1650 Rear Fender...................................................................................................................................................1654 Rear Panel....................................................................................................................................................1657 Rear End Crossmember..........................................................................................................................................1658 Rear Floor Rear...............................................................................................................................................1659 Rear Side Member Extension....................................................................................................................................1660 CCS...........................................................................................................................................................................1662 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................1662 ICC (FULL SPEED RANGE)................................................................................................................................................1672 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................1672 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................................................................................................................................1672 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................1672 OVERALL SEQUENCE......................................................................................................................................1672 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................1672 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.....................................................................................................................................1674 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT)...............................................................................1674 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT) : Description.............................................................1674 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT) : Special Repair Requirement..............................................1674 LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT..............................................................................................................................1674 LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description............................................................................................................1674 OUTLINE OF LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT...........................................................................................................1674 CAUTIONARY POINT FOR LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT.................................................................................................1674 LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Preparation)...............................................................................1675 LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Setting The ICC Target Board)..............................................................1675 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................1675 LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Laser Beam Aiming Adjustment)..............................................................1678 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................1678 ACTION TEST...............................................................................................................................................1679 ACTION TEST : Description.............................................................................................................................1679 ACTION TEST : Special Repair Requirement (Vehicle-To-Vehicle Distance Control Mode)...................................................................1679 ACTION TEST : Special Repair Requirement [Conventional (Fixed Speed) Cruise Control Mode].............................................................1682 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................1685 ICC (FULL SPEED RANGE)........................................................................................................................................1685 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................1685 System Description........................................................................................................................................1685 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1685 Vehicle-to-vehicle Distance Control Mode..........................................................................................................1686 Conventional (Fixed Speed) Cruise Control Mode....................................................................................................1686 Forward Collision Warning (FCW)...................................................................................................................1686 Brake Assist (With Preview Function)..............................................................................................................1686 Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) System.............................................................................................................1686 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL ITEM...................................................................................................1686 Input Signal Item.................................................................................................................................1686 Output Signal Item................................................................................................................................1687 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................1688 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................1689 VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE FUNCTION.............................................................................................................1690 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................1690 System Description........................................................................................................................................1690 FUNCTION DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................................................1690 OPERATION DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................1691 Set Condition.....................................................................................................................................1691 Cancel Conditions.................................................................................................................................1692 OPERATION AND DISPLAY.................................................................................................................................1692 ICC Steering Switch...............................................................................................................................1692 ICC System Display (On The Information Display)...................................................................................................1693 System Control Condition Display..................................................................................................................1694 Approach Warning Display..........................................................................................................................1695 Warning Lamp and Automatic Cancellation Display...................................................................................................1696 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................1697 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................1698 CONVENTIONAL (FIXED SPEED) CRUISE CONTROL MODE FUNCTION.......................................................................................................1699 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................1699 System Description........................................................................................................................................1699 FUNCTION DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................................................1699 OPERATION DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................1700 Set Condition.....................................................................................................................................1700 OPERATION AND DISPLAY.................................................................................................................................1700 ICC Steering Switch...............................................................................................................................1700 ICC System Display (On The Information Display)...................................................................................................1701 System Control Condition Display..................................................................................................................1701 Warning and Automatic Cancellation Display........................................................................................................1702 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................1703 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................1704 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT).................................................................................................................1705 Diagnosis Description.....................................................................................................................................1705 ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM DIAGRAM................................................................................................................1705 ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS OPERATION PROCEDURE...........................................................................................................1705 WHEN THE ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS DOES NOT START.......................................................................................................1706 HOW TO ERASE ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS..................................................................................................................1706 CONSULT-III Function (ICC)................................................................................................................................1706 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1706 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................1707 Display Items For The Cause Of Automatic Cancellation.............................................................................................1707 Laser Beam Adjust.................................................................................................................................1708 SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................................................................................................................................1708 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1708 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1710 METER LAMP........................................................................................................................................1710 DCA INDICATOR.....................................................................................................................................1710 STOP LAMP.........................................................................................................................................1711 BOOSTER SOL/V.....................................................................................................................................1711 ICC BUZZER........................................................................................................................................1711 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR........................................................................................................................1711 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................1713 C1A00 CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................................................1713 Description...............................................................................................................................................1713 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1713 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1713 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1713 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1713 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1713 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1713 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1713 C1A01 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1, C1A02 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2....................................................................................................1715 Description...............................................................................................................................................1715 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1715 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1715 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1715 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1715 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1715 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1715 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1715 C1A03 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR....................................................................................................................................1717 Description...............................................................................................................................................1717 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1717 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1717 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1717 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1717 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1718 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1718 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1718 C1A04 ABS/TCS/VDC SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................1719 Description...............................................................................................................................................1719 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1719 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1719 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1719 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1719 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1719 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1719 C1A05 BRAKE SW/STOP LAMP SW...................................................................................................................................1721 Description...............................................................................................................................................1721 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1721 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1721 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1721 Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)...................................................................................................................1724 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)...................................................................................................................1724 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1725 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1725 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1725 C1A06 OPERATION SW............................................................................................................................................1726 Description...............................................................................................................................................1726 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1726 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1726 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1726 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1726 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1727 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1728 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1728 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1728 C1A08 PRESSURE SENSOR.........................................................................................................................................1729 Description...............................................................................................................................................1729 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1729 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1729 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1729 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1729 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1730 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1730 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1730 C1A09 BOOSTER SOLENOID........................................................................................................................................1731 Description...............................................................................................................................................1731 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1731 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1731 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1731 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1731 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1732 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1732 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1732 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1732 C1A10 RELEASE SWITCH..........................................................................................................................................1734 Description...............................................................................................................................................1734 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1734 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1734 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1734 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1734 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1735 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1736 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1736 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1736 C1A11 PRESSURE CONTROL........................................................................................................................................1737 Description...............................................................................................................................................1737 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1737 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1737 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1737 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1737 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1738 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1738 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1738 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1738 C1A12 LASER BEAM OFF CENTER...................................................................................................................................1740 Description...............................................................................................................................................1740 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1740 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1740 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1740 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1740 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1740 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1740 C1A13 STOP LAMP RELAY.........................................................................................................................................1741 Description...............................................................................................................................................1741 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1741 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1741 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1741 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1741 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1746 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1747 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1747 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1747 C1A14 ECM.....................................................................................................................................................1748 Description...............................................................................................................................................1748 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1748 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1748 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1748 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1748 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1748 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1749 C1A15 GEAR POSITION...........................................................................................................................................1750 Description...............................................................................................................................................1750 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1750 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1750 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1750 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1750 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1751 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1751 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1751 C1A16 RADAR STAIN.............................................................................................................................................1753 Description...............................................................................................................................................1753 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1753 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1753 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1753 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1753 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1753 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1754 C1A18 LASER AIMING INCMP......................................................................................................................................1755 Description...............................................................................................................................................1755 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1755 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1755 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1755 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1755 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1755 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1755 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1755 C1A21 UNIT HIGH TEMP..........................................................................................................................................1757 Description...............................................................................................................................................1757 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1757 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1757 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1757 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1757 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1757 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1757 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1757 C1A22 BCU CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................................1759 Description...............................................................................................................................................1759 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1759 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1759 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1759 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1759 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1762 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1762 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1762 C1A24 NP RANGE................................................................................................................................................1763 Description...............................................................................................................................................1763 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1763 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1763 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1763 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1763 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1764 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1764 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1764 C1A28 BCU POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT, C1A29 BCU POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT2...............................................................................................1765 Description...............................................................................................................................................1765 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1765 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1765 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1765 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1765 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1765 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1765 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1766 C1A30 BCU CAN COMM CIRC ......................................................................................................................................1767 Description...............................................................................................................................................1767 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1767 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1767 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1767 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1767 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1767 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1767 C1A31 BCU INTERNAL MALF.......................................................................................................................................1768 Description...............................................................................................................................................1768 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1768 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1768 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1768 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1768 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1768 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1768 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1768 C1A32 IBA FLAG STUCK..........................................................................................................................................1770 Description...............................................................................................................................................1770 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1770 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1770 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1770 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1770 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1770 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1770 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1770 C1A33 CAN TRANSMISSION ERROR..................................................................................................................................1772 Description...............................................................................................................................................1772 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1772 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1772 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1772 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1772 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1772 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1772 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1772 C1A34 COMMAND ERROR...........................................................................................................................................1774 Description...............................................................................................................................................1774 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1774 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1774 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1774 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1774 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1774 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1774 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1774 C1A39 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR...................................................................................................................................1776 Description...............................................................................................................................................1776 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1776 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1776 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1776 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1776 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1776 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1776 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1776 C1A40 SYSTEM SWITCH CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................1778 Description...............................................................................................................................................1778 DCA SWITCH............................................................................................................................................1778 IBA OFF SWITCH........................................................................................................................................1778 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1778 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1778 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1778 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1778 Component Inspection (DCA Switch).........................................................................................................................1780 Component Inspection (IBA OFF Switch).....................................................................................................................1781 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1781 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1781 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1781 U0121 VDC CAN 2...............................................................................................................................................1782 Description...............................................................................................................................................1782 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1782 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1782 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1782 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1782 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1782 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1782 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1782 U0126 STRG SEN CAN 1..........................................................................................................................................1784 Description...............................................................................................................................................1784 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1784 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1784 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1784 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1784 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1784 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1784 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1784 U0129 BCU CAN 2...............................................................................................................................................1786 Description...............................................................................................................................................1786 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1786 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1786 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1786 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1786 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1786 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1786 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1787 U0401 ECM CAN 1...............................................................................................................................................1788 Description...............................................................................................................................................1788 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1788 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1788 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1788 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1788 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1788 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1788 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1788 U0402 TCM CAN 1...............................................................................................................................................1790 Description...............................................................................................................................................1790 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1790 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1790 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1790 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1790 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1790 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1790 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1790 U0415 VDC CAN 1...............................................................................................................................................1792 Description...............................................................................................................................................1792 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1792 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1792 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1792 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1792 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1792 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1792 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1792 U0418 BCU CAN 1...............................................................................................................................................1794 Description...............................................................................................................................................1794 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1794 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1794 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1794 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1794 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1794 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1794 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1795 U0428 STRG SEN CAN 2..........................................................................................................................................1796 Description...............................................................................................................................................1796 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1796 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1796 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1796 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1796 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1796 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1796 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1796 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................1798 Description...............................................................................................................................................1798 CAN COMMUNICATION.....................................................................................................................................1798 ITS COMMUNICATION.....................................................................................................................................1798 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1798 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1798 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1798 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1798 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1798 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1798 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)......................................................................................................................................1800 Description...............................................................................................................................................1800 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1800 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1800 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1800 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1800 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1800 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1800 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................1801 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT................................................................................................................................1801 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................1801 BRAKE BOOSTER CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................................................1801 BRAKE BOOSTER CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................1801 ICC WARNING CHIME CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................1803 Description...............................................................................................................................................1803 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................1803 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1803 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1804 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................1805 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT....................................................................................................................................1805 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................1805 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................1805 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................1807 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................1808 Wiring Diagram - INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (FULL SPEED RANGE) -..........................................................................................1809 Fail-Safe.................................................................................................................................................1818 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................1818 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................1819 BRAKE BOOSTER CONTROL UNIT....................................................................................................................................1822 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................1822 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................1822 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................1822 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................1824 INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (FULL SPEED RANGE) SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.................................................................................................1824 Symptom Table.............................................................................................................................................1824 MAIN SWITCH DOES NOT TURN ON, MAIN SWITCH DOES NOT TURN OFF...................................................................................................1825 Description...............................................................................................................................................1825 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1825 ICC SYSTEM CANNOT BE SET (MAIN SWITCH TURNS ON/OFF)...........................................................................................................1826 Description...............................................................................................................................................1826 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1826 ICC STEERING SWITCH (OTHER THAN MAIN SWITCH) DOES NOT FUNCTION................................................................................................1828 Description...............................................................................................................................................1828 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1828 ICC SYSTEM DOES NOT CANCEL WHEN A/T SELECTOR LEVER SETS ON "N"................................................................................................1829 Description...............................................................................................................................................1829 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1829 CHIME DOES NOT SOUND..........................................................................................................................................1830 Description...............................................................................................................................................1830 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1830 DRIVING FORCE IS HUNTING......................................................................................................................................1832 Description...............................................................................................................................................1832 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1832 FREQUENTLY CANNOT DETECT THE VEHICLE AHEAD / DETECTION ZONE IS SHORT..........................................................................................1833 Description...............................................................................................................................................1833 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1833 THE SYSTEM DOES NOT DETECT THE VEHICLE AHEAD AT ALL...........................................................................................................1834 Description...............................................................................................................................................1834 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1834 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION....................................................................................................................................1835 Description...............................................................................................................................................1835 PRECAUTIONS FOR VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE..............................................................................................1835 PRECAUTIONS FOR CONVENTIONAL (FIXED SPEED) CRUISE CONTROL MODE........................................................................................1837 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................1838 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................1838 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................1838 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................1838 Precautions For Harness Repair............................................................................................................................1838 ICC System Service........................................................................................................................................1839 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................1840 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................1840 Special Service Tools.....................................................................................................................................1840 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1841 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT....................................................................................................................................1841 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1841 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1841 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1841 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1841 BRAKE BOOSTER CONTROL UNIT....................................................................................................................................1842 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1842 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1842 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1842 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1842 ICC WARNING CHIME.............................................................................................................................................1843 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1843 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................1843 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................1843 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................1843 ICC STEERING SWITCH...........................................................................................................................................1844 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................1844 DCA...................................................................................................................................................................1845 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................1845 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................................................................................................................................1845 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................1845 OVERALL SEQUENCE......................................................................................................................................1845 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................1845 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.....................................................................................................................................1847 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT)...............................................................................1847 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT) : Description.............................................................1847 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT) : Special Repair Requirement..............................................1847 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY)...............................................................................1847 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY) : Description.............................................................1847 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY) : Special Repair Requirement..............................................1847 ACTION TEST...............................................................................................................................................1847 ACTION TEST : Description.............................................................................................................................1848 ACTION TEST : Special Repair Requirement (Distance Control Assist)....................................................................................1848 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................1849 DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM................................................................................................................................1849 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................1849 System Description........................................................................................................................................1849 FUNCTION DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................................................1849 OPERATION DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................1850 Operation Condition...............................................................................................................................1851 No Operation Condition............................................................................................................................1851 Operation Cancellation Condition..................................................................................................................1851 Operation At The Driver Operation.................................................................................................................1851 OPERATION AND DISPLAY.................................................................................................................................1851 DCA Switch........................................................................................................................................1851 System Display....................................................................................................................................1852 System Control Condition Display..................................................................................................................1852 Approach Warning Display..........................................................................................................................1852 Warning Lamp Display..............................................................................................................................1853 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL ITEM...................................................................................................1853 Input Signal Item.................................................................................................................................1853 Output Signal Item................................................................................................................................1854 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................1855 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................1856 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT).................................................................................................................1857 Diagnosis Description.....................................................................................................................................1857 ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM DIAGRAM................................................................................................................1857 ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS OPERATION PROCEDURE...........................................................................................................1857 WHEN THE ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS DOES NOT START.......................................................................................................1858 HOW TO ERASE ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS..................................................................................................................1858 CONSULT-III Function (ICC)................................................................................................................................1858 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1858 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................1859 Display Items For The Cause Of Automatic Cancellation.............................................................................................1859 Laser Beam Adjust.................................................................................................................................1860 SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................................................................................................................................1860 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1860 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1862 METER LAMP........................................................................................................................................1862 DCA INDICATOR.....................................................................................................................................1862 STOP LAMP.........................................................................................................................................1863 BOOSTER SOL/V.....................................................................................................................................1863 ICC BUZZER........................................................................................................................................1863 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR........................................................................................................................1863 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR).................................................................................................................1865 CONSULT-III Function (ACCELE PEDAL ACT)...................................................................................................................1865 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1865 SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................................................................................................................................1865 Self Diagnostic Result............................................................................................................................1865 FFD (Freeze Frame Data)...........................................................................................................................1865 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................1865 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................1866 Item list.........................................................................................................................................1866 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR TEST 1.................................................................................................................1866 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR TEST 2.................................................................................................................1866 ECU IDENTIFICATION....................................................................................................................................1866 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................1867 C1A00 CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................................................1867 Description...............................................................................................................................................1867 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1867 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1867 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1867 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1867 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1867 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1867 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1867 C1A01 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1, C1A02 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2....................................................................................................1869 Description...............................................................................................................................................1869 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1869 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1869 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1869 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1869 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1869 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1869 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1869 C1A03 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR....................................................................................................................................1871 Description...............................................................................................................................................1871 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1871 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1871 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1871 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1871 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1872 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1872 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1872 C1A04 ABS/TCS/VDC SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................1873 Description...............................................................................................................................................1873 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1873 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1873 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1873 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1873 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1873 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1873 C1A05 BRAKE SW/STOP LAMP SW...................................................................................................................................1875 Description...............................................................................................................................................1875 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1875 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1875 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1875 Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)...................................................................................................................1878 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)...................................................................................................................1878 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1879 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1879 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1879 C1A08 PRESSURE SENSOR.........................................................................................................................................1880 Description...............................................................................................................................................1880 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1880 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1880 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1880 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1880 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1881 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1881 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1881 C1A09 BOOSTER SOLENOID........................................................................................................................................1882 Description...............................................................................................................................................1882 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1882 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1882 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1882 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1882 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1883 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1883 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1883 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1883 C1A10 RELEASE SWITCH..........................................................................................................................................1885 Description...............................................................................................................................................1885 DTC logic.................................................................................................................................................1885 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1885 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1885 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1885 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1886 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1887 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1887 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1887 C1A11 PRESSURE CONTROL........................................................................................................................................1888 Description...............................................................................................................................................1888 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1888 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1888 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1888 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1888 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1889 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1889 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1889 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1889 C1A12 LASER BEAM OFF CENTER...................................................................................................................................1891 Description...............................................................................................................................................1891 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1891 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1891 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1891 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1891 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1891 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1891 C1A13 STOP LAMP RELAY.........................................................................................................................................1892 Description...............................................................................................................................................1892 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1892 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1892 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1892 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1892 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1897 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1898 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1898 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1898 C1A14 ECM.....................................................................................................................................................1899 Description...............................................................................................................................................1899 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1899 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1899 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1899 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1899 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1899 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1899 C1A15 GEAR POSITION...........................................................................................................................................1901 Description...............................................................................................................................................1901 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1901 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1901 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1901 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1901 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1902 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1902 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1902 C1A16 RADAR STAIN.............................................................................................................................................1904 Description...............................................................................................................................................1904 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1904 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1904 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1904 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1904 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1904 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1905 C1A18 LASER AIMING INCMP......................................................................................................................................1906 Description...............................................................................................................................................1906 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1906 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1906 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1906 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1906 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1906 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1906 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1906 C1A21 UNIT HIGH TEMP..........................................................................................................................................1908 Description...............................................................................................................................................1908 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1908 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1908 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1908 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1908 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1908 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1908 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1908 C1A22 BCU CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................................1910 Description...............................................................................................................................................1910 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1910 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1910 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1910 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1910 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1913 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1913 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1913 C1A24 NP RANGE................................................................................................................................................1914 Description...............................................................................................................................................1914 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1914 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1914 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1914 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1914 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1915 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1915 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1915 C1A28 BCU POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT, C1A29 BCU POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT2...............................................................................................1916 Description...............................................................................................................................................1916 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1916 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1916 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1916 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1916 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1916 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1916 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1917 C1A30 BCU CAN COMM CIRC ......................................................................................................................................1918 Description...............................................................................................................................................1918 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1918 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1918 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1918 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1918 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1918 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1918 C1A31 BCU INTERNAL MALF.......................................................................................................................................1919 Description...............................................................................................................................................1919 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1919 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1919 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1919 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1919 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1919 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1919 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1919 C1A32 IBA FLAG STUCK..........................................................................................................................................1921 Description...............................................................................................................................................1921 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1921 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1921 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1921 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1921 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1921 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1921 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1921 C1A33 CAN TRANSMISSION ERROR..................................................................................................................................1923 Description...............................................................................................................................................1923 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1923 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1923 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1923 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1923 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1923 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1923 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1923 C1A34 COMMAND ERROR...........................................................................................................................................1925 Description...............................................................................................................................................1925 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1925 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1925 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1925 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1925 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1925 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1925 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1925 C1A35 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR..............................................................................................................................1927 Description...............................................................................................................................................1927 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1927 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1927 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1927 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1927 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1927 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1927 C1A36 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR CAN COMM.....................................................................................................................1928 Description...............................................................................................................................................1928 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1928 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1928 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1928 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1928 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1928 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1928 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1929 C1A37 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR CAN 2........................................................................................................................1930 Description...............................................................................................................................................1930 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1930 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1930 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1930 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1930 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1930 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1930 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1931 C1A38 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR CAN 1........................................................................................................................1932 Description...............................................................................................................................................1932 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1932 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1932 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1932 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1932 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1932 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1932 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1933 C1A39 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR...................................................................................................................................1934 Description...............................................................................................................................................1934 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1934 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1934 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1934 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1934 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1934 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1934 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1934 C1A40 SYSTEM SWITCH CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................1936 Description...............................................................................................................................................1936 DCA SWITCH............................................................................................................................................1936 IBA OFF SWITCH........................................................................................................................................1936 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1936 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1936 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1936 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1936 Component Inspection (DCA Switch).........................................................................................................................1938 Component Inspection (IBA OFF Switch).....................................................................................................................1939 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1939 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1939 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1939 C1F01 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR..............................................................................................................................1940 Description...............................................................................................................................................1940 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1940 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1940 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1940 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1940 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1940 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1940 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1940 C1F02 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR .............................................................................................................................1942 Description...............................................................................................................................................1942 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1942 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1942 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1942 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1942 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1942 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1942 C1F03 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR .............................................................................................................................1943 Description...............................................................................................................................................1943 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1943 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1943 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1943 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1943 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1943 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1943 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1943 C1F05 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................1945 Description...............................................................................................................................................1945 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1945 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1945 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1945 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1945 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1945 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1945 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1945 C1F06 CAN CIRCUIT2............................................................................................................................................1947 Description...............................................................................................................................................1947 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1947 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1947 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1947 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1947 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1947 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1947 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1948 C1F07 CAN CIRCUIT1............................................................................................................................................1949 Description...............................................................................................................................................1949 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1949 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1949 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1949 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1949 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1949 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1949 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1950 U0121 VDC CAN 2...............................................................................................................................................1951 Description...............................................................................................................................................1951 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1951 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1951 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1951 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1951 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1951 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1951 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1951 U0126 STRG SEN CAN 1..........................................................................................................................................1953 Description...............................................................................................................................................1953 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1953 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1953 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1953 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1953 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1953 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1953 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1953 U0129 BCU CAN 2...............................................................................................................................................1955 Description...............................................................................................................................................1955 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1955 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1955 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1955 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1955 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1955 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1955 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1956 U0401 ECM CAN 1...............................................................................................................................................1957 Description...............................................................................................................................................1957 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1957 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1957 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1957 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1957 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1957 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1957 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1957 U0402 TCM CAN 1...............................................................................................................................................1959 Description...............................................................................................................................................1959 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1959 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1959 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1959 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1959 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1959 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1959 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1959 U0415 VDC CAN 1...............................................................................................................................................1961 Description...............................................................................................................................................1961 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1961 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1961 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1961 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1961 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1961 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1961 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1961 U0418 BCU CAN 1...............................................................................................................................................1963 Description...............................................................................................................................................1963 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1963 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1963 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1963 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1963 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1963 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1963 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1964 U0428 STRG SEN CAN 2..........................................................................................................................................1965 Description...............................................................................................................................................1965 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................1965 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................1965 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................1965 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1965 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................1965 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................1965 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT............................................................................................................................1965 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................1967 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT................................................................................................................................1967 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT : Description..............................................................................................................1967 CAN COMMUNICATION.................................................................................................................................1967 ITS COMMUNICATION.................................................................................................................................1967 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT : DTC Logic................................................................................................................1967 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...............................................................................................................................1967 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................1967 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT : Special Repair Requirement...............................................................................................1967 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................1967 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT........................................................................................................................1967 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR................................................................................................................................1968 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : Description..............................................................................................................1968 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : DTC Logic................................................................................................................1968 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...............................................................................................................................1968 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................1968 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : Special Repair Requirement...............................................................................................1969 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................1969 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT........................................................................................................................1969 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)......................................................................................................................................1970 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT................................................................................................................................1970 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT : Description..............................................................................................................1970 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT : DTC Logic................................................................................................................1970 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...............................................................................................................................1970 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................1970 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT : Special Repair Requirement...............................................................................................1970 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................1970 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT........................................................................................................................1970 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR................................................................................................................................1970 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : Description..............................................................................................................1970 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : DTC Logic................................................................................................................1971 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...............................................................................................................................1971 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................1971 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : Special Repair Requirement...............................................................................................1971 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................1971 SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT........................................................................................................................1971 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................1972 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT................................................................................................................................1972 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................1972 BRAKE BOOSTER CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................................................1972 BRAKE BOOSTER CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................1972 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR................................................................................................................................1973 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................1973 ICC WARNING CHIME CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................1975 Description...............................................................................................................................................1975 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................1975 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................1975 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................1976 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................1977 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT....................................................................................................................................1977 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................1977 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................1977 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................1979 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................1980 Wiring Diagram - DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST -................................................................................................................1981 Fail-Safe.................................................................................................................................................1990 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................1990 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................1991 BRAKE BOOSTER CONTROL UNIT....................................................................................................................................1994 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................1994 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................1994 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................1994 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR....................................................................................................................................1996 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................1996 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................1996 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................1996 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................1996 Wiring Diagram - DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST -................................................................................................................1998 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................2007 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................2008 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................2009 DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.......................................................................................................................2009 Symptom Table.............................................................................................................................................2009 SWITCH DOES NOT TURN ON / SWITCH DOES NOT TURN OFF............................................................................................................2010 Description...............................................................................................................................................2010 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2010 DCA SYSTEM NOT ACTIVATED (SWITCH IS ON).......................................................................................................................2012 Description...............................................................................................................................................2012 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2012 CHIME DOES NOT SOUND..........................................................................................................................................2014 Description...............................................................................................................................................2014 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2014 NO FORCE GENERATED FOR PUTTING BACK THE ACCELERATOR PEDAL.....................................................................................................2016 Description...............................................................................................................................................2016 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2016 FREQUENTLY CANNOT DETECT THE VEHICLE AHEAD / DETECTION ZONE IS SHORT..........................................................................................2017 Description...............................................................................................................................................2017 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2017 THE SYSTEM DOES NOT DETECT THE VEHICLE AHEAD AT ALL...........................................................................................................2018 Description...............................................................................................................................................2018 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2018 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION....................................................................................................................................2019 Description...............................................................................................................................................2019 PRECAUTIONS FOR DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST (DCA)SYSTEM...................................................................................................2019 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................2022 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................2022 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................2022 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................2022 Precautions For Harness Repair............................................................................................................................2022 DCA System Service........................................................................................................................................2023 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2024 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT....................................................................................................................................2024 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2024 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2024 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2024 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2024 BRAKE BOOSTER CONTROL UNIT....................................................................................................................................2025 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2025 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2025 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2025 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2025 ICC WARNING CHIME.............................................................................................................................................2026 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2026 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2026 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2026 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2026 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY....................................................................................................................................2027 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2027 DCA SWITCH....................................................................................................................................................2028 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2028 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2028 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2028 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2028 FCW...................................................................................................................................................................2029 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................2029 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................................................................................................................................2029 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................2029 OVERALL SEQUENCE......................................................................................................................................2029 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................2029 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................2031 FORWARD COLLISION WARNING SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................2031 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2031 System Description........................................................................................................................................2031 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................2031 BASIC OPERATIONS......................................................................................................................................2031 Switches And Indicator/Warning Lamps..............................................................................................................2031 Fail-safe Indication .............................................................................................................................2031 FCW INITIAL STATE CHANGE..............................................................................................................................2032 FCW OPERATING CONDITION...............................................................................................................................2032 ICC sensor integrated unit input/output signal item...................................................................................................2032 Input Signal Item.................................................................................................................................2032 Output Signal Item................................................................................................................................2032 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2033 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................2033 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT).................................................................................................................2035 Diagnosis Description.....................................................................................................................................2035 ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM DIAGRAM................................................................................................................2035 ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS OPERATION PROCEDURE...........................................................................................................2035 WHEN THE ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS DOES NOT START.......................................................................................................2036 HOW TO ERASE ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS..................................................................................................................2036 CONSULT-III Function (ICC)................................................................................................................................2036 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................2036 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................2037 Display Items For The Cause Of Automatic Cancellation.............................................................................................2037 Laser Beam Adjust.................................................................................................................................2038 SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................................................................................................................................2038 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................2038 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................2040 METER LAMP........................................................................................................................................2040 DCA INDICATOR.....................................................................................................................................2040 STOP LAMP.........................................................................................................................................2041 BOOSTER SOL/V.....................................................................................................................................2041 ICC BUZZER........................................................................................................................................2041 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR........................................................................................................................2041 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (LANE CAMERA UNIT)...........................................................................................................................2043 CONSULT-III Function (LANE CAMERA)........................................................................................................................2043 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................2043 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................2043 Cause of Auto-Cancel Display Item List............................................................................................................2043 SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................................................................................................................................2044 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................2044 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................2044 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................2046 ICC SENSOR INTEGRATED UNIT....................................................................................................................................2046 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................2046 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................2046 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................2048 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................2049 Wiring Diagram - FORWARD COLLISION WARNING -..............................................................................................................2050 Fail-Safe.................................................................................................................................................2055 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................2055 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................2056 LANE CAMERA UNIT..............................................................................................................................................2059 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................2059 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................2059 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................2060 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................2060 Wiring Diagram - FORWARD COLLISION WARNING -..............................................................................................................2061 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................2066 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC..............................................................................................................................2066 TEMPORARY DISABLED STATUS AT HIGH TEMPERATURE.........................................................................................................2066 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................2067 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................2067 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................2068 FORWARD COLLISION WARNING SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.....................................................................................................................2068 Symptom Table.............................................................................................................................................2068 FCW SYSTEM IS NOT ACTIVATED...................................................................................................................................2069 Description...............................................................................................................................................2069 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2069 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION....................................................................................................................................2070 Description...............................................................................................................................................2070 FORWARD COLLISION WARNING (FCW).......................................................................................................................2070 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................2071 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................2071 Precaution for FCW System Service.........................................................................................................................2071 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2072 FCW SWITCH....................................................................................................................................................2072 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2072 LDW & LDP.............................................................................................................................................................2073 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................2073 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................................................................................................................................2073 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................2073 OVERALL SEQUENCE......................................................................................................................................2073 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................2073 Diagnostic Work Sheet.....................................................................................................................................2074 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................2074 WORK SHEET SAMPLE.....................................................................................................................................2075 PRE-INSPECTION FOR DIAGNOSIS..................................................................................................................................2076 Inspection Procedure......................................................................................................................................2076 ACTION TEST...................................................................................................................................................2077 Description...............................................................................................................................................2077 Inspection Procedure......................................................................................................................................2077 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.....................................................................................................................................2079 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (LANE CAMERA UNIT).........................................................................................2079 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (LANE CAMERA UNIT) : Description.......................................................................2079 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (LANE CAMERA UNIT) : Special Repair Requirement........................................................2079 CAMERA AIMING ADJUSTMENT..................................................................................................................................2079 CAMERA AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Description................................................................................................................2079 OUTLINE...........................................................................................................................................2079 CAMERA AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Preparation)...................................................................................2079 CAMERA AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Target Setting)................................................................................2080 CAMERA AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Camera Aiming Adjustment)......................................................................2081 CAMERA AIMING ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement (Target Mark Sample)............................................................................2083 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................2084 LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM...........................................................................................................................2084 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2084 System Description........................................................................................................................................2084 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................2084 BASIC OPERATIONS......................................................................................................................................2084 Switches And Indicator/Warning Lamps..............................................................................................................2084 Bulb Check Action and Fail-safe Indication .......................................................................................................2085 LDW INITIAL STATE CHANGE..............................................................................................................................2085 LDW SYSTEM CONTROL DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................2086 SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT BY CAN COMMUNICATION..............................................................................................................2086 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2087 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................2088 LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYSTEM........................................................................................................................2089 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2089 System Description........................................................................................................................................2089 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................2089 BASIC OPERATIONS......................................................................................................................................2090 Switches And Indicator/Warning Lamps..............................................................................................................2090 Bulb Check Action and Fail-safe Indication .......................................................................................................2090 LDP SYSTEM CONTROL DESCRIPTION........................................................................................................................2091 SIGNAL INPUT/OUTPUT BY CAN COMMUNICATION..............................................................................................................2092 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2094 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................2095 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (LANE CAMERA UNIT)...........................................................................................................................2097 CONSULT-III Function (LANE CAMERA)........................................................................................................................2097 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................2097 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................2097 Cause of Auto-Cancel Display Item List............................................................................................................2097 SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................................................................................................................................2098 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................2098 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................2098 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)]..............................................................................................2100 CONSULT-III Function......................................................................................................................................2100 FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................2100 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................2100 SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................................................................................................................................2100 Operation Procedure...............................................................................................................................2100 Display Item List.................................................................................................................................2100 How to Erase Self-diagnosis Results...............................................................................................................2100 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................2100 Display Item List.................................................................................................................................2100 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................2103 Test Item.........................................................................................................................................2103 ECU IDENTIFICATION....................................................................................................................................2105 SPECIFIC FUNCTION.....................................................................................................................................2105 Specific Data Monitor.............................................................................................................................2105 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................2106 C1B00 CAMERA UNIT MALF........................................................................................................................................2106 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2106 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2106 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2106 C1B01 CAM AIMING INCMP........................................................................................................................................2107 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2107 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2107 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2107 C1B02 VHCL SPD DATA MALF......................................................................................................................................2108 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2108 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2108 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2108 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2108 C1B03 ABNRML TEMP DETECT......................................................................................................................................2109 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2109 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2109 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2109 C1B07 ABS DIAGNOSIS...........................................................................................................................................2110 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2110 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2110 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2110 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................2111 Description...............................................................................................................................................2111 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2111 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2111 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2111 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)......................................................................................................................................2112 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2112 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2112 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2112 U0122 VDC CAN CIR1 (LDP)......................................................................................................................................2113 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2113 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2113 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2113 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2113 U0416 VDC CAN CIR2 (LDP)......................................................................................................................................2115 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2115 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2115 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2115 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2115 C1B00 LDP) CAMERA MALF........................................................................................................................................2117 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2117 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2117 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2117 C1B04 LDP) ICC STG SW MALF....................................................................................................................................2118 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2118 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2118 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2118 C1B05 LDP) APP SEN MALF.......................................................................................................................................2119 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2119 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2119 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2119 C1B06 LDP) TCM MALF...........................................................................................................................................2120 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2120 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2120 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2120 U0100 LDP) ECM CAN CIR2.......................................................................................................................................2121 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2121 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2121 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2121 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2121 U0101 LDP) TCM CAM CAN CIR2...................................................................................................................................2123 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2123 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2123 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2123 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2123 U0104 LDP) ICC CAM CAN CIR2...................................................................................................................................2125 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2125 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2125 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2125 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2125 U0405 LDP) ICC CAM CAN CIR1...................................................................................................................................2126 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2126 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2126 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2126 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2126 U1500 LDP) CAM CAN CIR1.......................................................................................................................................2127 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2127 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2127 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2127 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2127 U1501 LDP) CAM CAN CIR2.......................................................................................................................................2128 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2128 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2128 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2128 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2128 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................2129 LANE CAMERA UNIT..........................................................................................................................................2129 LANE CAMERA UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................2129 LDW SWITCH CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................................2130 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2130 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2130 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2131 LDW ON INDICATOR CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................2132 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2132 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2132 LANE DEPARTURE WARNING BUZZER CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................2134 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2134 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2134 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................2136 LANE CAMERA UNIT..............................................................................................................................................2136 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................2136 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................2136 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................2137 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................2137 Wiring Diagram - LDW & LDP -..............................................................................................................................2138 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................2143 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC..............................................................................................................................2143 TEMPORARY DISABLED STATUS AT HIGH TEMPERATURE.........................................................................................................2143 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................2144 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................2144 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT).................................................................................................................2145 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................2145 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................2145 Wiring Diagram - BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM -...................................................................................................................2150 Fail-Safe.................................................................................................................................................2154 ABS, EBD SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................2154 VDC/TCS ..............................................................................................................................................2155 LDW/LDP SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................2155 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................2155 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................2157 LDW & LDP SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.....................................................................................................................................2157 Symptom Table.............................................................................................................................................2157 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION....................................................................................................................................2159 Description...............................................................................................................................................2159 LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)..........................................................................................................................2159 LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP).......................................................................................................................2159 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................2161 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................2161 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................2161 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................2161 Precaution for LDW/LDP System Service.....................................................................................................................2161 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2162 LANE CAMERA UNIT..............................................................................................................................................2162 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2162 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2162 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2162 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2162 LDW SWITCH....................................................................................................................................................2163 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2163 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2163 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2163 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2163 LANE DEPARTURE WARNING BUZZER.................................................................................................................................2164 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2164 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2164 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2164 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2164 LDP ON SWITCH.................................................................................................................................................2165 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2165 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 115 CHG...........................................................................................................................................................................2166 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................2166 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................2168 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................................2168 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................2168 OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................................2168 DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................................2168 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................2171 CHARGING SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................................2171 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................2171 System Description............................................................................................................................................2171 VQ35HR........................................................................................................................................................2171 VQ35HR : Component Parts Location.........................................................................................................................2171 VK50VE........................................................................................................................................................2172 VK50VE : Component Parts Location.........................................................................................................................2172 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................2172 POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM..................................................................................................................2173 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................2173 System Description............................................................................................................................................2173 VQ35HR........................................................................................................................................................2173 VQ35HR : Component Parts Location.........................................................................................................................2173 VK50VE........................................................................................................................................................2173 VK50VE : Component Parts Location.........................................................................................................................2174 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................2174 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................2175 B TERMINAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................................2175 Description...................................................................................................................................................2175 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2175 L TERMINAL CIRCUIT (OPEN).........................................................................................................................................2176 Description...................................................................................................................................................2176 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2176 L TERMINAL CIRCUIT (SHORT)........................................................................................................................................2178 Description...................................................................................................................................................2178 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2178 S TERMINAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................................2179 Description...................................................................................................................................................2179 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2179 CHARGING SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................................2180 Wiring Diagram - CHARGING SYSTEM -............................................................................................................................2180 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................2184 CHARGING SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................................2184 Symptom Table.................................................................................................................................................2184 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................2185 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................2185 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................2185 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................2185 Precaution for Power Generation Voltage Variable Control System...............................................................................................2185 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................2186 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................2186 Special Service Tools.........................................................................................................................................2186 Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................................2186 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..................................................................................................................................................2187 CHARGING SYSTEM PRELIMINARY INSPECTION............................................................................................................................2187 Inspection Procedure..........................................................................................................................................2187 POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION.............................................................................................2188 Inspection Procedure..........................................................................................................................................2188 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................2190 ALTERNATOR........................................................................................................................................................2190 VQ35HR........................................................................................................................................................2190 VQ35HR : Exploded View....................................................................................................................................2190 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2190 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................2190 VQ35HR : Removal and Installation (2WD)...................................................................................................................2191 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2191 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2192 VQ35HR : Removal and Installation (AWD)...................................................................................................................2192 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2192 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2193 VQ35HR : Inspection.......................................................................................................................................2193 ALTERNATOR PULLEY INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................2193 VK50VE........................................................................................................................................................2193 VK50VE : Exploded View....................................................................................................................................2193 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2193 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................2194 VK50VE : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................................................2195 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2195 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2195 VK50VE : Inspection.......................................................................................................................................2195 ALTERNATOR PULLEY INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................2195 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................................2197 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................2197 Alternator....................................................................................................................................................2197 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 115 CO............................................................................................................................................................................2198 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................2198 VQ35HR................................................................................................................................................................2200 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................2200 DESCRIPTION...................................................................................................................................................2200 Engine Cooling System.....................................................................................................................................2200 Engine Cooling System Schematic...........................................................................................................................2200 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................2201 OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS....................................................................................................................................2201 Troubleshooting Chart.....................................................................................................................................2201 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................2203 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................2203 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................2203 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................2203 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................2204 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................2204 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................2204 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................2205 ENGINE COOLANT................................................................................................................................................2205 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2205 LEVEL ................................................................................................................................................2205 LEAKAGE...............................................................................................................................................2205 Draining..................................................................................................................................................2205 Refilling.................................................................................................................................................2206 Flushing..................................................................................................................................................2207 RADIATOR......................................................................................................................................................2209 RADIATOR CAP..............................................................................................................................................2209 RADIATOR CAP : Inspection.............................................................................................................................2209 RADIATOR..................................................................................................................................................2209 RADIATOR : Inspection.................................................................................................................................2209 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2211 RADIATOR......................................................................................................................................................2211 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2211 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2211 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2211 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2213 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2213 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................2213 COOLING FAN...................................................................................................................................................2214 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2214 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2214 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2214 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2214 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................2214 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................2214 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................2215 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2215 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................2215 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................2215 Cooling Fan.......................................................................................................................................2215 WATER PUMP....................................................................................................................................................2216 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2216 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2216 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2216 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2217 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2218 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................2218 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................2218 WATER INLET AND THERMOSTAT ASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................2219 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2219 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2219 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2219 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2219 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2220 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................2220 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................2220 WATER OUTLET AND WATER PIPING.................................................................................................................................2221 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2221 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2221 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2221 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2222 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2222 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................2222 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................2223 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................2223 Periodical Maintenance Specification......................................................................................................................2223 ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATELY)...............................................................................................................2223 Radiator..................................................................................................................................................2223 Thermostat................................................................................................................................................2223 VK50VE................................................................................................................................................................2224 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................2224 DESCRIPTION...................................................................................................................................................2224 Engine Cooling System.....................................................................................................................................2224 Engine Cooling System Schematic...........................................................................................................................2225 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................2226 OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS....................................................................................................................................2226 Troubleshooting Chart.....................................................................................................................................2226 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................2228 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................2228 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................2228 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................2228 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................2229 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................2229 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................2229 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................2230 ENGINE COOLANT................................................................................................................................................2230 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2230 LEVEL ................................................................................................................................................2230 LEAKAGE...............................................................................................................................................2230 Draining..................................................................................................................................................2230 Refilling.................................................................................................................................................2231 Flushing..................................................................................................................................................2232 RADIATOR......................................................................................................................................................2234 RADIATOR CAP..............................................................................................................................................2234 RADIATOR CAP : Inspection.............................................................................................................................2234 RADIATOR..................................................................................................................................................2234 RADIATOR : Inspection.................................................................................................................................2234 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2236 RADIATOR......................................................................................................................................................2236 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2236 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2236 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2236 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2238 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2238 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................2238 COOLING FAN...................................................................................................................................................2239 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2239 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2239 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2239 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2239 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................2239 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................2239 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................2240 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2240 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................2240 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................2240 Cooling Fan.......................................................................................................................................2240 WATER PUMP....................................................................................................................................................2241 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2241 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2241 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2241 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2242 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2242 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................2242 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................2242 WATER INLET AND THERMOSTAT ASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................2243 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2243 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2243 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2243 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2244 Thermostat........................................................................................................................................2244 Water Connector and Heater Pipe ..................................................................................................................2244 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2244 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................2244 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................2245 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................2246 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................2246 Periodical Maintenance Specification......................................................................................................................2246 ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATELY)...............................................................................................................2246 Radiator..................................................................................................................................................2246 Thermostat................................................................................................................................................2246 DEF...........................................................................................................................................................................2247 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................2247 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................2249 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................................2249 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................2249 DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................................2249 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................2250 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................2250 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................2250 System Description............................................................................................................................................2250 Operation Description.....................................................................................................................................2250 Timer function............................................................................................................................................2250 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.................................................................................................................................2250 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................2251 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................2251 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)............................................................................................................................................2253 COMMON ITEM...................................................................................................................................................2253 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)....................................................................................................2253 APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................................2253 SYSTEM APPLICATION....................................................................................................................................2253 FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD) AND IGN COUNTER...............................................................................................................2253 Freeze Frame Data.................................................................................................................................2253 IGN Counter.......................................................................................................................................2254 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER..........................................................................................................................................2254 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - REAR DEFOGGER).........................................................................................2254 Data monitor..........................................................................................................................................2254 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................2254 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................2255 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................2255 BCM...........................................................................................................................................................2255 BCM : Diagnosis Procedure.................................................................................................................................2255 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................2256 Description...................................................................................................................................................2256 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................2256 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2256 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY........................................................................................................................................2257 Description...................................................................................................................................................2257 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................2257 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2257 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................2258 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER..............................................................................................................................................2259 Description...................................................................................................................................................2259 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................2259 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2259 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................2261 DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER..............................................................................................................................................2262 Description...................................................................................................................................................2262 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................2262 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2262 DRIVER SIDE DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER..................................................................................................................................2263 Description...................................................................................................................................................2263 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................2263 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2263 PASSENGER SIDE DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER...............................................................................................................................2265 Description...................................................................................................................................................2265 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................2265 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2265 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................2267 Wiring Diagram - DEFOGGER SYSTEM -............................................................................................................................2267 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.............................................................................................................................................2272 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).........................................................................................................................................2272 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................2272 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................2272 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................2277 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................2277 Wiring Diagram - BCM -........................................................................................................................................2296 Fail-safe.....................................................................................................................................................2302 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC..................................................................................................................................2302 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION....................................................................................................................................2304 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION..............................................................................................................2304 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION...............................................................................................................................2304 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................................2305 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................2305 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................2308 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER DO NOT OPERATE......................................................................................................2308 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2308 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER DOES NOT OPERATE BUT BOTH DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGERS OPERATE......................................................................................2309 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2309 DOOR MIRROR DEFOGGER DOES NOT OPERATE.............................................................................................................................2310 BOTH SIDES....................................................................................................................................................2310 BOTH SIDES : Diagnosis Procedure..........................................................................................................................2310 DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................................2310 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................2310 PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................................2310 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................................2310 ON IS NOT DISPLAYED WHEN PRESSING REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH BUT IT IS OPERATED..................................................................................2311 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2311 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE................................................................................................................2312 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2312 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................2313 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................2313 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................2313 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................2313 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................2314 FILAMENT..........................................................................................................................................................2314 Inspection and Repair.........................................................................................................................................2314 INSPECTION................................................................................................................................................2314 REPAIR....................................................................................................................................................2314 REPAIR EQUIPMENT......................................................................................................................................2314 REPAIRING PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................2315 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 115 DLK...........................................................................................................................................................................2316 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................2316 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................2323 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................................2323 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................2323 OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................................2323 DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................................2323 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.........................................................................................................................................2326 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................................2326 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description..............................................................................................2326 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement...............................................................................2326 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................2327 POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................2327 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................2327 System Description............................................................................................................................................2327 DOOR LOCK FUNCTION........................................................................................................................................2327 Door Key Cylinder.....................................................................................................................................2327 AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION (LOCK OPERATION)......................................................................................................2327 Vehicle Speed Sensing Auto Door Lock*1................................................................................................................2327 P Range Interlock Door Lock...........................................................................................................................2327 Setting change of Automatic Door Lock/Unlock Function.................................................................................................2327 AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION (UNLOCK OPERATION)....................................................................................................2328 IGN OFF Interlock Door Unlock*1.......................................................................................................................2328 P Range Interlock Door Unlock.........................................................................................................................2328 Setting change of Automatic Door Lock/Unlock Function.................................................................................................2328 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................2329 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................2330 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................2331 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................2331 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : System Diagram...................................................................................................................2331 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : System Description...............................................................................................................2331 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : Component Parts Location.........................................................................................................2332 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM : Component Description............................................................................................................2334 DOOR LOCK FUNCTION............................................................................................................................................2334 DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : System Diagram.......................................................................................................................2334 DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : System Description...................................................................................................................2334 OPERATION DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................2334 OPERATION CONDITION...................................................................................................................................2335 OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA DETECTION AREA....................................................................................................................2335 SELECTIVE UNLOCK FUNCTION.............................................................................................................................2335 HAZARD AND BUZZER REMINDER FUNCTION...................................................................................................................2335 Operating Function of Hazard and Buzzer Reminder..................................................................................................2335 How to Change Hazard and Buzzer Reminder Mode.....................................................................................................2335 AUTO DOOR LOCK FUNCTION...............................................................................................................................2335 INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL............................................................................................................................2336 LIST OF OPERATION RELATED PARTS.......................................................................................................................2336 DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : Component Parts Location.............................................................................................................2337 DOOR LOCK FUNCTION : Component Description................................................................................................................2339 BACK DOOR OPEN FUNCTION.......................................................................................................................................2339 BACK DOOR OPEN FUNCTION : System Diagram..................................................................................................................2339 BACK DOOR OPEN FUNCTION : System Description..............................................................................................................2339 BACK DOOR OPEN........................................................................................................................................2339 OPERATION CONDITION...................................................................................................................................2340 OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA DETECTION AREA....................................................................................................................2340 HAZARD AND BUZZER REMINDER FUNCTION...................................................................................................................2340 LIST OF OPERATION RELATED PARTS.......................................................................................................................2340 BACK DOOR OPEN FUNCTION : Component Parts Location........................................................................................................2341 BACK DOOR OPEN FUNCTION : Component Description...........................................................................................................2343 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION.................................................................................................................................2343 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : System Diagram............................................................................................................2343 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : System Description........................................................................................................2343 OPERATION.............................................................................................................................................2343 OPERATION AREA........................................................................................................................................2344 DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION.............................................................................................................................2344 OPERATION CONDITION...................................................................................................................................2344 SELECTIVE UNLOCK FUNCTION.............................................................................................................................2344 HAZARD AND HORN REMINDER FUNCTION.....................................................................................................................2344 Operating Function of Hazard and Horn Reminder....................................................................................................2344 How to Change Hazard and Horn Reminder Mode.......................................................................................................2344 AUTO DOOR LOCK FUNCTION...............................................................................................................................2344 PANIC ALARM FUNCTION..................................................................................................................................2345 KEYLESS POWER WINDOW DOWN (OPEN) FUNCTION.............................................................................................................2345 INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL............................................................................................................................2345 LIST OF OPERATION RELATED PARTS.......................................................................................................................2345 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : Component Parts Location..................................................................................................2346 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION : Component Description.....................................................................................................2348 WELCOME LIGHT FUNCTION........................................................................................................................................2348 WELCOME LIGHT FUNCTION : System Description...............................................................................................................2348 CONDITION OF SEARCHING................................................................................................................................2348 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................2348 SYSTEM SETTING PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................2348 WELCOME LIGHT FUNCTION : Component Parts Location.........................................................................................................2349 KEY REMINDER FUNCTION.........................................................................................................................................2351 KEY REMINDER FUNCTION : System Description................................................................................................................2351 KEY REMINDER FUNCTION : Component Parts Location..........................................................................................................2352 WARNING FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................2354 WARNING FUNCTION : System Description.....................................................................................................................2354 OPERATION DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................2354 OPERATION CONDITION...................................................................................................................................2354 WARNING METHOD........................................................................................................................................2355 LIST OF OPERATION RELATED PARTS.......................................................................................................................2357 WARNING FUNCTION : Component Parts Location...............................................................................................................2359 BACK DOOR AUTO CLOSURE SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................2362 CLOSURE FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................2362 CLOSURE FUNCTION : System Diagram.........................................................................................................................2362 CLOSURE FUNCTION : System Description.....................................................................................................................2362 AUTO CLOSURE OPERATION................................................................................................................................2362 CLOSURE FUNCTION : Component Parts Location...............................................................................................................2363 CLOSURE FUNCTION : Component Description..................................................................................................................2363 OPEN FUNCTION.................................................................................................................................................2363 OPEN FUNCTION : System Diagram............................................................................................................................2363 OPEN FUNCTION : System Description........................................................................................................................2363 BACK DOOR OPENER OPERATION............................................................................................................................2364 OPERATION CONDITION...................................................................................................................................2364 OPEN OPERATION........................................................................................................................................2364 OPEN FUNCTION : Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................2365 OPEN FUNCTION : Component Description.....................................................................................................................2365 INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER...................................................................................................................................2366 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................2366 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)............................................................................................................................................2367 COMMON ITEM...................................................................................................................................................2367 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)....................................................................................................2367 APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................................2367 SYSTEM APPLICATION....................................................................................................................................2367 FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD) AND IGN COUNTER...............................................................................................................2368 Freeze Frame Data.................................................................................................................................2368 IGN Counter.......................................................................................................................................2368 DOOR LOCK.....................................................................................................................................................2368 DOOR LOCK : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - DOOR LOCK)........................................................................................................2368 BCM CONSULT-III FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................2368 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................2368 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................2369 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................2369 INTELLIGENT KEY...............................................................................................................................................2369 INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)............................................................................................2369 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................2369 SELF-DIAG RESULT......................................................................................................................................2370 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................2371 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................2372 TRUNK.........................................................................................................................................................2372 TRUNK : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - TRUNK)................................................................................................................2373 BCM CONSULT-III FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................2373 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................2373 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................2373 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................2374 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................................2374 Description...................................................................................................................................................2374 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................2374 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................2374 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2374 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)..........................................................................................................................................2375 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................2375 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................2375 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2375 Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................................2375 B2621 INSIDE KEY ANTENNA 1........................................................................................................................................2376 Description...................................................................................................................................................2376 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................2376 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................2376 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................2376 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2376 B2622 INSIDE KEY ANTENNA 2........................................................................................................................................2378 Description...................................................................................................................................................2378 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................2378 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................2378 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................2378 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2378 B2623 INSIDE KEY ANTENNA 3........................................................................................................................................2380 Description...................................................................................................................................................2380 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................2380 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................2380 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................2380 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2380 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................2382 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).....................................................................................................................................2382 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) : Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................2382 BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT........................................................................................................................................2382 BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure..............................................................................................................2382 DOOR SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................................2384 Description...................................................................................................................................................2384 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................2384 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2384 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................2386 DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................2387 DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................................2387 DRIVER SIDE : Description.................................................................................................................................2387 DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check....................................................................................................................2387 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................2387 PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................................2387 PASSENGER SIDE : Description..............................................................................................................................2387 PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check.................................................................................................................2387 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................................2387 DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR................................................................................................................................................2389 DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................................2389 DRIVER SIDE : Description.................................................................................................................................2389 DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check....................................................................................................................2389 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................2389 PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................................2389 PASSENGER SIDE : Description..............................................................................................................................2390 PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check.................................................................................................................2390 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................................2390 REAR LH.......................................................................................................................................................2390 REAR LH : Description.....................................................................................................................................2390 REAR LH : Component Function Check........................................................................................................................2391 REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................................2391 REAR RH.......................................................................................................................................................2391 REAR RH : Description.....................................................................................................................................2391 REAR RH : Component Function Check........................................................................................................................2391 REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................................2392 FUEL LID LOCK ACTUATOR............................................................................................................................................2393 Description...................................................................................................................................................2393 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................2393 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2393 BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH OPERATION SIGNAL CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................2394 Description...................................................................................................................................................2394 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................2394 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2394 KEY CYLINDER SWITCH...............................................................................................................................................2396 Description...................................................................................................................................................2396 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................2396 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2396 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................2397 COMPONENT INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................2397 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER.....................................................................................................................................2398 Description...................................................................................................................................................2398 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................2398 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2398 BACK DOOR OPENER SWITCH...........................................................................................................................................2401 Description...................................................................................................................................................2401 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................2401 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2401 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................2402 DOOR REQUEST SWITCH...............................................................................................................................................2403 Description...................................................................................................................................................2403 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................2403 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2403 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................2404 BACK DOOR REQUEST SWITCH..........................................................................................................................................2405 Description...................................................................................................................................................2405 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................2405 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2405 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................2406 UNLOCK SENSOR.....................................................................................................................................................2407 Description...................................................................................................................................................2407 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................2407 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2407 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................2408 OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA...............................................................................................................................................2409 Description...................................................................................................................................................2409 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................2409 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2409 INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER....................................................................................................................................2412 Description...................................................................................................................................................2412 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................2412 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2412 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................2413 INTELLIGENT KEY...................................................................................................................................................2414 Description...................................................................................................................................................2414 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................2414 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2414 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................2414 Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................................2415 KEY SLOT..........................................................................................................................................................2416 Description...................................................................................................................................................2416 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................2416 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2416 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................2417 KEY SLOT ILLUMINATION.............................................................................................................................................2418 Description...................................................................................................................................................2418 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................2418 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2418 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................2419 HORN FUNCTION.....................................................................................................................................................2420 Description...................................................................................................................................................2420 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................2420 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2420 COMBINATION METER DISPLAY FUNCTION................................................................................................................................2422 Description...................................................................................................................................................2422 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................2422 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2422 BUZZER (COMBINATION METER)........................................................................................................................................2423 Description...................................................................................................................................................2423 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................2423 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2423 KEY WARNING LAMP..................................................................................................................................................2424 Description...................................................................................................................................................2424 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................2424 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2424 HAZARD FUNCTION...................................................................................................................................................2425 Description...................................................................................................................................................2425 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................2425 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2425 OPEN SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................................2426 Description...................................................................................................................................................2426 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2426 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................2427 COMPONENT INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................2427 CLOSE SWITCH......................................................................................................................................................2428 Description...................................................................................................................................................2428 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2428 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................2429 COMPONENT INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................2429 HALF LATCH SWITCH.................................................................................................................................................2430 Description...................................................................................................................................................2430 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2430 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................2431 COMPONENT INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................2431 BACK DOOR CLOSURE MOTOR...........................................................................................................................................2432 Description...................................................................................................................................................2432 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2432 INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER...................................................................................................................................2433 Description...................................................................................................................................................2433 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................2433 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2433 POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................2435 Wiring Diagram - POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM -.....................................................................................................................2435 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................2443 Wiring Diagram - INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM -.....................................................................................................................2443 INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER SYSTEM............................................................................................................................2455 Wiring Diagram - INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER SYSTEM -.....................................................................................................2455 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.............................................................................................................................................2457 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).........................................................................................................................................2457 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................2457 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................2457 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................2462 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................2462 Wiring Diagram - BCM -........................................................................................................................................2481 Fail-safe.....................................................................................................................................................2487 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC..................................................................................................................................2487 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION....................................................................................................................................2489 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION..............................................................................................................2489 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION...............................................................................................................................2489 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................................2490 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................2490 BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................................................2493 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................2493 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................2493 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................2493 Wiring Diagram -BACK DOOR AUTO CLOSURE SYSTEM -...............................................................................................................2494 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................2498 DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK SWITCH........................................................................................................2498 ALL DOOR......................................................................................................................................................2498 ALL DOOR : Diagnosis Procedure............................................................................................................................2498 DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................................2498 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................2498 PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................................2498 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................................2499 REAR LH.......................................................................................................................................................2499 REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................................2499 REAR RH.......................................................................................................................................................2499 REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................................2499 DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH DOOR KEY CYLINDER OPERATION........................................................................................................2500 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2500 DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH DOOR REQUEST SWITCH................................................................................................................2501 DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................................2501 DRIVER SIDE : Description.................................................................................................................................2501 CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)..........................................................................................................2501 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................2501 PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................................2501 PASSENGER SIDE : Description..............................................................................................................................2501 CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)..........................................................................................................2502 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................................2502 BACK DOOR.....................................................................................................................................................2502 BACK DOOR : Description...................................................................................................................................2502 CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)..........................................................................................................2502 BACK DOOR : Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................2503 DOOR DOES NOT LOCK/UNLOCK WITH INTELLIGENT KEY....................................................................................................................2504 Description...................................................................................................................................................2504 CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)..............................................................................................................2504 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2504 SELECTIVE UNLOCK FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE WITH DOOR REQUEST SWITCH...............................................................................................2505 Description...................................................................................................................................................2505 CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)..............................................................................................................2505 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2505 SELECTIVE UNLOCK FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE WITH INTELLIGENT KEY...................................................................................................2506 Description...................................................................................................................................................2506 CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)..............................................................................................................2506 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2506 VEHICLE SPEED SENSING AUTO LOCK OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE........................................................................................................2507 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2507 IGN OFF INTERLOCK DOOR UNLOCK FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE...........................................................................................................2508 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2508 P RANGE INTERLOCK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE......................................................................................................2509 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2509 AUTO DOOR LOCK OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE.........................................................................................................................2510 Description...................................................................................................................................................2510 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2510 WELCOME LIGHT FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE...........................................................................................................................2511 Description...................................................................................................................................................2511 CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATION CONDITIONS)..............................................................................................................2511 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2511 PANIC ALARM FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE.............................................................................................................................2512 Description...................................................................................................................................................2512 CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATION CONDITIONS)..............................................................................................................2512 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2512 HAZARD AND HORN REMINDER DOES NOT OPERATE.........................................................................................................................2513 Description...................................................................................................................................................2513 CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATION CONDITIONS)..............................................................................................................2513 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2513 HAZARD AND BUZZER REMINDER DOES NOT OPERATE.......................................................................................................................2514 Description...................................................................................................................................................2514 CONDITIONS OF VEHICLE (OPERATING CONDITIONS)..............................................................................................................2514 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2514 KEY REMINDER FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE............................................................................................................................2515 Description...................................................................................................................................................2515 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2515 KEY WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE......................................................................................................................................2516 Description...................................................................................................................................................2516 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2516 OFF POSITION WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE.............................................................................................................................2517 Description...................................................................................................................................................2517 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2517 P POSITION WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE...............................................................................................................................2518 Description...................................................................................................................................................2518 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2518 ACC WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE......................................................................................................................................2520 Description...................................................................................................................................................2520 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2520 TAKE AWAY WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE................................................................................................................................2521 DOOR IS OPEN..................................................................................................................................................2521 DOOR IS OPEN : Description................................................................................................................................2521 DOOR IS OPEN : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................2521 ANY DOOR OPEN TO ALL DOORS CLOSED.............................................................................................................................2522 ANY DOOR OPEN TO ALL DOORS CLOSED : Description...........................................................................................................2522 ANY DOOR OPEN TO ALL DOORS CLOSED : Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................2522 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION.........................................................................................................................2522 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION : Description.......................................................................................................2523 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION : Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................2523 INTELLIGENT KEY IS REMOVED FROM KEY SLOT......................................................................................................................2523 INTELLIGENT KEY IS REMOVED FROM KEY SLOT : Description....................................................................................................2523 INTELLIGENT KEY IS REMOVED FROM KEY SLOT : Diagnosis Procedure............................................................................................2524 INTELLIGENT KEY LOW BATTERY WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE..............................................................................................................2525 Description...................................................................................................................................................2525 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2525 DOOR LOCK OPERATION WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE WITH DOOR REQUEST SWITCH.............................................................................................2526 Description...................................................................................................................................................2526 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2526 KEY ID WARNING DOES NOT OPERATE...................................................................................................................................2527 Description...................................................................................................................................................2527 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2527 INTEGRATED HOMELINK TRANSMITTER DOES NOT OPERATE..................................................................................................................2528 Description...................................................................................................................................................2528 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................2528 BACK DOOR DOES NOT OPERATE........................................................................................................................................2529 OPEN/CLOSURE FUNCTION.........................................................................................................................................2529 OPEN/CLOSURE FUNCTION : Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................2529 OPEN FUNCTION.................................................................................................................................................2529 OPEN FUNCTION : Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................2529 CLOSURE FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................2529 CLOSURE FUNCTION : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................2529 SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...............................................................................................................................2531 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................2531 CUSTOMER INTERVIEW........................................................................................................................................2531 DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE........................................................................................................................2531 CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS...........................................................................................................................2532 LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..............................................................................................................2532 REPAIR THE CAUSE..........................................................................................................................................2532 CONFIRM THE REPAIR........................................................................................................................................2533 Inspection Procedure..........................................................................................................................................2533 INSTRUMENT PANEL..........................................................................................................................................2533 CENTER CONSOLE............................................................................................................................................2533 DOORS.....................................................................................................................................................2533 TRUNK.....................................................................................................................................................2533 SUNROOF/HEADLINING........................................................................................................................................2534 SEATS.....................................................................................................................................................2534 UNDERHOOD.................................................................................................................................................2534 Diagnostic Worksheet..........................................................................................................................................2535 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................2537 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................2537 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................2537 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................2537 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.....................................................................................2537 OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................................2537 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................................2538 Work..........................................................................................................................................................2538 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................2539 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................2539 Special Service Tools.........................................................................................................................................2539 Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................................2539 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................2540 HOOD..............................................................................................................................................................2540 HOOD ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................................2540 HOOD ASSEMBLY : Exploded View.............................................................................................................................2540 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2540 ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................................2540 HOOD ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................2541 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2541 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2542 HOOD ASSEMBLY : Adjustment................................................................................................................................2542 HOOD HINGE....................................................................................................................................................2543 HOOD HINGE : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2544 HOOD HINGE : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................2544 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2544 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2544 HOOD STAY.....................................................................................................................................................2545 HOOD STAY : Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2545 HOOD STAY : Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2545 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2545 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2546 RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT.............................................................................................................................................2547 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................2547 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................2547 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................2547 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................2548 FRONT FENDER......................................................................................................................................................2549 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................2549 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................2549 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................2549 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................2550 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................................2550 FRONT DOOR........................................................................................................................................................2551 DOOR ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................................2551 DOOR ASSEMBLY : Exploded View.............................................................................................................................2551 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2551 ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................................2551 DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................2552 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2552 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2552 DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment................................................................................................................................2553 DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT...............................................................................................................................2553 DOOR STRIKER..................................................................................................................................................2553 DOOR STRIKER : Exploded View..............................................................................................................................2554 DOOR STRIKER : Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................2554 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2554 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2554 DOOR HINGE....................................................................................................................................................2554 DOOR HINGE : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2555 DOOR HINGE : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................2555 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2555 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2555 DOOR CHECK LINK...............................................................................................................................................2555 DOOR CHECK LINK : Exploded View...........................................................................................................................2556 DOOR CHECK LINK : Removal and Installation................................................................................................................2556 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2556 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2556 REAR DOOR.........................................................................................................................................................2557 DOOR ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................................2557 DOOR ASSEMBLY : Exploded View.............................................................................................................................2557 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2557 ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................................2557 DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................2558 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2558 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2558 DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment................................................................................................................................2559 DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT...............................................................................................................................2559 DOOR STRIKER..................................................................................................................................................2559 DOOR STRIKER : Exploded View..............................................................................................................................2560 DOOR STRIKER : Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................2560 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2560 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2560 DOOR HINGE....................................................................................................................................................2560 DOOR HINGE : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2561 DOOR HINGE : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................2561 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2561 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2561 DOOR CHECK LINK...............................................................................................................................................2561 DOOR CHECK LINK : Exploded View...........................................................................................................................2562 DOOR CHECK LINK : Removal and Installation................................................................................................................2562 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2562 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2562 BACK DOOR.........................................................................................................................................................2563 BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY............................................................................................................................................2563 BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : Exploded View........................................................................................................................2563 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2563 ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................................2563 BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation.............................................................................................................2564 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2564 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2565 BACK DOOR ASSEMBLY : Adjustment...........................................................................................................................2565 BACK DOOR STRIKER ADJUSTMENT..........................................................................................................................2565 BACK DOOR STRIKER.............................................................................................................................................2565 BACK DOOR STRIKER : Exploded View.........................................................................................................................2566 BACK DOOR STRIKER : Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................2566 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2566 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2566 BACK DOOR HINGE...............................................................................................................................................2566 BACK DOOR HINGE : Exploded View...........................................................................................................................2567 BACK DOOR HINGE : Removal and Installation................................................................................................................2567 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2567 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2567 BACK DOOR STAY................................................................................................................................................2568 BACK DOOR STAY : Exploded View............................................................................................................................2568 BACK DOOR STAY : Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................2568 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2568 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2569 BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP.......................................................................................................................................2569 BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP : Exploded View...................................................................................................................2569 BACK DOOR WEATHER-STRIP : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................2570 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2570 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2570 HOOD LOCK.........................................................................................................................................................2571 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................2571 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................2571 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................2571 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................2572 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................2572 FRONT DOOR LOCK...................................................................................................................................................2573 DOOR LOCK.....................................................................................................................................................2573 DOOR LOCK : Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2573 DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2573 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2573 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2573 INSIDE HANDLE.................................................................................................................................................2574 INSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View.............................................................................................................................2574 INSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................2574 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2574 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2574 OUTSIDE HANDLE................................................................................................................................................2574 OUTSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View............................................................................................................................2575 OUTSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................2575 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2575 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2576 REAR DOOR LOCK....................................................................................................................................................2577 DOOR LOCK.....................................................................................................................................................2577 DOOR LOCK : Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2577 DOOR LOCK : Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2577 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2577 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2577 INSIDE HANDLE.................................................................................................................................................2577 INSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View.............................................................................................................................2578 INSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................2578 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2578 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2578 OUTSIDE HANDLE................................................................................................................................................2578 OUTSIDE HANDLE : Exploded View............................................................................................................................2579 OUTSIDE HANDLE : Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................2579 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2579 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2580 BACK DOOR LOCK....................................................................................................................................................2581 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................2581 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................2581 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................2581 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................2581 FUEL FILLER LID OPENER............................................................................................................................................2582 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................2582 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................2582 REMOVAL ..................................................................................................................................................2582 INSTALLATION .............................................................................................................................................2583 DOOR SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................................2584 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................2584 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................2584 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................2584 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................2584 INSIDE KEY ANTENNA................................................................................................................................................2585 INSTRUMENT CENTER.............................................................................................................................................2585 INSTRUMENT CENTER : Exploded View.........................................................................................................................2585 INSTRUMENT CENTER : Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................2585 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2585 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2585 CONSOLE.......................................................................................................................................................2585 CONSOLE : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................2585 CONSOLE : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................2585 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2585 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2586 LUGGAGE ROOM..................................................................................................................................................2586 LUGGAGE ROOM : Exploded View..............................................................................................................................2586 LUGGAGE ROOM : Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................2586 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2586 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2586 OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA...............................................................................................................................................2587 DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................................2587 DRIVER SIDE : Exploded View...............................................................................................................................2587 DRIVER SIDE : Removal and Installation....................................................................................................................2587 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2587 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2587 PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................................2587 PASSENGER SIDE : Exploded View............................................................................................................................2587 PASSENGER SIDE : Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................2587 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2587 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2587 BACK DOOR.....................................................................................................................................................2587 BACK DOOR : Exploded View.................................................................................................................................2587 BACK DOOR : Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................2587 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2587 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2587 INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER....................................................................................................................................2588 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................2588 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................2588 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................2588 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................2588 BACK DOOR CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................................................2589 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................2589 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................2589 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................2589 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................2589 KEY SLOT..........................................................................................................................................................2590 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................2590 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................2590 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................2590 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................2590 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER.....................................................................................................................................2591 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................2591 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................2591 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................2591 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................2591 INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY...........................................................................................................................................2592 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................2592 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 115 DLN...........................................................................................................................................................................2593 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................2593 TRANSFER: ETX13C......................................................................................................................................................2599 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................2599 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................................................................................................................................2599 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................2599 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................2599 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................2600 AWD SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................................2600 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2600 CONTROL DIAGRAM.......................................................................................................................................2600 CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW..................................................................................................................................2600 System Description........................................................................................................................................2602 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................2602 OPERATION PRINCIPLE...................................................................................................................................2602 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2603 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................2603 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AWD CONTROL UNIT)...........................................................................................................................2604 CONSULT-III Function (ALL MODE AWD/4WD)...................................................................................................................2604 FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................2604 ECU IDENTIFICATION....................................................................................................................................2604 SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................................................................................................................................2604 Display Item List.................................................................................................................................2604 How to Erase Self-Diagnostic Results..............................................................................................................2604 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................2604 Display Item List.................................................................................................................................2604 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................2604 Description.......................................................................................................................................2604 Test Item.........................................................................................................................................2605 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................2606 C1201 AWD CONTROL UNIT........................................................................................................................................2606 Description...............................................................................................................................................2606 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2606 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2606 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2606 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2606 C1203 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)...........................................................................................................2607 Description...............................................................................................................................................2607 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2607 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2607 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2607 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2607 C1204 AWD SOLENOID............................................................................................................................................2608 Description...............................................................................................................................................2608 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2608 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2608 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2608 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2608 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2609 C1205 AWD ACTUATOR RELAY......................................................................................................................................2610 Description...............................................................................................................................................2610 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2610 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2610 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2610 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2610 C1210 ECM.....................................................................................................................................................2611 Description...............................................................................................................................................2611 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2611 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2611 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2611 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2611 P1804 TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT...................................................................................................................................2612 Description...............................................................................................................................................2612 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2612 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2612 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2612 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2612 P1809 TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT...................................................................................................................................2613 Description...............................................................................................................................................2613 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2613 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2613 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2613 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2613 P1826 TRANSFER FLUID TEMPERATURE..............................................................................................................................2614 Description...............................................................................................................................................2614 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2614 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2614 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2614 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2614 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................2616 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................2617 Description...............................................................................................................................................2617 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2617 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2617 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2617 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2617 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)......................................................................................................................................2618 Description...............................................................................................................................................2618 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................2618 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................2618 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................2618 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2618 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................2619 Description...............................................................................................................................................2619 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2619 AWD WARNING LAMP..............................................................................................................................................2622 Description...............................................................................................................................................2622 AWD WARNING LAMP INDICATION...........................................................................................................................2622 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................2622 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2622 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................2624 AWD CONTROL UNIT..............................................................................................................................................2624 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................2624 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................2624 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................2624 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................2625 Wiring Diagram - AWD SYSTEM -.............................................................................................................................2626 Fail-Safe.................................................................................................................................................2629 AWD system............................................................................................................................................2629 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................2630 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................2630 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................2632 AWD WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON.............................................................................................................................2632 Description...............................................................................................................................................2632 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2632 AWD WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF............................................................................................................................2633 Description...............................................................................................................................................2633 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2633 HEAVY TIGHT-CORNER BRAKING SYMPTOM OCCURS.....................................................................................................................2634 Description...............................................................................................................................................2634 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2634 VEHICLE DOES NOT ENTER AWD MODE...............................................................................................................................2635 Description...............................................................................................................................................2635 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2635 AWD WARNING LAMP BLINKS QUICKLY...............................................................................................................................2636 Description...............................................................................................................................................2636 AWD WARNING LAMP BLINKS SLOWLY................................................................................................................................2637 Description...............................................................................................................................................2637 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................2637 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................2638 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................2638 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................2639 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................2639 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................2639 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................2639 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.................................................................................2639 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................2639 Service Notice or Precautions for Transfer................................................................................................................2640 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................2641 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................2641 VQ35HR....................................................................................................................................................2641 VQ35HR : Special Service Tools........................................................................................................................2641 VQ35HR : Commercial Service Tools.....................................................................................................................2642 VK50VE....................................................................................................................................................2643 VK50VE : Special Service Tools........................................................................................................................2643 VK50VE : Commercial Service Tools.....................................................................................................................2644 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................2646 TRANSFER FLUID................................................................................................................................................2646 VQ35HR....................................................................................................................................................2646 VQ35HR : Inspection...................................................................................................................................2646 FLUID LEAKAGE.....................................................................................................................................2646 FLUID LEVEL.......................................................................................................................................2646 VQ35HR : Draining.....................................................................................................................................2646 VQ35HR : Refilling....................................................................................................................................2646 VK50VE....................................................................................................................................................2646 VK50VE : Inspection...................................................................................................................................2647 FLUID LEAKAGE.....................................................................................................................................2647 FLUID LEVEL.......................................................................................................................................2647 VK50VE : Draining.....................................................................................................................................2647 VK50VE : Refilling....................................................................................................................................2647 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2648 AWD CONTROL UNIT..............................................................................................................................................2648 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2648 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2648 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2648 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2648 FRONT OIL SEAL................................................................................................................................................2649 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2649 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2649 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2649 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2649 REAR OIL SEAL.................................................................................................................................................2650 VQ35HR....................................................................................................................................................2650 VQ35HR : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2650 VQ35HR : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................2650 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2650 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2651 VK50VE....................................................................................................................................................2652 VK50VE : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2652 VK50VE : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................2652 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2652 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2653 UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................................2655 TRANSFER ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................................2655 VQ35HR....................................................................................................................................................2655 VQ35HR : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2655 VQ35HR : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................2655 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2655 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2655 VK50VE....................................................................................................................................................2656 VK50VE : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2657 VK50VE : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................2657 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2657 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2657 UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................2659 FRONT CASE AND REAR CASE......................................................................................................................................2659 VQ35HR....................................................................................................................................................2659 VQ35HR : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2659 VQ35HR : Disassembly..................................................................................................................................2660 VQ35HR : Assembly.....................................................................................................................................2663 VQ35HR : Inspection...................................................................................................................................2667 CASES.............................................................................................................................................2667 BEARING...........................................................................................................................................2667 SHAFT.............................................................................................................................................2667 GEARS AND CHAIN...................................................................................................................................2667 VK50VE....................................................................................................................................................2668 VK50VE : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2668 VK50VE : Disassembly..................................................................................................................................2669 VK50VE : Assembly.....................................................................................................................................2672 VK50VE : Inspection...................................................................................................................................2676 CASES.............................................................................................................................................2676 BEARING...........................................................................................................................................2676 SHAFT.............................................................................................................................................2677 GEARS AND CHAIN...................................................................................................................................2677 MAIN SHAFT....................................................................................................................................................2678 VQ35HR....................................................................................................................................................2678 VQ35HR : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2678 VQ35HR : Disassembly..................................................................................................................................2679 VQ35HR : Assembly.....................................................................................................................................2680 VQ35HR : Inspection...................................................................................................................................2681 CASES.............................................................................................................................................2681 BEARING...........................................................................................................................................2681 SHAFT.............................................................................................................................................2681 GEARS AND CHAIN...................................................................................................................................2681 VK50VE....................................................................................................................................................2682 VK50VE : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2682 VK50VE : Disassembly..................................................................................................................................2683 VK50VE : Assembly.....................................................................................................................................2684 VK50VE : Inspection...................................................................................................................................2685 CASES.............................................................................................................................................2685 BEARING...........................................................................................................................................2685 SHAFT.............................................................................................................................................2685 GEARS AND CHAIN...................................................................................................................................2686 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT AND DRIVE CHAIN.............................................................................................................................2687 VQ35HR....................................................................................................................................................2687 VQ35HR : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2687 VQ35HR : Disassembly..................................................................................................................................2688 VQ35HR : Assembly.....................................................................................................................................2688 VQ35HR : Inspection...................................................................................................................................2689 CASES.............................................................................................................................................2689 BEARING...........................................................................................................................................2689 SHAFT.............................................................................................................................................2689 GEARS AND CHAIN...................................................................................................................................2690 VK50VE....................................................................................................................................................2690 VK50VE : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2691 VK50VE : Disassembly..................................................................................................................................2692 VK50VE : Assembly.....................................................................................................................................2692 VK50VE : Inspection...................................................................................................................................2693 CASES.............................................................................................................................................2693 BEARING...........................................................................................................................................2693 SHAFT.............................................................................................................................................2693 GEARS AND CHAIN...................................................................................................................................2694 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................2695 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................2695 General Specifications....................................................................................................................................2695 FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S56A..........................................................................................................................................2696 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................2696 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................2696 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................2696 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................2697 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................2697 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................2697 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................2698 FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT.........................................................................................................................................2698 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2698 NOISE.................................................................................................................................................2698 VIBRATION.............................................................................................................................................2698 RUNOUT MEASURING POINT................................................................................................................................2698 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2699 FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT.........................................................................................................................................2699 VQ35HR....................................................................................................................................................2699 VQ35HR : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2699 VQ35HR : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................2699 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2699 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2700 VQ35HR : Inspection...................................................................................................................................2700 APPEARANCE........................................................................................................................................2700 PROPELLER SHAFT RUNOUT............................................................................................................................2700 JOURNAL AXIAL PLAY................................................................................................................................2700 VK50VE....................................................................................................................................................2701 VK50VE : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2701 VK50VE : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................2701 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2701 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2702 VK50VE : Inspection...................................................................................................................................2702 APPEARANCE........................................................................................................................................2702 PROPELLER SHAFT RUNOUT............................................................................................................................2702 JOURNAL AXIAL PLAY................................................................................................................................2702 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................2704 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................2704 General Specifications....................................................................................................................................2704 Propeller Shaft Runout....................................................................................................................................2704 Journal Axial Play........................................................................................................................................2704 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A-R.........................................................................................................................................2705 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................2705 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................2705 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................2705 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................2706 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................2706 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................2706 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................2707 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT..........................................................................................................................................2707 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2707 NOISE.................................................................................................................................................2707 VIBRATION.............................................................................................................................................2707 RUNOUT MEASURING POINT................................................................................................................................2707 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2708 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT..........................................................................................................................................2708 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2708 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2708 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2708 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2710 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2711 APPEARANCE............................................................................................................................................2711 PROPELLER SHAFT RUNOUT................................................................................................................................2711 JOURNAL AXIAL PLAY....................................................................................................................................2711 CENTER BEARING........................................................................................................................................2711 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................2712 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................2712 General Specifications....................................................................................................................................2712 Propeller Shaft Runout....................................................................................................................................2712 Journal Axial Play........................................................................................................................................2712 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3F80A-1VL107....................................................................................................................................2713 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................2713 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................2713 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................2713 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................2714 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................2714 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................2714 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................2715 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT..........................................................................................................................................2715 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2715 NOISE.................................................................................................................................................2715 VIBRATION.............................................................................................................................................2715 RUNOUT MEASURING POINT................................................................................................................................2715 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2716 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT..........................................................................................................................................2716 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2716 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2716 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2716 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2717 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2719 APPEARANCE............................................................................................................................................2719 PROPELLER SHAFT RUNOUT................................................................................................................................2719 JOURNAL AXIAL PLAY....................................................................................................................................2719 CENTER BEARING........................................................................................................................................2719 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................2720 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................2720 General Specifications....................................................................................................................................2720 Propeller Shaft Runout....................................................................................................................................2720 Journal Axial Play........................................................................................................................................2720 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3F-R-2VL107.....................................................................................................................................2721 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................2721 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................2721 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................2721 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................2722 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................2722 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................2722 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................2723 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT..........................................................................................................................................2723 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2723 NOISE.................................................................................................................................................2723 VIBRATION.............................................................................................................................................2723 RUNOUT MEASURING POINT................................................................................................................................2723 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2724 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT..........................................................................................................................................2724 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2724 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2724 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2724 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2725 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2727 APPEARANCE............................................................................................................................................2727 PROPELLER SHAFT RUNOUT................................................................................................................................2727 CENTER BEARING........................................................................................................................................2727 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................2729 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................2729 General Specifications....................................................................................................................................2729 Propeller Shaft Runout....................................................................................................................................2729 FRONT FINAL DRIVE: F160A..............................................................................................................................................2730 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................2730 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................2730 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................2730 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................2731 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................2731 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.................................................................................2731 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................2731 Service Notice or Precautions for Front Final Drive.......................................................................................................2731 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................2732 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................2732 Special Service Tools.....................................................................................................................................2732 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................2734 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................2735 FRONT FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY....................................................................................................................................2735 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2735 CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW..................................................................................................................................2735 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................2736 FRONT DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL...................................................................................................................................2736 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2736 OIL LEAKAGE...........................................................................................................................................2736 OIL LEVEL.............................................................................................................................................2736 Draining..................................................................................................................................................2736 Refilling.................................................................................................................................................2736 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2737 SIDE OIL SEAL.................................................................................................................................................2737 RIGHT SIDE................................................................................................................................................2737 RIGHT SIDE : Exploded View............................................................................................................................2737 RIGHT SIDE : Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................2738 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2738 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2738 LEFT SIDE.................................................................................................................................................2738 LEFT SIDE : Exploded View.............................................................................................................................2738 LEFT SIDE : Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................2739 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2739 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2739 UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................................2740 FRONT FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY....................................................................................................................................2740 VQ35HR....................................................................................................................................................2740 VQ35HR : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2740 VQ35HR : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................2740 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2740 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2740 VK50VE....................................................................................................................................................2741 VK50VE : Exploded View................................................................................................................................2741 VK50VE : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................2741 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2741 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2742 UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................2743 SIDE SHAFT....................................................................................................................................................2743 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2743 Disassembly...............................................................................................................................................2745 Assembly..................................................................................................................................................2746 Inspection After Disassembly..............................................................................................................................2746 DRIVE GEAR AND DRIVE PINION...........................................................................................................................2746 BEARING...............................................................................................................................................2746 SIDE GEAR AND PINION MATE GEAR........................................................................................................................2746 SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER AND PINION MATE THRUST WASHER.................................................................................................2746 OIL SEAL..............................................................................................................................................2746 DIFFERENTIAL CASE.....................................................................................................................................2746 COMPANION FLANGE......................................................................................................................................2746 DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY.........................................................................................................................................2747 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2747 Disassembly...............................................................................................................................................2749 Assembly..................................................................................................................................................2752 Adjustment................................................................................................................................................2757 TOTAL PRELOAD TORQUE..................................................................................................................................2757 SIDE BEARING PRELOAD..................................................................................................................................2757 DRIVE GEAR RUNOUT.....................................................................................................................................2759 TOOTH CONTACT.........................................................................................................................................2759 BACKLASH..............................................................................................................................................2761 Inspection After Disassembly..............................................................................................................................2761 DRIVE GEAR AND DRIVE PINION...........................................................................................................................2761 BEARING...............................................................................................................................................2761 SIDE GEAR AND PINION MATE GEAR........................................................................................................................2761 SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER AND PINION MATE THRUST WASHER.................................................................................................2762 OIL SEAL..............................................................................................................................................2762 DIFFERENTIAL CASE.....................................................................................................................................2762 COMPANION FLANGE......................................................................................................................................2762 DRIVE PINION..................................................................................................................................................2763 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2763 Disassembly...............................................................................................................................................2765 Assembly..................................................................................................................................................2767 Adjustment................................................................................................................................................2769 PINION GEAR HEIGHT....................................................................................................................................2769 PINION BEARING PRELOAD................................................................................................................................2769 COMPANION FLANGE RUNOUT...............................................................................................................................2770 Inspection After Disassembly..............................................................................................................................2771 DRIVE GEAR AND DRIVE PINION...........................................................................................................................2771 BEARING...............................................................................................................................................2771 SIDE GEAR AND PINION MATE GEAR........................................................................................................................2771 SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER AND PINION MATE THRUST WASHER.................................................................................................2771 OIL SEAL..............................................................................................................................................2771 DIFFERENTIAL CASE.....................................................................................................................................2771 COMPANION FLANGE......................................................................................................................................2771 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................2772 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................2772 General Specifications....................................................................................................................................2772 Drive Gear Runout.........................................................................................................................................2772 Differential Side Gear Clearance..........................................................................................................................2772 Preload Torque............................................................................................................................................2772 Backlash..................................................................................................................................................2772 Companion Flange Runout...................................................................................................................................2772 REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200................................................................................................................................................2773 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................2773 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................2773 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................2773 2WD...................................................................................................................................................2773 AWD...................................................................................................................................................2773 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................2775 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................2775 Service Notice or Precautions for Rear Final Drive........................................................................................................2775 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................2776 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................2776 Special Service Tools.....................................................................................................................................2776 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................2778 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................2780 REAR FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................2780 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2780 CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW..................................................................................................................................2780 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................2782 REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL....................................................................................................................................2782 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2782 OIL LEAKAGE...........................................................................................................................................2782 OIL LEVEL.............................................................................................................................................2782 Draining..................................................................................................................................................2782 Refilling.................................................................................................................................................2782 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2783 FRONT OIL SEAL................................................................................................................................................2783 2WD.......................................................................................................................................................2783 2WD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................2783 2WD : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................2784 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2784 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2786 AWD.......................................................................................................................................................2788 AWD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................2788 AWD : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................2789 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2789 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2791 SIDE OIL SEAL.................................................................................................................................................2794 2WD.......................................................................................................................................................2794 2WD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................2794 2WD : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................2795 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2795 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2795 AWD.......................................................................................................................................................2796 AWD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................2796 AWD : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................2797 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2797 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2797 UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................................2799 REAR FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................2799 2WD.......................................................................................................................................................2799 2WD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................2799 2WD : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................2799 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2799 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2800 AWD.......................................................................................................................................................2800 AWD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................2800 AWD : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................2801 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................2801 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................2801 UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................2802 DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY.........................................................................................................................................2802 2WD.......................................................................................................................................................2802 2WD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................2802 2WD : Disassembly.....................................................................................................................................2803 2WD : Assembly........................................................................................................................................2805 2WD : Adjustment......................................................................................................................................2809 TOTAL PRELOAD TORQUE..............................................................................................................................2809 SIDE BEARING PRELOAD..............................................................................................................................2810 DRIVE GEAR RUNOUT.................................................................................................................................2811 TOOTH CONTACT.....................................................................................................................................2811 BACKLASH..........................................................................................................................................2813 2WD : Inspection After Disassembly....................................................................................................................2814 DRIVE GEAR AND DRIVE PINION.......................................................................................................................2814 BEARING...........................................................................................................................................2814 SIDE GEAR AND PINION MATE GEAR....................................................................................................................2814 SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER AND PINION MATE THRUST WASHER.............................................................................................2814 OIL SEAL..........................................................................................................................................2814 DIFFERENTIAL CASE.................................................................................................................................2814 COMPANION FLANGE..................................................................................................................................2814 AWD.......................................................................................................................................................2814 AWD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................2815 AWD : Disassembly.....................................................................................................................................2815 AWD : Assembly........................................................................................................................................2818 AWD : Adjustment......................................................................................................................................2822 TOTAL PRELOAD TORQUE..............................................................................................................................2822 SIDE BEARING PRELOAD..............................................................................................................................2823 DRIVE GEAR RUNOUT.................................................................................................................................2824 TOOTH CONTACT.....................................................................................................................................2824 BACKLASH..........................................................................................................................................2826 AWD : Inspection After Disassembly....................................................................................................................2827 DRIVE GEAR AND DRIVE PINION.......................................................................................................................2827 BEARING...........................................................................................................................................2827 SIDE GEAR AND PINION MATE GEAR....................................................................................................................2827 SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER AND PINION MATE THRUST WASHER.............................................................................................2827 OIL SEAL..........................................................................................................................................2827 DIFFERENTIAL CASE.................................................................................................................................2827 COMPANION FLANGE..................................................................................................................................2827 DRIVE PINION..................................................................................................................................................2828 2WD.......................................................................................................................................................2828 2WD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................2828 2WD : Disassembly.....................................................................................................................................2829 2WD : Assembly........................................................................................................................................2830 2WD : Adjustment......................................................................................................................................2832 PINION GEAR HEIGHT................................................................................................................................2832 DRIVE PINION RUNOUT...............................................................................................................................2835 2WD : Inspection After Disassembly....................................................................................................................2835 DRIVE GEAR AND DRIVE PINION.......................................................................................................................2835 BEARING...........................................................................................................................................2835 SIDE GEAR AND PINION MATE GEAR....................................................................................................................2835 SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER AND PINION MATE THRUST WASHER.............................................................................................2835 OIL SEAL..........................................................................................................................................2836 DIFFERENTIAL CASE.................................................................................................................................2836 COMPANION FLANGE..................................................................................................................................2836 AWD.......................................................................................................................................................2836 AWD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................2836 AWD : Disassembly.....................................................................................................................................2837 AWD : Assembly........................................................................................................................................2839 AWD : Adjustment......................................................................................................................................2841 PINION GEAR HEIGHT................................................................................................................................2841 COMPANION FLANGE RUNOUT...........................................................................................................................2844 AWD : Inspection After Disassembly....................................................................................................................2844 DRIVE GEAR AND DRIVE PINION.......................................................................................................................2844 BEARING...........................................................................................................................................2844 SIDE GEAR AND PINION MATE GEAR....................................................................................................................2844 SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER AND PINION MATE THRUST WASHER.............................................................................................2844 OIL SEAL..........................................................................................................................................2844 DIFFERENTIAL CASE.................................................................................................................................2844 COMPANION FLANGE..................................................................................................................................2845 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................2846 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................2846 General Specification.....................................................................................................................................2846 Drive Gear Runout.........................................................................................................................................2846 Differential Side Gear Clearance..........................................................................................................................2846 Preload Torque............................................................................................................................................2846 Backlash..................................................................................................................................................2846 Drive Pinion Runout (2WD).................................................................................................................................2846 Companion Flange Runout (AWD).............................................................................................................................2846 REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230................................................................................................................................................2848 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................2848 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................2848 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................2848 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................2849 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................2849 Service Notice or Precautions for Rear Final Drive........................................................................................................2849 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................2850 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................2850 Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................2850 Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................2852 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................2854 REAR FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................2854 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2854 CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW..................................................................................................................................2854 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................2855 REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL....................................................................................................................................2855 Inspection................................................................................................................................................2855 OIL LEAKAGE...........................................................................................................................................2855 OIL LEVEL.............................................................................................................................................2855 Draining..................................................................................................................................................2855 Refilling.................................................................................................................................................2855 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2856 FRONT OIL SEAL................................................................................................................................................2856 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2856 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2857 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2857 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2858 SIDE OIL SEAL.................................................................................................................................................2861 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2861 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2862 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2862 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2862 UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................................2863 REAR FINAL DRIVE..............................................................................................................................................2863 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2863 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................2863 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................2863 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................2864 UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................2865 DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY.........................................................................................................................................2865 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2865 Disassembly...............................................................................................................................................2866 Assembly..................................................................................................................................................2868 Adjustment................................................................................................................................................2872 TOTAL PRELOAD TORQUE..................................................................................................................................2872 SIDE BEARING PRELOAD..................................................................................................................................2873 DRIVE GEAR RUNOUT.....................................................................................................................................2874 TOOTH CONTACT.........................................................................................................................................2874 BACKLASH..............................................................................................................................................2876 Inspection After Disassembly..............................................................................................................................2876 DRIVE GEAR AND DRIVE PINION...........................................................................................................................2876 BEARING...............................................................................................................................................2876 SIDE GEAR AND PINION MATE GEAR........................................................................................................................2876 SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER AND PINION MATE THRUST WASHER.................................................................................................2876 OIL SEAL..............................................................................................................................................2876 DIFFERENTIAL CASE.....................................................................................................................................2877 COMPANION FLANGE......................................................................................................................................2877 DRIVE PINION..................................................................................................................................................2878 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................2878 Disassembly...............................................................................................................................................2879 Assembly..................................................................................................................................................2880 Adjustment................................................................................................................................................2882 TOOTH CONTACT.........................................................................................................................................2882 COMPANION FLANGE RUNOUT...............................................................................................................................2882 Inspection After Disassembly..............................................................................................................................2883 DRIVE GEAR AND DRIVE PINION...........................................................................................................................2883 BEARING...............................................................................................................................................2883 SIDE GEAR AND PINION MATE GEAR........................................................................................................................2883 SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER AND PINION MATE THRUST WASHER.................................................................................................2883 OIL SEAL..............................................................................................................................................2883 DIFFERENTIAL CASE.....................................................................................................................................2883 COMPANION FLANGE......................................................................................................................................2883 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................2884 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................2884 General Specification.....................................................................................................................................2884 Drive Gear Runout.........................................................................................................................................2884 Side Gear Clearance.......................................................................................................................................2884 Preload Torque............................................................................................................................................2884 Backlash..................................................................................................................................................2884 Companion Flange Runout...................................................................................................................................2884 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 115 EC............................................................................................................................................................................2885 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................2885 VQ35HR................................................................................................................................................................2900 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................2900 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.................................................................................................................................2900 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................2900 OVERALL SEQUENCE......................................................................................................................................2900 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................2900 Diagnostic Work Sheet.....................................................................................................................................2903 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................2903 WORKSHEET SAMPLE......................................................................................................................................2903 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.....................................................................................................................................2904 BASIC INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................................2904 BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement.........................................................................................................2904 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................2907 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description..........................................................................................2907 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement...........................................................................2907 IDLE SPEED................................................................................................................................................2907 IDLE SPEED : Description..............................................................................................................................2908 IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement...............................................................................................................2908 IGNITION TIMING...........................................................................................................................................2908 IGNITION TIMING : Description.........................................................................................................................2908 IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement..........................................................................................................2908 VIN REGISTRATION..........................................................................................................................................2908 VIN REGISTRATION : Description........................................................................................................................2908 VIN REGISTRATION : Special Repair Requirement.........................................................................................................2908 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING..............................................................................................................2909 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Description............................................................................................2909 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement.............................................................................2909 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING...................................................................................................................2909 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Description.................................................................................................2909 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement..................................................................................2909 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING..................................................................................................................................2909 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Description................................................................................................................2909 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement.................................................................................................2909 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL LEARNING.....................................................................................................................2911 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL LEARNING : Description...................................................................................................2911 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................2911 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR...................................................................................................................2912 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Description.................................................................................................2912 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement..................................................................................2912 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................2913 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................................2913 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2913 System Description........................................................................................................................................2914 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2915 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................2921 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................2923 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2923 System Description........................................................................................................................................2923 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................2923 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................2924 VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION.................................................................................................2924 MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)..................................................................................................2924 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL...................................................................................................................2924 FUEL INJECTION TIMING.................................................................................................................................2925 FUEL SHUT-OFF.........................................................................................................................................2925 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2926 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................2932 ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................2934 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2934 System Description........................................................................................................................................2934 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................2934 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................2934 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2935 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................2941 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL..................................................................................................................................2942 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2942 System Description........................................................................................................................................2942 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................2942 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................2942 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2943 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................2949 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD).........................................................................................................................2950 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2950 System Description........................................................................................................................................2950 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................2950 BASIC ASCD SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................2950 SET OPERATION.........................................................................................................................................2950 ACCELERATE OPERATION..................................................................................................................................2950 CANCEL OPERATION......................................................................................................................................2950 COAST OPERATION.......................................................................................................................................2951 RESUME OPERATION......................................................................................................................................2951 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2952 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................2958 CAN COMMUNICATION.............................................................................................................................................2959 System Description........................................................................................................................................2959 COOLING FAN CONTROL...........................................................................................................................................2960 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2960 System Description........................................................................................................................................2960 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................2960 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................2960 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2961 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................2967 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................2968 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2968 System Description........................................................................................................................................2968 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................2968 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................2969 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING.....................................................................................................................2969 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2971 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................2977 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL..................................................................................................................................2979 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2979 System Description........................................................................................................................................2979 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................2979 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................2979 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2980 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................2986 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL...................................................................................................................................2987 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................2987 System Description........................................................................................................................................2987 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................2987 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................2987 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................2988 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................2994 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................2995 Diagnosis Description.....................................................................................................................................2995 INTRODUCTION..........................................................................................................................................2995 TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC..............................................................................................................................2995 DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATA.............................................................................................................................2995 DTC and 1st Trip DTC..............................................................................................................................2995 Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data..................................................................................................2996 How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC..................................................................................................................2996 How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC.................................................................................................................2997 SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE......................................................................................................................2997 SRT Item..........................................................................................................................................2998 SRT Set Timing....................................................................................................................................2998 SRT Service Procedure.............................................................................................................................2999 How to Display SRT Status.........................................................................................................................3000 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL)......................................................................................................................3001 Description.......................................................................................................................................3001 On Board Diagnostic System Function...............................................................................................................3001 Diagnostic Test Mode I - Bulb Check...............................................................................................................3002 Diagnostic Test Mode I - Malfunction Warning......................................................................................................3002 Diagnostic Test Mode II - Self-diagnostic Results.................................................................................................3002 How to Switch Diagnostic Test Mode................................................................................................................3003 OBD System Operation Chart............................................................................................................................3004 Relationship Between MIL, 1st Trip DTC, DTC, and Detectable Items.................................................................................3004 Summary Chart.....................................................................................................................................3004 Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”..........3004 Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”...........................................3005 Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”....3006 Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”....................................3008 CONSULT-III Function......................................................................................................................................3008 FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................3008 ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION............................................................................................3009 WORK SUPPORT MODE.....................................................................................................................................3010 Work Item.........................................................................................................................................3010 SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE................................................................................................................................3011 Self Diagnostic Item..............................................................................................................................3011 Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data..................................................................................................3011 DATA MONITOR MODE.....................................................................................................................................3012 Monitored Item....................................................................................................................................3012 ACTIVE TEST MODE......................................................................................................................................3016 Test Item.........................................................................................................................................3016 DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE...........................................................................................................................3017 SRT STATUS Mode...................................................................................................................................3017 SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode.............................................................................................................................3017 DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode.............................................................................................................................3017 Diagnosis Tool Function...................................................................................................................................3017 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................3017 FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................3018 INSPECTION PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................................3018 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................3020 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE.......................................................................................................................3020 Description...............................................................................................................................................3020 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3020 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3021 OVERALL SEQUENCE......................................................................................................................................3021 DETAILED PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................................3022 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................3028 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3028 U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................3031 Description...............................................................................................................................................3031 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3031 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3031 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3031 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3031 U0164 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................3032 Description...............................................................................................................................................3032 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3032 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3032 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3032 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3032 U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................3033 Description...............................................................................................................................................3033 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3033 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3033 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3033 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3033 P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL......................................................................................................................................3034 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3034 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3034 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3034 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3035 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3036 P0014, P0024 EVT CONTROL......................................................................................................................................3038 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3038 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3038 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3038 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3039 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3040 P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER................................................................................................................3042 Description...............................................................................................................................................3042 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................3042 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3042 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3042 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3042 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3043 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3044 P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER.......................................................................................................................3045 Description...............................................................................................................................................3045 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................3045 OPERATION.............................................................................................................................................3045 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3045 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3045 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3045 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3046 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3047 P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.......................................................................................................................3048 Description...............................................................................................................................................3048 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3048 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3048 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3048 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3048 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3049 P0078, P0084 EVT CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER......................................................................................................................3051 Description...............................................................................................................................................3051 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3051 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3051 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3051 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3051 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3052 P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3054 Description...............................................................................................................................................3054 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3054 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3054 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3054 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3056 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3056 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3058 P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR.........................................................................................................................3061 Description...............................................................................................................................................3061 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3061 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3061 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3061 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3062 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3063 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3067 Description...............................................................................................................................................3067 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3067 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3067 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3067 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3068 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3068 P0116 ECT SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................3070 Description...............................................................................................................................................3070 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3070 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3070 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3070 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3071 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3071 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3072 Description...............................................................................................................................................3072 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3072 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3072 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3072 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3073 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3074 P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR..........................................................................................................................3075 Description...............................................................................................................................................3075 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3075 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3075 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3075 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3076 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3077 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3077 P0125 ECT SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................3079 Description...............................................................................................................................................3079 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3079 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3079 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3079 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3080 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3080 P0127 IAT SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................3082 Description...............................................................................................................................................3082 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3082 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3082 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3082 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3083 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3083 P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION.....................................................................................................................................3084 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3084 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3084 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3084 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3085 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3085 P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................................3086 Description...............................................................................................................................................3086 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3086 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3086 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3086 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3088 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3088 P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................................3090 Description...............................................................................................................................................3090 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3090 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3090 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3090 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3091 P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................................3093 Description...............................................................................................................................................3093 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3093 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3093 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3093 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3094 P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................................3096 Description...............................................................................................................................................3096 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3096 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3096 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3096 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3098 P0137, P0157 HO2S2............................................................................................................................................3101 Description...............................................................................................................................................3101 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3101 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3101 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3101 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3102 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3103 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3104 P0138, P0158 HO2S2............................................................................................................................................3107 Description...............................................................................................................................................3107 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3107 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3107 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3108 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3109 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3110 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3112 P0139, P0159 HO2S2............................................................................................................................................3115 Description...............................................................................................................................................3115 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3115 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3115 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3115 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3116 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3117 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3118 P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION...................................................................................................................3121 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3121 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3121 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3121 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3122 P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION...................................................................................................................3125 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3125 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3125 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3125 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3126 P0181 FTT SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................3129 Description...............................................................................................................................................3129 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3129 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3129 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3129 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3130 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3131 P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3132 Description...............................................................................................................................................3132 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3132 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3132 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3132 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3132 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3134 P0196 EOT SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................3135 Description...............................................................................................................................................3135 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3135 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3135 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3135 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3136 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3137 P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3138 Description...............................................................................................................................................3138 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3138 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3138 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3138 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3139 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3139 P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR..........................................................................................................................3141 Description...............................................................................................................................................3141 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3141 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3141 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3141 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3142 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3143 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3143 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE.......................................................................................................3145 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3145 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3145 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3145 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3146 P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS.................................................................................................................................3151 Description...............................................................................................................................................3151 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3151 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3151 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3151 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3151 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3152 P0335 CKP SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................3154 Description...............................................................................................................................................3154 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3154 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3154 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3154 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3155 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3157 P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3159 Description...............................................................................................................................................3159 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3159 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3159 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3160 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3161 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3163 P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION......................................................................................................................3165 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3165 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3165 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3165 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3166 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3167 P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................3170 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3170 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3170 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3170 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3171 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3172 P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................3175 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3175 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3175 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3176 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3176 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3180 P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.......................................................................................................3181 Description...............................................................................................................................................3181 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3181 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3181 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3181 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3182 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3184 P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE................................................................................................3186 Description...............................................................................................................................................3186 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3186 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3186 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3186 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3186 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3188 P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE........................................................................................................................3189 Description...............................................................................................................................................3189 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3189 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3189 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3189 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3189 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3191 P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE........................................................................................................................3193 Description...............................................................................................................................................3193 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3193 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3193 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3193 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3194 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3195 P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR.....................................................................................................................3197 Description...............................................................................................................................................3197 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3197 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3197 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3197 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3198 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3199 P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR.....................................................................................................................3201 Description...............................................................................................................................................3201 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3201 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3201 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3201 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3202 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3205 P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR.....................................................................................................................3206 Description...............................................................................................................................................3206 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3206 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3206 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3206 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3207 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3210 P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................3212 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3212 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3212 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3212 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3214 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3216 P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................3218 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3218 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3218 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3219 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3220 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3220 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3224 P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3225 Description...............................................................................................................................................3225 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3225 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3225 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3225 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3225 P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3227 Description...............................................................................................................................................3227 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3227 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3227 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3227 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3227 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3228 P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR................................................................................................................................3229 Description...............................................................................................................................................3229 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3229 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3229 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3229 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3229 P0500 VSS.....................................................................................................................................................3231 Description...............................................................................................................................................3231 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3231 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3231 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3231 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3232 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3232 P0506 ISC SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................................3233 Description...............................................................................................................................................3233 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3233 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3233 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3233 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3233 P0507 ISC SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................................3235 Description...............................................................................................................................................3235 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3235 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3235 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3235 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3235 P0550 PSP SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................3237 Description...............................................................................................................................................3237 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3237 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3237 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3237 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3237 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3238 P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY........................................................................................................................................3240 Description...............................................................................................................................................3240 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3240 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3240 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3240 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3240 P0605 ECM.....................................................................................................................................................3242 Description...............................................................................................................................................3242 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3242 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3242 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3242 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3243 P0607 ECM.....................................................................................................................................................3244 Description...............................................................................................................................................3244 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3244 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3244 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3244 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3244 P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY.....................................................................................................................................3245 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3245 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3245 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3245 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3245 P0850 PNP SWITCH..............................................................................................................................................3248 Description...............................................................................................................................................3248 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3248 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3248 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3248 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3249 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3249 P1078, P1084 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR......................................................................................................................3251 Description...............................................................................................................................................3251 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3251 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3251 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3251 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3252 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3255 P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL..............................................................................................................................3256 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3256 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3256 P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT........................................................................................................................................3257 Description...............................................................................................................................................3257 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3257 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3257 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3257 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3257 P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE..................................................................................................................................3258 Description...............................................................................................................................................3258 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3258 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3258 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3258 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3258 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE.................................................................................................................................3259 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3259 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3259 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3259 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3259 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3260 P1225, P1234 TP SENSOR........................................................................................................................................3263 Description...............................................................................................................................................3263 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3263 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3263 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3263 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3263 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3264 P1226, P1235 TP SENSOR........................................................................................................................................3265 Description...............................................................................................................................................3265 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3265 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3265 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3265 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3265 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3266 P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION...............................................................................................................3267 Description...............................................................................................................................................3267 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3267 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3267 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3267 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3267 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3270 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3270 P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR...........................................................................................................................3271 Description...............................................................................................................................................3271 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3271 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3271 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3271 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3271 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3272 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3273 P1238, P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR...............................................................................................................3274 Description...............................................................................................................................................3274 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3274 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3274 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3274 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3275 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3275 P1239, P2135 TP SENSOR........................................................................................................................................3276 Description...............................................................................................................................................3276 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3276 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3276 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3276 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3276 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3278 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3278 P1290, P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY..............................................................................................................3279 Description...............................................................................................................................................3279 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3279 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3279 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3279 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3279 P1421 COLD START CONTROL......................................................................................................................................3281 Description...............................................................................................................................................3281 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3281 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3281 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3281 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3281 P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR..................................................................................................................................3283 Description...............................................................................................................................................3283 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3283 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3283 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3283 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3284 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3286 P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR...........................................................................................................................3287 Description...............................................................................................................................................3287 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3287 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3287 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3287 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3288 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3290 P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR..................................................................................................................................3292 Description...............................................................................................................................................3292 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3292 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3292 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3292 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3293 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3295 P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR..................................................................................................................................3296 Description...............................................................................................................................................3296 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3296 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3296 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3296 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3296 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3297 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3299 P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH....................................................................................................................................3301 Description...............................................................................................................................................3301 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3301 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3301 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3301 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3301 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3303 P1564 ICC STEERING SWITCH.....................................................................................................................................3304 Description...............................................................................................................................................3304 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3304 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3304 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3304 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3304 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3306 P1568 ICC FUNCTION............................................................................................................................................3307 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3307 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3307 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3307 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3307 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................3308 Description...............................................................................................................................................3308 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3308 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3308 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3308 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3309 Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)..................................................................................................................3312 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)...................................................................................................................3312 P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH........................................................................................................................................3314 Description...............................................................................................................................................3314 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3314 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3314 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3314 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3315 Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)...................................................................................................................3319 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)...................................................................................................................3319 Component Inspection (ICC Brake Hold Relay)...............................................................................................................3320 P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR...............................................................................................................................3321 Description...............................................................................................................................................3321 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3321 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3321 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3321 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3321 P1574 ICC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR................................................................................................................................3323 Description...............................................................................................................................................3323 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3323 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3323 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3323 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3323 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH............................................................................................................................................3325 Description...............................................................................................................................................3325 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3325 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3325 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3325 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3325 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)...................................................................................................................3326 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3328 Description...............................................................................................................................................3328 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3328 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3328 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3328 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3328 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3330 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3331 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3332 Description...............................................................................................................................................3332 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3332 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3332 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3332 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3333 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3335 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3336 P2138 APP SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................3337 Description...............................................................................................................................................3337 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3337 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3337 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3337 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3338 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3341 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3341 P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................................3342 Description...............................................................................................................................................3342 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3342 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3342 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3342 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3343 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH.............................................................................................................................................3346 Description...............................................................................................................................................3346 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3346 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3346 Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)..................................................................................................................3347 ASCD INDICATOR................................................................................................................................................3349 Description...............................................................................................................................................3349 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3349 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3349 COOLING FAN...................................................................................................................................................3350 Description...............................................................................................................................................3350 COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE............................................................................................................................3350 COOLING FAN MOTOR.....................................................................................................................................3350 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3350 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3350 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)..................................................................................................................3352 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)..................................................................................................................3353 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL........................................................................................................................................3354 Description...............................................................................................................................................3354 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3354 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3354 FUEL INJECTOR.................................................................................................................................................3356 Description...............................................................................................................................................3356 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3356 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3356 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3358 FUEL PUMP.....................................................................................................................................................3359 Description...............................................................................................................................................3359 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3359 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3359 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3361 ICC BRAKE SWITCH..............................................................................................................................................3362 Description...............................................................................................................................................3362 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3362 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3362 Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)...................................................................................................................3365 IGNITION SIGNAL...............................................................................................................................................3366 Description...............................................................................................................................................3366 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3366 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3366 Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)................................................................................................3369 Component Inspection (Condenser)..........................................................................................................................3370 INFORMATION DISPLAY (ASCD)....................................................................................................................................3371 Description...............................................................................................................................................3371 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3371 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3371 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP....................................................................................................................................3372 Description...............................................................................................................................................3372 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3372 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3372 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)......................................................................................................................3373 Description...............................................................................................................................................3373 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3373 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3373 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3376 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION................................................................................................................................3378 Description...............................................................................................................................................3378 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3378 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR...................................................................................................................................3380 Description...............................................................................................................................................3380 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3380 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3380 SNOW MODE SWITCH..............................................................................................................................................3382 Description...............................................................................................................................................3382 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3382 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3382 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3384 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................3385 ECM...........................................................................................................................................................3385 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................3385 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................3385 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................3389 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................3389 Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM -..................................................................................................................3403 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................3422 NON DTC RELATED ITEM..................................................................................................................................3422 DTC RELATED ITEM......................................................................................................................................3423 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................3424 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................3426 How to Set SRT Code.......................................................................................................................................3430 DRIVING PATTERN.......................................................................................................................................3431 Suggested Transmission Gear Position for A/T Models...............................................................................................3432 Test Value and Test Limit.................................................................................................................................3432 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................3439 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS................................................................................................................................3439 Symptom Table.............................................................................................................................................3439 SYSTEM - BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM..................................................................................................................3439 SYSTEM - ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER....................................................................................................................3440 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION....................................................................................................................................3443 Description...............................................................................................................................................3443 FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED)...................................................................................................3443 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................3444 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................3444 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................3444 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................3444 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...........................................................................................................3444 Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service....................................................................................................................3444 On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T........................................................................................................3445 General Precautions.......................................................................................................................................3445 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................3449 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................3449 Special Service Tools.....................................................................................................................................3449 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................3449 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................3451 FUEL PRESSURE.................................................................................................................................................3451 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3451 FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE.................................................................................................................................3451 With CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................3451 Without CONSULT-III...............................................................................................................................3451 FUEL PRESSURE CHECK...................................................................................................................................3451 EVAP LEAK CHECK...............................................................................................................................................3452 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3452 WITH CONSULT-III......................................................................................................................................3452 WITHOUT CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................3452 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3454 EVAP CANISTER.................................................................................................................................................3454 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................3454 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................3454 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................3454 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................3454 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................3454 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................3455 Inspection................................................................................................................................................3455 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................3456 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................3456 Idle Speed................................................................................................................................................3456 Ignition Timing...........................................................................................................................................3456 Calculated Load Value.....................................................................................................................................3456 Mass Air Flow Sensor......................................................................................................................................3456 VK50VE................................................................................................................................................................3457 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................3457 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.................................................................................................................................3457 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................3457 OVERALL SEQUENCE......................................................................................................................................3457 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................3457 Diagnostic Work Sheet.....................................................................................................................................3460 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................3460 WORKSHEET SAMPLE......................................................................................................................................3460 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.....................................................................................................................................3461 BASIC INSPECTION..........................................................................................................................................3461 BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement.........................................................................................................3461 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM)......................................................................................................3464 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Description....................................................................................3464 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (ECM) : Special Repair Requirement.....................................................................3464 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MODULE)......................................................................................3464 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MODULE) : Description....................................................................3464 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (VVEL CONTROL MODULE) : Special Repair Requirement.....................................................3464 IDLE SPEED................................................................................................................................................3465 IDLE SPEED : Description..............................................................................................................................3465 IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement...............................................................................................................3465 IGNITION TIMING...........................................................................................................................................3465 IGNITION TIMING : Description.........................................................................................................................3465 IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement..........................................................................................................3465 VIN REGISTRATION..........................................................................................................................................3465 VIN REGISTRATION : Description........................................................................................................................3465 VIN REGISTRATION : Special Repair Requirement.........................................................................................................3466 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING..............................................................................................................3466 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Description............................................................................................3466 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement.............................................................................3466 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING...................................................................................................................3466 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Description.................................................................................................3466 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement..................................................................................3466 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING..................................................................................................................................3466 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Description................................................................................................................3467 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement.................................................................................................3467 VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT.............................................................................................................3468 VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT : Description...........................................................................................3468 VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement............................................................................3468 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR...................................................................................................................3470 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Description.................................................................................................3470 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement..................................................................................3470 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................3472 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................................3472 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................3472 System Description........................................................................................................................................3473 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................3474 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................3482 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................3484 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................3484 System Description........................................................................................................................................3484 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................3484 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................3485 VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION.................................................................................................3485 MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)..................................................................................................3485 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL...................................................................................................................3485 FUEL INJECTION TIMING.................................................................................................................................3486 FUEL SHUT-OFF.........................................................................................................................................3486 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................3487 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................3495 ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................3496 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................3496 System Description........................................................................................................................................3496 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................3496 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................3496 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................3497 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................3505 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL..................................................................................................................................3506 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................3506 System Description........................................................................................................................................3506 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................3506 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................3506 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................3507 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................3515 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD).........................................................................................................................3516 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................3516 System Description........................................................................................................................................3516 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................3516 BASIC ASCD SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................3516 SET OPERATION.........................................................................................................................................3516 ACCELERATE OPERATION..................................................................................................................................3516 CANCEL OPERATION......................................................................................................................................3516 COAST OPERATION.......................................................................................................................................3517 RESUME OPERATION......................................................................................................................................3517 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................3518 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................3526 CAN COMMUNICATION.............................................................................................................................................3527 System Description........................................................................................................................................3527 COOLING FAN CONTROL...........................................................................................................................................3528 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................3528 System Description........................................................................................................................................3528 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................3528 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................3528 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................3529 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................3537 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................3538 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................3538 System Description........................................................................................................................................3538 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................3538 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................3539 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING.....................................................................................................................3539 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................3541 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................3549 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL..................................................................................................................................3550 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................3550 System Description........................................................................................................................................3550 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................3550 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................3550 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................3551 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................3559 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE......................................................................................................................................3560 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................3560 System Description........................................................................................................................................3560 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................3560 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................3560 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................3561 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................3569 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL...................................................................................................................................3570 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................3570 System Description........................................................................................................................................3570 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................3570 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................3570 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................3571 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................3579 VVEL SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................................3580 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................3580 System Description........................................................................................................................................3580 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................3580 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................3580 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................3581 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................3589 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................3590 Diagnosis Description.....................................................................................................................................3590 INTRODUCTION..........................................................................................................................................3590 TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC..............................................................................................................................3590 DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATA.............................................................................................................................3590 DTC and 1st Trip DTC..............................................................................................................................3590 Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data..................................................................................................3591 How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC..................................................................................................................3591 How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC.................................................................................................................3592 SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE......................................................................................................................3592 SRT Item..........................................................................................................................................3593 SRT Set Timing....................................................................................................................................3593 SRT Service Procedure.............................................................................................................................3594 How to Display SRT Status.........................................................................................................................3595 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL)......................................................................................................................3596 Description.......................................................................................................................................3596 On Board Diagnostic System Function...............................................................................................................3596 Diagnostic Test Mode I - Bulb Check...............................................................................................................3597 Diagnostic Test Mode I - Malfunction Warning......................................................................................................3597 Diagnostic Test Mode II - Self-diagnostic Results.................................................................................................3597 How to Switch Diagnostic Test Mode................................................................................................................3598 OBD System Operation Chart............................................................................................................................3599 Relationship Between MIL, 1st Trip DTC, DTC, and Detectable Items.................................................................................3599 Summary Chart.....................................................................................................................................3599 Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”..........3599 Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”...........................................3600 Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”....3601 Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”....................................3603 CONSULT-III Function......................................................................................................................................3603 FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................3603 ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION............................................................................................3604 SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE...........................................................................................................................3605 Self Diagnostic Item..............................................................................................................................3605 Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data..................................................................................................3605 DATA MONITOR MODE.....................................................................................................................................3606 Monitored Item....................................................................................................................................3606 ACTIVE TEST MODE......................................................................................................................................3610 Test Item.........................................................................................................................................3610 WORK SUPPORT MODE.....................................................................................................................................3611 Work Item.........................................................................................................................................3611 DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE...........................................................................................................................3612 SRT STATUS Mode...................................................................................................................................3612 SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode.............................................................................................................................3612 DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode.............................................................................................................................3612 Diagnosis Tool Function...................................................................................................................................3612 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................3612 FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................3613 INSPECTION PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................................3613 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................3615 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE.......................................................................................................................3615 Description...............................................................................................................................................3615 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3615 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3616 OVERALL SEQUENCE......................................................................................................................................3616 DETAILED PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................................3617 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................3623 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3623 U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................3626 Description...............................................................................................................................................3626 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3626 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3626 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3626 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3626 U0113, U1003 CAN COMM CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................3627 Description...............................................................................................................................................3627 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3627 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3627 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3627 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3627 U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................3629 Description...............................................................................................................................................3629 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3629 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3629 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3629 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3629 U1024 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................3630 Description...............................................................................................................................................3630 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3630 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3630 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3630 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3630 P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL......................................................................................................................................3632 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3632 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3632 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3632 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3633 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3634 P0014, P0024 EVT CONTROL......................................................................................................................................3636 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3636 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3636 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3636 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3637 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3638 P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER................................................................................................................3640 Description...............................................................................................................................................3640 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................3640 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3640 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3640 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3640 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3640 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3642 P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER.......................................................................................................................3643 Description...............................................................................................................................................3643 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................3643 OPERATION.............................................................................................................................................3643 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3643 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3643 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3643 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3644 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3645 P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.......................................................................................................................3646 Description...............................................................................................................................................3646 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3646 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3646 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3646 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3646 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3647 P0078, P0084 EVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.......................................................................................................................3649 Description...............................................................................................................................................3649 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3649 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3649 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3649 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3649 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3650 P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3652 Description...............................................................................................................................................3652 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3652 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3652 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3652 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3654 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3654 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3656 P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR.........................................................................................................................3659 Description...............................................................................................................................................3659 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3659 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3659 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3659 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3660 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3661 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3665 Description...............................................................................................................................................3665 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3665 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3665 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3665 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3666 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3666 P0116 ECT SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................3668 Description...............................................................................................................................................3668 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3668 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3668 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3668 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3669 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3669 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3670 Description...............................................................................................................................................3670 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3670 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3670 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3670 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3671 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3671 P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR..........................................................................................................................3673 Description...............................................................................................................................................3673 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3673 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3673 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3673 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3673 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3675 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3675 P0125 ECT SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................3676 Description...............................................................................................................................................3676 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3676 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3676 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3676 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3677 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3677 P0127 IAT SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................3679 Description...............................................................................................................................................3679 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3679 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3679 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3679 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3680 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3680 P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION.....................................................................................................................................3681 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3681 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3681 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3681 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3682 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3682 P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................................3683 Description...............................................................................................................................................3683 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3683 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3683 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3683 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3685 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3685 P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................................3687 Description...............................................................................................................................................3687 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3687 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3687 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3687 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3688 P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................................3690 Description...............................................................................................................................................3690 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3690 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3690 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3690 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3691 P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................................3693 Description...............................................................................................................................................3693 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3693 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3693 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3693 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3695 P0137, P0157 HO2S2............................................................................................................................................3698 Description...............................................................................................................................................3698 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3698 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3698 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3698 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3699 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3700 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3701 P0138, P0158 HO2S2............................................................................................................................................3704 Description...............................................................................................................................................3704 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3704 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3704 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3705 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3706 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3707 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3710 P0139, P0159 HO2S2............................................................................................................................................3712 Description...............................................................................................................................................3712 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3712 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3712 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3712 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3713 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3714 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3715 P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION...................................................................................................................3718 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3718 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3718 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3718 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3719 P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION...................................................................................................................3722 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3722 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3722 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3722 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3723 P0181 FTT SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................3726 Description...............................................................................................................................................3726 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3726 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3726 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3726 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3727 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3728 P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3729 Description...............................................................................................................................................3729 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3729 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3729 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3729 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3729 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3731 P0196 EOT SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................3732 Description...............................................................................................................................................3732 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3732 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3732 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3732 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3733 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3734 P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3735 Description...............................................................................................................................................3735 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3735 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3735 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3735 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3736 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3736 P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR..........................................................................................................................3738 Description...............................................................................................................................................3738 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3738 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3738 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3738 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3738 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3740 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3740 P0225 TP SENSOR...............................................................................................................................................3741 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3741 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3741 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306, P0307, P0308 MISFIRE.........................................................................................3742 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3742 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3742 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3742 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3743 P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS.................................................................................................................................3748 Description...............................................................................................................................................3748 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3748 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3748 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3748 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3748 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3749 P0335 CKP SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................3751 Description...............................................................................................................................................3751 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3751 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3751 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3751 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3752 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3754 P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3755 Description...............................................................................................................................................3755 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3755 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3755 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3756 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3757 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3759 P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION......................................................................................................................3761 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3761 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3761 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3761 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3762 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3763 P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................3766 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3766 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3766 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3766 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3767 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3768 P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................3771 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3771 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3771 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3772 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3772 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3776 P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.......................................................................................................3777 Description...............................................................................................................................................3777 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3777 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3777 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3777 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3778 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3780 P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE................................................................................................3782 Description...............................................................................................................................................3782 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3782 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3782 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3782 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3782 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3784 P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE........................................................................................................................3785 Description...............................................................................................................................................3785 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3785 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3785 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3785 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3785 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3787 P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE........................................................................................................................3789 Description...............................................................................................................................................3789 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3789 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3789 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3789 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3790 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3791 P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR.....................................................................................................................3793 Description...............................................................................................................................................3793 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3793 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3793 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3793 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3794 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3795 P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR.....................................................................................................................3796 Description...............................................................................................................................................3796 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3796 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3796 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3796 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3797 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3800 P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR.....................................................................................................................3801 Description...............................................................................................................................................3801 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3801 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3801 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3801 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3802 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3805 P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................3807 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3807 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3807 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3807 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3809 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3811 P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................3813 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3813 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3813 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3814 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3815 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3815 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3819 P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3820 Description...............................................................................................................................................3820 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3820 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3820 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3820 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3820 P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3822 Description...............................................................................................................................................3822 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3822 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3822 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3822 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3822 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3823 P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR................................................................................................................................3824 Description...............................................................................................................................................3824 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3824 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3824 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3824 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3824 P0500 VSS.....................................................................................................................................................3826 Description...............................................................................................................................................3826 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3826 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3826 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3826 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3827 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3827 P0506 ISC SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................................3828 Description...............................................................................................................................................3828 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3828 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3828 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3828 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3828 P0507 ISC SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................................3830 Description...............................................................................................................................................3830 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3830 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3830 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3830 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3830 P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE.....................................................................................................................................3832 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3832 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3832 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3832 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3833 P0550 PSP SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................3835 Description...............................................................................................................................................3835 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3835 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3835 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3835 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3835 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3836 P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY........................................................................................................................................3838 Description...............................................................................................................................................3838 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3838 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3838 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3838 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3838 P0605 ECM.....................................................................................................................................................3840 Description...............................................................................................................................................3840 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3840 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3840 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3840 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3841 P0607 ECM.....................................................................................................................................................3842 Description...............................................................................................................................................3842 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3842 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3842 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3842 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3842 P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY.....................................................................................................................................3843 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3843 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3843 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3843 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3843 P0850 PNP SWITCH..............................................................................................................................................3846 Description...............................................................................................................................................3846 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3846 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3846 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3846 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3847 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3847 P100A, P100B VVEL SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................3849 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3849 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3849 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3849 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3849 Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR)................................................................................................................3851 Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY).........................................................................................................3851 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3852 P1078, P1084 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR......................................................................................................................3853 Description...............................................................................................................................................3853 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3853 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3853 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3853 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3854 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3856 P1087, P1088 VVEL SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................3858 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3858 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3858 P1089, P1092 VVEL CONTROL SHAFT POSITION SENSOR...............................................................................................................3859 Description...............................................................................................................................................3859 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3859 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3859 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3859 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3859 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3861 P1090, P1093 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR..............................................................................................................................3863 Description...............................................................................................................................................3863 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3863 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3863 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3863 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3863 Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR)................................................................................................................3865 Component Inspection (VVEL ACTUATOR SUB ASSEMBLY).........................................................................................................3865 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3866 P1091 VVEL ACTUATOR MOTOR RELAY...............................................................................................................................3867 Description...............................................................................................................................................3867 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3867 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3867 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3867 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3867 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3869 P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL..............................................................................................................................3870 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3870 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3870 P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT........................................................................................................................................3871 Description...............................................................................................................................................3871 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3871 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3871 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3871 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3871 P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE..................................................................................................................................3872 Description...............................................................................................................................................3872 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3872 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3872 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3872 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3872 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE.................................................................................................................................3873 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3873 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3873 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3873 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3873 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3874 P1220 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM).........................................................................................................................3877 Description...............................................................................................................................................3877 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3877 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3877 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3877 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3877 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3879 P1225, P1234 TP SENSOR........................................................................................................................................3880 Description...............................................................................................................................................3880 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3880 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3880 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3880 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3880 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3881 P1226, P1235 TP SENSOR........................................................................................................................................3882 Description...............................................................................................................................................3882 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3882 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3882 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3882 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3882 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3883 P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION...............................................................................................................3884 Description...............................................................................................................................................3884 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3884 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3884 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3884 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3884 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3887 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3887 P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR...........................................................................................................................3888 Description...............................................................................................................................................3888 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3888 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3888 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3888 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3888 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3889 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3890 P1238, P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR...............................................................................................................3891 Description...............................................................................................................................................3891 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3891 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3891 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3891 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3892 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3892 P1239, P2135 TP SENSOR........................................................................................................................................3893 Description...............................................................................................................................................3893 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3893 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3893 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3893 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3893 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3895 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3895 P1290, P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY..............................................................................................................3896 Description...............................................................................................................................................3896 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3896 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3896 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3896 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3896 P1421 COLD START CONTROL......................................................................................................................................3898 Description...............................................................................................................................................3898 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3898 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3898 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3898 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3898 P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR..................................................................................................................................3900 Description...............................................................................................................................................3900 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3900 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3900 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3900 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3901 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3903 P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR...........................................................................................................................3904 Description...............................................................................................................................................3904 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3904 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3904 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3904 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3905 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3907 P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR..................................................................................................................................3909 Description...............................................................................................................................................3909 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3909 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3909 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3909 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3910 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3912 P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR..................................................................................................................................3913 Description...............................................................................................................................................3913 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3913 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3913 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3913 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3913 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3914 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3916 P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH....................................................................................................................................3918 Description...............................................................................................................................................3918 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3918 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3918 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3918 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3918 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3920 P1564 ICC STEERING SWITCH.....................................................................................................................................3921 Description...............................................................................................................................................3921 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3921 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3921 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3921 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3921 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3923 P1568 ICC FUNCTION............................................................................................................................................3924 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3924 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3924 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3924 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3924 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................3925 Description...............................................................................................................................................3925 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3925 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3925 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3925 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3926 Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)..................................................................................................................3929 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)...................................................................................................................3929 P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH........................................................................................................................................3930 Description...............................................................................................................................................3930 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3930 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3930 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3930 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3931 Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)...................................................................................................................3934 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)...................................................................................................................3935 P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR...............................................................................................................................3936 Description...............................................................................................................................................3936 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3936 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3936 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3936 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3936 P1574 ICC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR................................................................................................................................3938 Description...............................................................................................................................................3938 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3938 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3938 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3938 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3938 P1606 VVEL CONTROL MODULE.....................................................................................................................................3940 Description...............................................................................................................................................3940 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3940 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3940 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3940 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3940 P1607 VVEL CONTROL MODULE.....................................................................................................................................3942 Description...............................................................................................................................................3942 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3942 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3942 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3942 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3942 P1608 VVEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY................................................................................................................................3944 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3944 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3944 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3944 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3944 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3945 P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR......................................................................................................................................3947 Description...............................................................................................................................................3947 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3947 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3947 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3947 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH............................................................................................................................................3948 Description...............................................................................................................................................3948 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3948 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3948 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3948 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3948 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)...................................................................................................................3949 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3951 Description...............................................................................................................................................3951 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3951 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3951 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3951 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3951 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3953 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3954 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................3955 Description...............................................................................................................................................3955 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3955 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3955 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3955 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3956 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3958 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3959 P2138 APP SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................3960 Description...............................................................................................................................................3960 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3960 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3960 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3960 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3961 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3964 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................3964 P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1.....................................................................................................................................3965 Description...............................................................................................................................................3965 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................3965 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................3965 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................3965 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3966 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH.............................................................................................................................................3969 Description...............................................................................................................................................3969 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3969 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3969 Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)..................................................................................................................3970 ASCD INDICATOR................................................................................................................................................3972 Description...............................................................................................................................................3972 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3972 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3972 COOLING FAN...................................................................................................................................................3973 Description...............................................................................................................................................3973 COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE............................................................................................................................3973 COOLING FAN MOTOR.....................................................................................................................................3973 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3973 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3973 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)..................................................................................................................3976 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)..................................................................................................................3977 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL........................................................................................................................................3978 Description...............................................................................................................................................3978 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3978 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3978 FUEL INJECTOR.................................................................................................................................................3980 Description...............................................................................................................................................3980 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3980 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3980 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3982 FUEL PUMP.....................................................................................................................................................3983 Description...............................................................................................................................................3983 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3983 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3983 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3985 ICC BRAKE SWITCH..............................................................................................................................................3986 Description...............................................................................................................................................3986 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3986 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3986 Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)...................................................................................................................3989 Component Inspection (ICC Brake Hold Relay)...............................................................................................................3989 IGNITION SIGNAL...............................................................................................................................................3991 Description...............................................................................................................................................3991 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3991 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3991 Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)................................................................................................3994 Component Inspection (Condenser)..........................................................................................................................3995 INFORMATION DISPLAY (ASCD)....................................................................................................................................3996 Description...............................................................................................................................................3996 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3996 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3996 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP....................................................................................................................................3997 Description...............................................................................................................................................3997 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3997 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3997 MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR......................................................................................................................................3998 Description...............................................................................................................................................3998 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................3998 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................3998 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................3999 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)......................................................................................................................4000 Description...............................................................................................................................................4000 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4000 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4000 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................4003 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION................................................................................................................................4004 Description...............................................................................................................................................4004 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................4004 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR...................................................................................................................................4006 Description...............................................................................................................................................4006 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4006 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4006 SNOW MODE SWITCH..............................................................................................................................................4008 Description...............................................................................................................................................4008 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4008 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4008 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................4010 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................4011 ECM...........................................................................................................................................................4011 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................4011 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................4011 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................4016 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................4016 Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM -..................................................................................................................4028 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................4052 NON DTC RELATED ITEM..................................................................................................................................4052 DTC RELATED ITEM......................................................................................................................................4053 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................4055 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................4056 How to Set SRT Code.......................................................................................................................................4061 DRIVING PATTERN.......................................................................................................................................4062 Suggested Transmission Gear Position for A/T Models...............................................................................................4063 Test Value and Test Limit.................................................................................................................................4063 VVEL CONTROL MODULE...........................................................................................................................................4070 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................4070 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................4070 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................4070 Wiring Diagram - ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM -..................................................................................................................4074 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................4099 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS................................................................................................................................4099 Symptom Table.............................................................................................................................................4099 SYSTEM - BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM..................................................................................................................4099 SYSTEM - ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER....................................................................................................................4101 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION....................................................................................................................................4104 Description...............................................................................................................................................4104 FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED)...................................................................................................4104 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................4105 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................4105 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................4105 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................4105 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...........................................................................................................4105 Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service....................................................................................................................4105 On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T........................................................................................................4106 General Precautions.......................................................................................................................................4106 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................4110 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................4110 Special Service Tools.....................................................................................................................................4110 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................4110 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................4112 FUEL PRESSURE.................................................................................................................................................4112 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4112 FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE.................................................................................................................................4112 With CONSULT-III..................................................................................................................................4112 Without CONSULT-III...............................................................................................................................4112 FUEL PRESSURE CHECK...................................................................................................................................4112 EVAP LEAK CHECK...............................................................................................................................................4113 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4113 WITH CONSULT-III......................................................................................................................................4113 WITHOUT CONSULT-III...................................................................................................................................4113 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4115 EVAP CANISTER.................................................................................................................................................4115 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4115 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4115 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4115 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4115 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................4115 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................4116 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4116 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................4117 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................4117 Idle Speed................................................................................................................................................4117 Ignition Timing...........................................................................................................................................4117 Calculated Load Value.....................................................................................................................................4117 Mass Air Flow Sensor......................................................................................................................................4117 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 115 EM............................................................................................................................................................................4118 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................4118 VQ35HR................................................................................................................................................................4122 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................4122 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................4122 NVH Troubleshooting - Engine Noise........................................................................................................................4122 Use the Chart Below to Help You Find the Cause of the Symptom.............................................................................................4122 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................4124 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................4124 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...........................................................................................................4124 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................4124 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................4124 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.................................................................................4124 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................4125 Draining Engine Coolant...................................................................................................................................4125 Disconnecting Fuel Piping.................................................................................................................................4125 Removal and Disassembly...................................................................................................................................4125 Inspection, Repair and Replacement........................................................................................................................4125 Assembly and Installation.................................................................................................................................4125 Parts Requiring Angle Tightening..........................................................................................................................4126 Liquid Gasket.............................................................................................................................................4126 REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING......................................................................................................................4126 LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................4126 Definitions of Bank Names.................................................................................................................................4127 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................4128 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................4128 Special Service Tools.....................................................................................................................................4128 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................4129 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................4132 DRIVE BELT ...................................................................................................................................................4132 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4132 Checking..................................................................................................................................................4132 Tension Adjustment........................................................................................................................................4132 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4132 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4132 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4133 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4133 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4133 AIR CLEANER FILTER............................................................................................................................................4134 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4134 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4134 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4134 SPARK PLUG....................................................................................................................................................4135 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4135 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4135 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4135 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4136 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4136 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4136 CAMSHAFT VALVE CLEARANCE......................................................................................................................................4137 Inspection and Adjustment.................................................................................................................................4137 INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................4137 ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................................4140 COMPRESSION PRESSURE..........................................................................................................................................4142 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4142 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4144 ENGINE COVER..................................................................................................................................................4144 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4144 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4144 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4144 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4144 DRIVE BELT AUTO TENSIONER AND IDLER PULLEY....................................................................................................................4145 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4145 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4145 Removal...............................................................................................................................................4145 Installation..........................................................................................................................................4145 AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT......................................................................................................................................4146 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4146 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4146 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4146 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4146 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4147 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4147 INTAKE MANIFOLD COLLECTOR.....................................................................................................................................4148 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4148 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4148 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4148 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4149 INTAKE MANIFOLD...............................................................................................................................................4151 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4151 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4151 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4151 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4151 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4152 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4152 Surface Distortion................................................................................................................................4152 EXHAUST MANIFOLD..............................................................................................................................................4153 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4153 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4153 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4153 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4154 AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR 1, HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2...................................................................................................4155 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4155 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4155 Surface Distortion................................................................................................................................4155 FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE...................................................................................................................................4157 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4157 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4157 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4157 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4159 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4162 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4162 Check on Fuel Leakage.............................................................................................................................4162 OIL PAN (LOWER) AND OIL STRAINER..............................................................................................................................4163 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4163 2WD models............................................................................................................................................4163 AWD...................................................................................................................................................4163 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4164 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4164 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4165 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4166 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4166 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4166 IGNITION COIL, SPARK PLUG AND ROCKER COVER....................................................................................................................4167 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4167 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4167 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4167 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4168 TIMING CHAIN..................................................................................................................................................4170 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4170 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4171 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4171 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4176 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4185 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4185 Timing Chain......................................................................................................................................4185 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4186 Inspection for Leakage............................................................................................................................4186 CAMSHAFT......................................................................................................................................................4187 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4187 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4187 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4187 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4188 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4191 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4191 Camshaft Runout...................................................................................................................................4191 Camshaft Cam Height...............................................................................................................................4192 Camshaft Journal Oil Clearance....................................................................................................................4192 Camshaft End Play.................................................................................................................................4193 Camshaft Sprocket Runout..........................................................................................................................4193 Valve Lifter .....................................................................................................................................4193 Valve Lifter Clearance............................................................................................................................4194 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4194 Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove..................................................................................................4194 Inspection for Leakage............................................................................................................................4195 OIL SEAL......................................................................................................................................................4196 VALVE OIL SEAL............................................................................................................................................4196 VALVE OIL SEAL : Removal and Installation.............................................................................................................4196 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4196 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4196 FRONT OIL SEAL............................................................................................................................................4196 FRONT OIL SEAL : Removal and Installation.............................................................................................................4196 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4196 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4197 REAR OIL SEAL.............................................................................................................................................4197 REAR OIL SEAL : Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................4197 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4197 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4198 UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................................4199 ENGINE ASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................4199 2WD.......................................................................................................................................................4199 2WD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................4199 2WD : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................4199 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4200 Outline.......................................................................................................................................4200 Preparation...................................................................................................................................4200 Engine Room LH................................................................................................................................4200 Engine Room RH................................................................................................................................4200 Vehicle Inside................................................................................................................................4200 Vehicle Underbody.............................................................................................................................4200 Removal Work..................................................................................................................................4201 Separation Work...............................................................................................................................4201 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4202 2WD : Inspection......................................................................................................................................4203 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................4203 Inspection for Leakage........................................................................................................................4203 AWD.......................................................................................................................................................4203 AWD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................4204 AWD : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................4204 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4204 Outline.......................................................................................................................................4205 Preparation...................................................................................................................................4205 Engine Room LH................................................................................................................................4205 Engine Room RH................................................................................................................................4205 Vehicle Inside................................................................................................................................4205 Vehicle Underbody.............................................................................................................................4205 Removal Work..................................................................................................................................4206 Separation Work...............................................................................................................................4206 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4207 AWD : Inspection......................................................................................................................................4208 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................4208 Inspection for Leakage........................................................................................................................4208 UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................4209 ENGINE STAND SETTING..........................................................................................................................................4209 Setting...................................................................................................................................................4209 ENGINE UNIT...................................................................................................................................................4211 Disassembly...............................................................................................................................................4211 Assembly..................................................................................................................................................4211 REAR TIMING CHAIN CASE........................................................................................................................................4212 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4212 Disassembly...............................................................................................................................................4213 Assembly..................................................................................................................................................4214 OIL PAN (UPPER)...............................................................................................................................................4217 2WD.......................................................................................................................................................4217 2WD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................4217 2WD : Disassembly and Assembly........................................................................................................................4217 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4217 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4218 2WD : Inspection......................................................................................................................................4219 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................4219 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................4219 AWD.......................................................................................................................................................4219 AWD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................4220 AWD : Disassembly and Assembly........................................................................................................................4220 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4220 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4221 AWD : Inspection......................................................................................................................................4223 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..........................................................................................................................4223 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................4223 CYLINDER HEAD.................................................................................................................................................4224 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4224 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................4224 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................4224 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................4226 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4231 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4231 Cylinder Head Bolts Outer Diameter................................................................................................................4231 Cylinder Head Distortion..........................................................................................................................4231 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................4231 Valve Dimensions..................................................................................................................................4231 Valve Guide Clearance.............................................................................................................................4231 Valve Seat Contact................................................................................................................................4232 Valve Spring Squareness...........................................................................................................................4232 Valve Spring Dimensions and Valve Spring Pressure Load............................................................................................4232 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4232 Inspection for Leakage............................................................................................................................4232 CYLINDER BLOCK................................................................................................................................................4234 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4234 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................4235 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................4235 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................4237 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4243 CRANKSHAFT END PLAY...................................................................................................................................4243 CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE.........................................................................................................................4243 PISTON TO PISTON PIN OIL CLEARANCE....................................................................................................................4244 Piston Pin Hole Diameter..........................................................................................................................4244 Piston Pin Outer Diameter.........................................................................................................................4244 Piston to Piston Pin Oil Clearance................................................................................................................4244 PISTON RING SIDE CLEARANCE............................................................................................................................4244 PISTON RING END GAP...................................................................................................................................4245 CONNECTING ROD BEND AND TORSION.......................................................................................................................4245 CONNECTING ROD BIG END DIAMETER.......................................................................................................................4245 CONNECTING ROD BUSHING OIL CLEARANCE..................................................................................................................4246 Connecting Rod Bushing Inner Diameter.............................................................................................................4246 Piston Pin Outer Diameter.........................................................................................................................4246 Connecting Rod Bushing Oil Clearance..............................................................................................................4246 CYLINDER BLOCK DISTORTION.............................................................................................................................4247 MAIN BEARING HOUSING INNER DIAMETER...................................................................................................................4247 PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEARANCE.....................................................................................................................4247 Cylinder Bore inner Diameter .....................................................................................................................4247 Piston Skirt Diameter.............................................................................................................................4248 Piston-to-Cylinder Bore Clearance.................................................................................................................4248 Re-boring Cylinder Bore...........................................................................................................................4248 CRANKSHAFT MAIN JOURNAL DIAMETER......................................................................................................................4249 CRANKSHAFT PIN JOURNAL DIAMETER.......................................................................................................................4249 CRANKSHAFT OUT-OF-ROUND AND TAPER.....................................................................................................................4249 CRANKSHAFT RUNOUT ....................................................................................................................................4249 CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE..................................................................................................................4249 Method by Calculation.............................................................................................................................4249 Method of Using Plastigage........................................................................................................................4250 MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE............................................................................................................................4250 Method by Calculation.............................................................................................................................4250 Method of Using Plastigage........................................................................................................................4250 MAIN BEARING CRUSH HEIGHT.............................................................................................................................4251 CONNECTING ROD BEARING CRUSH HEIGHT...................................................................................................................4251 LOWER CYLINDER BLOCK BOLT OUTER DIAMETER..............................................................................................................4251 CONNECTING ROD BOLT OUTER DIAMETER....................................................................................................................4251 DRIVE PLATE...........................................................................................................................................4252 OIL JET...............................................................................................................................................4252 OIL JET RELIEF VALVE..................................................................................................................................4252 HOW TO SELECT PISTON AND BEARING..............................................................................................................................4253 Description...............................................................................................................................................4253 Piston....................................................................................................................................................4253 WHEN NEW CYLINDER BLOCK IS USED.......................................................................................................................4253 WHEN NEW CYLINDER BLOCK IS REUSED.....................................................................................................................4253 PISTON SELECTION TABLE................................................................................................................................4254 Connecting Rod Bearing....................................................................................................................................4254 WHEN NEW CONNECTING ROD AND CRANKSHAFT ARE USED.......................................................................................................4254 WHEN CONNECTING ROD AND CRANKSHAFT ARE REUSED.........................................................................................................4255 CONNECTING ROD BEARING SELECTION TABLE................................................................................................................4255 CONNECTING ROD BEARING GRADE TABLE....................................................................................................................4255 UNDERSIZE BEARING USAGE GUIDE.........................................................................................................................4255 Main Bearing..............................................................................................................................................4256 WHEN NEW CYLINDER BLOCK AND CRANKSHAFT ARE USED.......................................................................................................4256 WHEN CYLINDER BLOCK AND CRANKSHAFT ARE REUSED.........................................................................................................4257 MAIN BEARING SELECTION TABLE..........................................................................................................................4257 MAIN BEARING GRADE TABLE (ALL JOURNALS)...............................................................................................................4257 UNDERSIZE BEARING USAGE GUIDE.........................................................................................................................4257 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................4259 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................4259 General Specification.....................................................................................................................................4259 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS................................................................................................................................4259 Drive Belt................................................................................................................................................4259 DRIVE BELT............................................................................................................................................4259 Spark Plug................................................................................................................................................4260 SPARK PLUG............................................................................................................................................4260 Intake Manifold ..........................................................................................................................................4260 INTAKE MANIFOLD.......................................................................................................................................4260 Exhaust Manifold..........................................................................................................................................4260 EXHAUST MANIFOLD......................................................................................................................................4260 Camshaft..................................................................................................................................................4260 CAMSHAFT..............................................................................................................................................4260 VALVE LIFTER..........................................................................................................................................4261 VALVE CLEARANCE.......................................................................................................................................4261 AVAILABLE VALVE LIFTER................................................................................................................................4261 Cylinder Head.............................................................................................................................................4262 CYLINDER HEAD.........................................................................................................................................4262 VALVE DIMENSIONS......................................................................................................................................4262 VALVE GUIDE...........................................................................................................................................4263 VALVE SEAT............................................................................................................................................4263 VALVE SPRING..........................................................................................................................................4264 Cylinder Block............................................................................................................................................4264 CYLINDER BLOCK........................................................................................................................................4264 AVAILABLE PISTON......................................................................................................................................4265 PISTON RING...........................................................................................................................................4266 PISTON PIN............................................................................................................................................4266 CONNECTING ROD........................................................................................................................................4266 CRANKSHAFT............................................................................................................................................4266 Main Bearing..............................................................................................................................................4268 MAIN BEARING..........................................................................................................................................4268 UNDERSIZE.............................................................................................................................................4268 MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE............................................................................................................................4269 Connecting Rod Bearing....................................................................................................................................4269 CONNECTING ROD BEARING................................................................................................................................4269 UNDERSIZE.........................................................................................................................................4269 CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE..............................................................................................................4269 VK50VE................................................................................................................................................................4270 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................4270 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................4270 NVH Troubleshooting - Engine Noise........................................................................................................................4270 Use the Chart Below to Help You Find the Cause of the Symptom.............................................................................................4270 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................4272 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................4272 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...........................................................................................................4272 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................4272 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................4272 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.................................................................................4272 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................4273 Precaution for Drain Engine Coolant and Engine Oil........................................................................................................4273 Precaution for Disconnecting Fuel Piping..................................................................................................................4273 Precaution for Removal and Disassembly....................................................................................................................4273 Precaution for Inspection, Repair and Replacement.........................................................................................................4273 Precaution for Assembly and Installation..................................................................................................................4273 Parts Requiring Angle Tightening..........................................................................................................................4274 Precaution for Liquid Gasket..............................................................................................................................4274 REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING......................................................................................................................4274 LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................4274 Definitions of Bank Names.................................................................................................................................4275 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................4276 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................4276 Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................4276 Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................4277 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................4280 DRIVE BELTS...................................................................................................................................................4280 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4280 Checking..................................................................................................................................................4280 Tension Adjustment........................................................................................................................................4281 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4281 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4281 Alternator, Water Pump and A/C Compressor Belt....................................................................................................4281 Power Steering Oil Pump Belt......................................................................................................................4281 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4281 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4281 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4281 AIR CLEANER FILTER............................................................................................................................................4283 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4283 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4283 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4283 SPARK PLUG....................................................................................................................................................4284 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4284 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4284 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4284 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4285 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4285 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4285 CAMSHAFT VALVE CLEARANCE......................................................................................................................................4286 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4286 INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................4286 Check valve clearance if applicable to the following cases:.......................................................................................4286 COMPRESSION PRESSURE..........................................................................................................................................4290 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4290 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4291 ENGINE ROOM COVER.............................................................................................................................................4291 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4291 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4292 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4292 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4292 DRIVE BELT AUTO TENSIONER AND IDLER PULLEY....................................................................................................................4293 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4293 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4293 Removal...............................................................................................................................................4293 Installation..........................................................................................................................................4293 AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT......................................................................................................................................4294 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4294 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4294 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4294 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4295 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4295 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4295 INTAKE MANIFOLD...............................................................................................................................................4296 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4296 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4297 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4297 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4298 Intake Manifold...................................................................................................................................4298 Electric Throttle Control Actuator................................................................................................................4298 Water Hose........................................................................................................................................4298 Vacuum Hose.......................................................................................................................................4298 FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE...................................................................................................................................4299 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4299 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4299 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4299 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4301 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4304 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4304 Check for Fuel Leakage............................................................................................................................4304 OIL PAN (LOWER) AND OIL STRAINER..............................................................................................................................4305 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4305 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4306 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4306 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4306 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4307 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4307 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4307 IGNITION COIL, SPARK PLUG AND ROCKER COVER....................................................................................................................4308 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4308 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4308 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4308 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4309 OIL SEAL......................................................................................................................................................4311 FRONT OIL SEAL............................................................................................................................................4311 FRONT OIL SEAL : Removal and Installation.............................................................................................................4311 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4311 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4311 REAR OIL SEAL.............................................................................................................................................4311 REAR OIL SEAL : Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................4312 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4312 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4312 UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................................4313 ENGINE ASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................4313 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4313 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4313 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4314 Outline...........................................................................................................................................4314 Preparation.......................................................................................................................................4314 Engine Room LH....................................................................................................................................4314 Engine Room RH....................................................................................................................................4314 Vehicle Inside....................................................................................................................................4315 Vehicle Underbody.................................................................................................................................4315 Removal Work......................................................................................................................................4315 Separation Work...................................................................................................................................4316 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4316 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4317 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4317 Inspection for Leakage............................................................................................................................4317 UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................4319 ENGINE STAND SETTING..........................................................................................................................................4319 Setting...................................................................................................................................................4319 ENGINE UNIT...................................................................................................................................................4321 Disassembly...............................................................................................................................................4321 Assembly..................................................................................................................................................4321 EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST.......................................................................................................................4322 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4322 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................4322 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................4322 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................4323 Exhaust Manifold Gasket...........................................................................................................................4323 Exhaust Manifold..................................................................................................................................4323 Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1, Heated Oxygen Sensor 2...................................................................................................4324 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4324 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................4324 Surface Distortion................................................................................................................................4324 OIL PAN (UPPER)...............................................................................................................................................4325 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4325 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................4326 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................4326 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................4326 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4327 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................4327 INSPECTION AFTER ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................4327 TIMING CHAIN..................................................................................................................................................4329 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4329 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................4330 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................4330 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................4334 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4342 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................4342 Timing Chain......................................................................................................................................4342 INSPECTION AFTER ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................4342 Inspection for Leakage............................................................................................................................4342 CAMSHAFT......................................................................................................................................................4344 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4344 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................4345 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................4345 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................4347 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4353 CAMSHAFT (EXH) VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT.............................................................................................................4353 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY (EXHAUST SIDE)...........................................................................................................4354 Camshaft (EXH) Runout.............................................................................................................................4354 Camshaft (EXH) Cam Height.........................................................................................................................4354 Camshaft (EXH) Journal Oil Clearance..............................................................................................................4355 Camshaft (EXH) End Play...........................................................................................................................4355 Camshaft Sprocket (EXH) Runout....................................................................................................................4356 Valve Lifter (EXH)................................................................................................................................4356 Valve Lifter Clearance (EXH)......................................................................................................................4356 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY (INTAKE SIDE)............................................................................................................4357 Drive Shaft End Play..............................................................................................................................4357 Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Runout....................................................................................................................4358 Valve Lifter (INT)................................................................................................................................4358 Valve Lifter Clearance (INT)......................................................................................................................4358 VVEL Ladder Assembly..............................................................................................................................4359 INSPECTION AFTER ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................4360 Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove..................................................................................................4360 Inspection for Leakage............................................................................................................................4360 CYLINDER HEAD.................................................................................................................................................4362 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4362 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................4363 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................4363 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................4364 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4368 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................4368 Cylinder Head Bolts Outer Diameter................................................................................................................4368 Cylinder Head Distortion..........................................................................................................................4368 Valve Dimensions..................................................................................................................................4369 Valve Guide Clearance.............................................................................................................................4369 Valve Seat Contact................................................................................................................................4369 Valve Spring (with valve spring seat) Squareness..................................................................................................4370 Valve Spring Dimensions and Valve Spring Pressure Load............................................................................................4370 INSPECTION AFTER ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................4370 Inspection for Leakage............................................................................................................................4370 CYLINDER BLOCK................................................................................................................................................4372 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4372 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................4373 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................4373 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................4375 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4382 CRANKSHAFT END PLAY...................................................................................................................................4382 CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE.........................................................................................................................4382 PISTON TO PISTON PIN OIL CLEARANCE....................................................................................................................4382 Piston Pin Hole Diameter..........................................................................................................................4382 Piston Pin Outer Diameter.........................................................................................................................4382 Piston to Piston Pin Oil Clearance................................................................................................................4382 PISTON RING SIDE CLEARANCE............................................................................................................................4383 PISTON RING END GAP...................................................................................................................................4383 CONNECTING ROD BEND AND TORSION.......................................................................................................................4383 CONNECTING ROD BIG END DIAMETER.......................................................................................................................4383 CONNECTING ROD BUSHING OIL CLEARANCE..................................................................................................................4384 Connecting Rod Bushing Inner Diameter.............................................................................................................4384 Piston Pin Outer Diameter.........................................................................................................................4384 Connecting Rod Bushing Oil Clearance..............................................................................................................4384 CYLINDER BLOCK DISTORTION.............................................................................................................................4384 MAIN BEARING HOUSING INNER DIAMETER...................................................................................................................4385 PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEARANCE.....................................................................................................................4385 Cylinder Bore inner Diameter .....................................................................................................................4385 Piston Skirt Diameter.............................................................................................................................4385 Piston-to-Cylinder Bore Clearance.................................................................................................................4386 Re-boring Cylinder Bore...........................................................................................................................4386 CRANKSHAFT MAIN JOURNAL DIAMETER......................................................................................................................4386 CRANKSHAFT PIN JOURNAL DIAMETER.......................................................................................................................4386 CRANKSHAFT OUT-OF-ROUND AND TAPER.....................................................................................................................4387 CRANKSHAFT RUNOUT ....................................................................................................................................4387 CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE..................................................................................................................4387 Method by Calculation.............................................................................................................................4387 Method of Using Plastigage........................................................................................................................4388 MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE............................................................................................................................4388 Method by Calculation.............................................................................................................................4388 Method of Using Plastigage........................................................................................................................4388 MAIN BEARING CRUSH HEIGHT.............................................................................................................................4389 CONNECTING ROD BEARING CRUSH HEIGHT...................................................................................................................4389 MAIN BEARING CAP BOLT OUTER DIAMETER..................................................................................................................4389 MAIN BEARING CAP SUB BOLT OUTER DIAMETER..............................................................................................................4389 CONNECTING ROD BOLT OUTER DIAMETER....................................................................................................................4390 DRIVE PLATE...........................................................................................................................................4390 OIL JET...............................................................................................................................................4390 HOW TO SELECT PISTON AND BEARING..............................................................................................................................4391 Description...............................................................................................................................................4391 Piston....................................................................................................................................................4391 WHEN NEW CYLINDER BLOCK IS USED.......................................................................................................................4391 WHEN NEW CYLINDER BLOCK IS REUSED.....................................................................................................................4391 PISTON SELECTION TABLE................................................................................................................................4392 Connecting Rod Bearing....................................................................................................................................4392 WHEN NEW CONNECTING ROD AND CRANKSHAFT ARE USED.......................................................................................................4392 WHEN CONNECTING ROD AND CRANKSHAFT ARE REUSED.........................................................................................................4393 CONNECTING ROD BEARING SELECTION TABLE................................................................................................................4393 CONNECTING ROD BEARING GRADE TABLE....................................................................................................................4394 UNDERSIZE BEARING USAGE GUIDE.........................................................................................................................4394 Main Bearing..............................................................................................................................................4394 WHEN NEW CYLINDER BLOCK AND CRANKSHAFT ARE USED.......................................................................................................4394 WHEN CYLINDER BLOCK AND CRANKSHAFT ARE REUSED.........................................................................................................4395 MAIN BEARING SELECTION TABLE (No. 1 and 5 Journal)....................................................................................................4396 MAIN BEARING SELECTION TABLE (No. 2, 3 and 4 Journal).................................................................................................4397 MAIN BEARING GRADE TABLE (ALL JOURNALS)...............................................................................................................4397 UNDERSIZE BEARING USAGE GUIDE.........................................................................................................................4397 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................4399 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................4399 General Specification.....................................................................................................................................4399 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS................................................................................................................................4399 Drive Belts...............................................................................................................................................4399 DRIVE BELT............................................................................................................................................4399 Spark Plug................................................................................................................................................4399 SPARK PLUG............................................................................................................................................4399 Exhaust Manifold..........................................................................................................................................4400 EXHAUST MANIFOLD......................................................................................................................................4400 Camshaft..................................................................................................................................................4400 CAMSHAFT (EXH)........................................................................................................................................4400 CAMSHAFT (INT)........................................................................................................................................4400 VALVE LIFTER..........................................................................................................................................4400 VALVE CLEARANCE.......................................................................................................................................4401 AVAILABLE VALVE LIFTER................................................................................................................................4401 Cylinder Head.............................................................................................................................................4402 CYLINDER HEAD.........................................................................................................................................4402 VALVE DIMENSIONS......................................................................................................................................4402 VALVE GUIDE...........................................................................................................................................4402 VALVE SEAT............................................................................................................................................4403 VALVE SPRING..........................................................................................................................................4404 Cylinder Block............................................................................................................................................4404 CYLINDER BLOCK........................................................................................................................................4404 AVAILABLE PISTON......................................................................................................................................4405 PISTON RING...........................................................................................................................................4405 PISTON PIN............................................................................................................................................4406 CONNECTING ROD........................................................................................................................................4406 CRANKSHAFT............................................................................................................................................4406 Main Bearing..............................................................................................................................................4408 MAIN BEARING..........................................................................................................................................4408 UNDERSIZE.............................................................................................................................................4409 MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE............................................................................................................................4409 Connecting Rod Bearing....................................................................................................................................4409 CONNECTING ROD BEARING................................................................................................................................4409 UNDERSIZE.........................................................................................................................................4410 CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE..............................................................................................................4410 EX............................................................................................................................................................................4411 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................4411 VQ35HR................................................................................................................................................................4412 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................4412 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................4412 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4412 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................4413 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................4413 Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................4413 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................4414 EXHAUST SYSTEM................................................................................................................................................4414 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4414 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4415 EXHAUST SYSTEM................................................................................................................................................4415 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4415 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4415 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4415 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4416 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4416 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4416 VK50VE................................................................................................................................................................4417 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................4417 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................4417 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4417 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................4418 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................4418 Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................4418 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................4419 EXHAUST SYSTEM................................................................................................................................................4419 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4419 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4420 EXHAUST SYSTEM................................................................................................................................................4420 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4420 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4420 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4420 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4421 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4421 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4421 EXL...........................................................................................................................................................................4422 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................4422 XENON TYPE............................................................................................................................................................4426 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................4426 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.................................................................................................................................4426 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................4426 OVERALL SEQUENCE......................................................................................................................................4426 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................4426 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.....................................................................................................................................4428 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................4428 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description..........................................................................................4428 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement...........................................................................4428 LEVELIZER ADJUSTMENT......................................................................................................................................4428 LEVELIZER ADJUSTMENT : Description....................................................................................................................4428 LEVELIZER ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement.....................................................................................................4428 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................4429 HEADLAMP SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................................4429 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................4429 System Description........................................................................................................................................4429 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................4429 HEADLAMP BASIC OPERATION .............................................................................................................................4429 HEADLAMP HI/LO SWITCHING OPERATION....................................................................................................................4429 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................4431 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................4431 AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................................4433 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................4433 System Description........................................................................................................................................4433 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................4433 AUTO LIGHT FUNCTION...................................................................................................................................4433 DELAY TIMER FUNCTION..................................................................................................................................4433 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................4434 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................4435 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................4436 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................4436 System Description........................................................................................................................................4436 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................4436 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATION ......................................................................................................................4436 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................4437 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................4437 ACTIVE ADAPTIVE FRONT-LIGHTING SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................4439 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................4439 System Description........................................................................................................................................4439 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................4439 AFS (ADAPTIVE FRONT-LIGHTING SYSTEM)..................................................................................................................4439 AFS Control Description...........................................................................................................................4439 Swivel Actuator Initialization....................................................................................................................4440 Swivel Operation..................................................................................................................................4440 AFS OFF Indicator Lamp............................................................................................................................4440 HEADLAMP AUTO AIMING..................................................................................................................................4440 Headlamp Auto Aiming Control Description..........................................................................................................4440 Headlamp Auto Aiming Operation....................................................................................................................4440 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................4441 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................4441 FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................................4443 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................4443 System Description........................................................................................................................................4443 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................4443 FRONT FOG LAMP OPERATION .............................................................................................................................4443 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................4444 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................4444 TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP SYSTEM....................................................................................................................4446 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................4446 System Description........................................................................................................................................4446 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................4446 TURN SIGNAL LAMP OPERATION............................................................................................................................4446 HAZARD WARNING LAMP OPERATION.........................................................................................................................4446 TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LAMP AND TURN SIGNAL SOUND OPERATION............................................................................................4446 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION (FAIL-SAFE)....................................................................................................................4446 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................4447 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................4447 PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS SYSTEM..................................................................................................................4448 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................4448 System Description........................................................................................................................................4448 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................4448 PARKING, LICENSE PLATE, SIDE MARKER AND TAIL LAMPS OPERATION..........................................................................................4448 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................4449 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................4450 EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM............................................................................................................................4451 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................4451 System Description........................................................................................................................................4451 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................4451 EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER ACTIVATION................................................................................................................4451 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................4452 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................4452 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)........................................................................................................................................4453 COMMON ITEM...............................................................................................................................................4453 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................................................................................................4453 APPLICATION ITEM..................................................................................................................................4453 SYSTEM APPLICATION................................................................................................................................4453 FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)...........................................................................................................................4453 HEADLAMP..................................................................................................................................................4454 HEADLAMP : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - HEAD LAMP).....................................................................................................4454 WORK SUPPORT......................................................................................................................................4454 DATA MONITOR......................................................................................................................................4455 ACTIVE TEST.......................................................................................................................................4456 FLASHER...................................................................................................................................................4456 FLASHER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - FLASHER)........................................................................................................4456 WORK SUPPORT......................................................................................................................................4456 DATA MONITOR......................................................................................................................................4456 ACTIVE TEST.......................................................................................................................................4457 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)...................................................................................................................................4458 Diagnosis Description.....................................................................................................................................4458 AUTO ACTIVE TEST......................................................................................................................................4458 Description.......................................................................................................................................4458 Operation Procedure...............................................................................................................................4458 Inspection in Auto Active Test Mode...............................................................................................................4458 Concept of auto active test.......................................................................................................................4459 Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode..........................................................................................................4459 CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)...........................................................................................................................4460 APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................................4460 SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................................................................................................................................4460 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................4460 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................4461 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AFS)........................................................................................................................................4463 CONSULT-III Function (ADAPTIVE LIGHT).....................................................................................................................4463 APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................................4463 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................4463 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................4463 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................4463 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................4465 B2503, B2504 SWIVEL ACTUATOR..................................................................................................................................4465 Description...............................................................................................................................................4465 SWIVEL ACTUATOR.......................................................................................................................................4465 SWIVEL MOTOR..........................................................................................................................................4465 SWIVEL POSITION SENSOR................................................................................................................................4465 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................4465 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................4465 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................4465 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4466 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................4469 B2514 HEIGHT SENSOR UNUSUAL [RR]..............................................................................................................................4471 Description...............................................................................................................................................4471 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................4471 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................4471 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................4471 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4471 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................4473 B2516 SHIFT SIGNAL [P, R].....................................................................................................................................4474 Description...............................................................................................................................................4474 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................4474 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................4474 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................4474 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4474 B2517 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL....................................................................................................................................4475 Description...............................................................................................................................................4475 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................4475 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................4475 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................4475 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4475 B2519 LEVELIZER CALIBRATION...................................................................................................................................4476 Description...............................................................................................................................................4476 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................4476 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4476 B2521 ECU CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................................4477 Description...............................................................................................................................................4477 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................4477 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................4477 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................4477 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4477 C0126 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL............................................................................................................................4480 Description...............................................................................................................................................4480 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................4480 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................4480 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................4480 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4480 C0428 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR CALIBRATION.......................................................................................................................4481 Description...............................................................................................................................................4481 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................4481 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4481 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................4482 Description...............................................................................................................................................4482 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................4482 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................4482 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4482 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)......................................................................................................................................4483 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................4483 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................4483 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4483 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................4484 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).................................................................................................................................4484 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) : Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................4484 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)..............................................................................................4484 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................4484 AFS CONTROL UNIT..........................................................................................................................................4485 AFS CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................................4485 EXTERIOR LAMP FUSE............................................................................................................................................4487 Description...............................................................................................................................................4487 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4487 HEADLAMP (HI) CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................................4488 Description...............................................................................................................................................4488 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4488 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4488 HEADLAMP (LO) CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................................4491 Description...............................................................................................................................................4491 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4491 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4491 XENON HEADLAMP................................................................................................................................................4493 Description...............................................................................................................................................4493 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................4493 ILLUMINATION PRINCIPLE................................................................................................................................4493 PRECAUTIONS FOR TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................4493 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4493 HEADLAMP LEVELIZER CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................4495 Description...............................................................................................................................................4495 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4495 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4495 FRONT FOG LAMP CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................4497 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4497 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4497 PARKING LAMP CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................................4499 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4499 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4499 TURN SIGNAL LAMP CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................4501 Description...............................................................................................................................................4501 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4501 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4501 OPTICAL SENSOR................................................................................................................................................4504 Description...............................................................................................................................................4504 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4504 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4504 HAZARD SWITCH.................................................................................................................................................4507 Description...............................................................................................................................................4507 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4507 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4507 TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................................4509 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4509 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4509 LICENSE PLATE LAMP CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................4511 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................4511 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4511 HEADLAMP SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................................4512 Wiring Diagram - HEADLAMP -...............................................................................................................................4512 AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................................4516 Wiring Diagram - AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM -......................................................................................................................4516 HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (MANUAL).......................................................................................................................4520 Description...............................................................................................................................................4520 Wiring Diagram - HEADLAMP AIMING CONTROL SYSTEM (MANUAL) -................................................................................................4520 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................4521 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................4523 Wiring Diagram - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM -...................................................................................................................4523 FRONT FOG LAMP SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................................4528 Wiring Diagram - FRONT FOG LAMP -.........................................................................................................................4528 TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMP SYSTEM....................................................................................................................4532 Wiring Diagram - TURN AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS -..........................................................................................................4532 PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS SYSTEM..................................................................................................................4536 Wiring Diagram - PARKING LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS -...................................................................................................4536 STOP LAMP.....................................................................................................................................................4541 Wiring Diagram - STOP LAMP -..............................................................................................................................4541 BACK-UP LAMP..................................................................................................................................................4545 Wiring Diagram - BACK-UP LAMP -...........................................................................................................................4545 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................4548 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).....................................................................................................................................4548 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................4548 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................4548 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................4553 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................4553 Wiring Diagram - BCM -....................................................................................................................................4572 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................4578 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC..............................................................................................................................4578 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................................................................................................................................4580 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION..........................................................................................................4580 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION...........................................................................................................................4580 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................4581 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................4581 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)..................................................................................................4584 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................4584 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................4584 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................4586 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................4586 Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -...............................................................................................................................4591 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................4594 CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL.............................................................................................................................4594 If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM.....................................................................................................4594 If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM.....................................................................................................4595 IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION.........................................................................................................4595 FRONT WIPER CONTROL...................................................................................................................................4595 STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION.....................................................................................................................4596 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................4596 AFS CONTROL UNIT..............................................................................................................................................4597 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................4597 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................4597 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................4597 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................4597 Wiring Diagram - ACTIVE AFS -.............................................................................................................................4600 Fail-Safe.................................................................................................................................................4607 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................4607 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................4608 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................4609 EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.............................................................................................................................4609 Symptom Table.............................................................................................................................................4609 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION....................................................................................................................................4612 Description...............................................................................................................................................4612 XENON HEADLAMP........................................................................................................................................4612 AUTO LIGHT SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................4612 BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS DO NOT SWITCH TO HIGH BEAM................................................................................................................4613 Description...............................................................................................................................................4613 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4613 BOTH SIDE HEADLAMPS (LO) ARE NOT TURNED ON....................................................................................................................4614 Description...............................................................................................................................................4614 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4614 PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ON.......................................................................................................4615 Description...............................................................................................................................................4615 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4615 BOTH SIDE FRONT FOG LAMPS ARE NOT TURNED ON...................................................................................................................4616 Description...............................................................................................................................................4616 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................4616 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................4617 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................4617 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................4617 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................4617 Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service....................................................................................................................4617 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................4618 HEADLAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT....................................................................................................................................4618 Description...............................................................................................................................................4618 PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTING..........................................................................................................................4618 AIMING ADJUSTMENT SCREW...............................................................................................................................4618 Aiming Adjustment Procedure...............................................................................................................................4619 FRONT FOG LAMP AIMING ADJUSTMENT..............................................................................................................................4620 Description...............................................................................................................................................4620 PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTING..........................................................................................................................4620 AIMING ADJUSTMENT SCREW...............................................................................................................................4620 Aiming Adjustment Procedure...............................................................................................................................4620 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4622 FRONT COMBINATION LAMP........................................................................................................................................4622 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4622 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4622 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................4622 Without AFS.......................................................................................................................................4622 With AFS..........................................................................................................................................4622 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4623 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4623 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4623 Replacement...............................................................................................................................................4623 HEADLAMP BULB.........................................................................................................................................4624 PARKING LAMP BULB.....................................................................................................................................4624 FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULB...........................................................................................................................4624 FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP BULB...........................................................................................................................4624 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................4624 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................4624 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................4625 FRONT FOG LAMP................................................................................................................................................4626 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4626 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4626 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4626 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4626 Replacement...............................................................................................................................................4626 FRONT FOG LAMP BULB...................................................................................................................................4626 OPTICAL SENSOR................................................................................................................................................4628 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4628 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4628 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4628 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4628 LIGHTING & TURN SIGNAL SWITCH.................................................................................................................................4629 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4629 HEADLAMP AIMING SWITCH........................................................................................................................................4630 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4630 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4630 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4630 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4630 HAZARD SWITCH.................................................................................................................................................4631 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4631 AFS CONTROL UNIT..............................................................................................................................................4632 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4632 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4632 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4632 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4632 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR.........................................................................................................................................4633 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4633 AFS OFF SWITCH................................................................................................................................................4634 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4634 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4634 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4634 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4634 HEIGHT SENSOR.................................................................................................................................................4635 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4635 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4635 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4635 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4635 REAR COMBINATION LAMP.........................................................................................................................................4636 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4636 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4636 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................4636 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4636 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4636 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4636 Replacement...............................................................................................................................................4637 STOP/TAIL LAMP........................................................................................................................................4637 REAR SIDE MARKER LAMP BULB............................................................................................................................4637 REAR TURN SIGNAL LAMP BULB............................................................................................................................4637 HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP........................................................................................................................................4638 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4638 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4638 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4638 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4638 BACK-UP LAMP..................................................................................................................................................4639 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4639 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4639 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4639 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4639 Replacement...............................................................................................................................................4639 BACK-UP LAMP BULB.....................................................................................................................................4639 LICENSE PLATE LAMP............................................................................................................................................4641 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4641 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4641 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4641 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4641 Replacement...............................................................................................................................................4641 LICENSE PLATE LAMP BULB...............................................................................................................................4641 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................4642 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................4642 Bulb Specifications.......................................................................................................................................4642 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX.................................................................................................................................. 115 EXT...........................................................................................................................................................................4643 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................4643 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................4645 SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...............................................................................................................................4645 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................4645 CUSTOMER INTERVIEW........................................................................................................................................4645 DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE........................................................................................................................4645 CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS...........................................................................................................................4646 LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..............................................................................................................4646 REPAIR THE CAUSE..........................................................................................................................................4646 CONFIRM THE REPAIR........................................................................................................................................4647 Inspection Procedure..........................................................................................................................................4647 INSTRUMENT PANEL..........................................................................................................................................4647 CENTER CONSOLE............................................................................................................................................4647 DOORS.....................................................................................................................................................4647 TRUNK.....................................................................................................................................................4647 SUNROOF/HEADLINING........................................................................................................................................4648 SEATS.....................................................................................................................................................4648 UNDERHOOD.................................................................................................................................................4648 Diagnostic Worksheet..........................................................................................................................................4649 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................4651 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................4651 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................4651 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................4651 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.....................................................................................4651 OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................................4651 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................................4652 Precaution for Work...........................................................................................................................................4652 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................4653 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................4653 Special Service Tools.........................................................................................................................................4653 Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................................4653 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4654 FRONT BUMPER......................................................................................................................................................4654 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4654 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4655 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4655 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4657 REAR BUMPER.......................................................................................................................................................4658 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4658 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4659 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4659 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4660 FRONT GRILLE......................................................................................................................................................4662 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4662 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4662 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4662 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4663 COWL TOP..........................................................................................................................................................4664 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4664 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4665 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4665 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4665 FENDER PROTECTOR..................................................................................................................................................4667 FENDER PROTECTOR..............................................................................................................................................4667 FENDER PROTECTOR : Exploded View..........................................................................................................................4667 FENDER PROTECTOR : Removal and Installation...............................................................................................................4667 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4667 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4668 REAR WHEEL HOUSE PROTECTOR....................................................................................................................................4668 REAR WHEEL HOUSE PROTECTOR : Exploded View................................................................................................................4669 REAR WHEEL HOUSE PROTECTOR : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................4669 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4669 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4670 CENTER MUD GUARD..................................................................................................................................................4671 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4671 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4671 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4671 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4672 FLOOR SIDE FAIRING................................................................................................................................................4673 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4673 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4673 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4673 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4673 FILLET MOLDING....................................................................................................................................................4674 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4674 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4674 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4674 FRONT FILLET MOLDING..................................................................................................................................4674 REAR FILLET MOLDING...................................................................................................................................4675 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4675 ROOF RAIL.........................................................................................................................................................4676 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4676 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4676 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4676 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4678 ROOF SIDE MOLDING.................................................................................................................................................4679 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4679 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4679 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4679 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4679 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF ROOF SIDE MOLDING CLIP........................................................................................................4680 Removal...............................................................................................................................................4680 Installation..........................................................................................................................................4680 DOOR SASH MOLDING.................................................................................................................................................4681 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4681 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4681 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4681 FRONT DOOR SASH MOLDING...............................................................................................................................4681 REAR DOOR SASH MOLDING................................................................................................................................4682 FRONT DOOR SASH OUTER COVER...........................................................................................................................4683 REAR DOOR SASH OUTER COVER FRONT......................................................................................................................4683 REAR DOOR SASH OUTER COVER REAR.......................................................................................................................4683 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4684 DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING..............................................................................................................................................4685 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4685 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4685 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4685 FRONT DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING............................................................................................................................4685 REAR DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING.............................................................................................................................4686 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4686 DOOR OUTSIDE LOWER MOLDING........................................................................................................................................4687 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4687 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4687 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4687 FRONT DOOR OUTSIDE LOWER MOLDING......................................................................................................................4687 REAR DOOR OUTSIDE LOWER MOLDING.......................................................................................................................4688 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4688 DOOR PARTING SEAL.................................................................................................................................................4689 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4689 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4689 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4689 FRONT DOOR PARTING SEAL...............................................................................................................................4689 REAR DOOR PARTING SEAL (LOWER)........................................................................................................................4690 REAR DOOR PARTING SEAL (FRONT)........................................................................................................................4690 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4690 BACK DOOR FINISHER................................................................................................................................................4691 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4691 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4691 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4691 BACK DOOR FINISHER UPPER..............................................................................................................................4691 BACK DOOR FINISHER LOWER..............................................................................................................................4692 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4692 BACK PILLAR FINISHER..............................................................................................................................................4693 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4693 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4693 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4693 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4694 FAX...........................................................................................................................................................................4695 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................4695 2WD...................................................................................................................................................................4697 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................4697 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................4697 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................4697 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................4698 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................4698 Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................4698 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................4699 FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE...................................................................................................................................4699 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4699 MOUNTING INSPECTION...................................................................................................................................4699 WHEEL BEARING INSPECTION..............................................................................................................................4699 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4700 FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE...................................................................................................................................4700 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4700 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4700 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4700 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4700 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4701 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4701 Ball Joint Inspection.............................................................................................................................4701 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4701 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................4702 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................4702 Wheel Bearing.............................................................................................................................................4702 AWD...................................................................................................................................................................4703 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................4703 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................4703 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................4703 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................4704 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................4704 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................4704 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................4704 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.................................................................................4704 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................4704 Precautions for Drive Shaft...............................................................................................................................4705 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................4706 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................4706 Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................4706 Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................4707 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................4708 FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE...................................................................................................................................4708 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4708 MOUNTING INSPECTION...................................................................................................................................4708 WHEEL BEARING INSPECTION..............................................................................................................................4708 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT.............................................................................................................................................4709 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4709 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4710 FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE...................................................................................................................................4710 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4710 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4710 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4710 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4711 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4711 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4711 Ball Joint Inspection.............................................................................................................................4711 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4711 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT BOOT........................................................................................................................................4712 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4712 LEFT SIDE.............................................................................................................................................4712 RIGHT SIDE............................................................................................................................................4713 WHEEL SIDE................................................................................................................................................4713 WHEEL SIDE : Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................4713 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4713 Left Side.....................................................................................................................................4713 Right Side....................................................................................................................................4714 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4715 Left Side.....................................................................................................................................4715 Right Side....................................................................................................................................4717 FINAL DRIVE SIDE..........................................................................................................................................4718 FINAL DRIVE SIDE : Removal and Installation...........................................................................................................4718 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4718 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4718 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT.............................................................................................................................................4720 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4720 LEFT SIDE.............................................................................................................................................4720 RIGHT SIDE............................................................................................................................................4721 LEFT SIDE.................................................................................................................................................4721 LEFT SIDE : Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................4721 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4721 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4722 RIGHT SIDE................................................................................................................................................4722 RIGHT SIDE : Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................4722 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4722 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4723 WHEEL SIDE................................................................................................................................................4723 WHEEL SIDE : Disassembly and Assembly.................................................................................................................4723 DISASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................................4723 ASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................................4723 FINAL DRIVE SIDE..........................................................................................................................................4725 FINAL DRIVE SIDE : Disassembly and Assembly...........................................................................................................4725 DISASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................................4725 ASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................................4726 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4728 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4728 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................4728 Shaft.............................................................................................................................................4728 Joint Sub-Assembly (Wheel Side)...................................................................................................................4728 Housing and Spider assembly (Final Drive side)....................................................................................................4729 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................4730 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................4730 Wheel Bearing.............................................................................................................................................4730 Drive Shaft...............................................................................................................................................4730 VQ35HR................................................................................................................................................4730 VK50VE................................................................................................................................................4730 FL............................................................................................................................................................................4731 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................4731 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................4732 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................4732 General Precautions...........................................................................................................................................4732 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................4733 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................4733 Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................................4733 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..................................................................................................................................................4734 FUEL SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................................4734 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................4734 Quick Connector...............................................................................................................................................4734 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4735 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY........................................................................................................4735 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4735 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4735 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4735 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4738 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................4739 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................4739 FUEL TANK.........................................................................................................................................................4740 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4740 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4740 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4740 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4741 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................4742 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................4742 UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY.........................................................................................................................................4743 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY........................................................................................................4743 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4743 Disassembly...................................................................................................................................................4743 Assembly......................................................................................................................................................4743 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................................4745 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................4745 Fuel Tank.....................................................................................................................................................4745 Standard and Limit........................................................................................................................................4745 FSU...........................................................................................................................................................................4746 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................4746 2WD...................................................................................................................................................................4748 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................4748 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................4748 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................4748 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................4749 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................4749 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................4749 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................4749 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.................................................................................4749 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................4749 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...........................................................................................................4750 Precautions for Suspension................................................................................................................................4750 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................4751 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................4751 Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................4751 Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................4751 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................4752 FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................4752 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4752 MOUNTING INSPECTION...................................................................................................................................4752 BALL JOINT AXIAL END PLAY.............................................................................................................................4752 SHOCK ABSORBER........................................................................................................................................4752 WHEEL ALIGNMENT...............................................................................................................................................4753 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4753 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................4753 PRELIMINARY CHECK.....................................................................................................................................4753 GENERAL INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS...............................................................................................................4753 ALIGNMENT PROCESS.....................................................................................................................................4753 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4754 FRONT COIL SPRING AND SHOCK ABSORBER..........................................................................................................................4754 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4754 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4754 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4754 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4754 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................4754 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................4754 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................4755 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4757 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4757 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................4757 Shock Absorber....................................................................................................................................4757 Shock Absorber Mounting Bracket and Rubber Parts Inspection.......................................................................................4757 Coil Spring.......................................................................................................................................4757 Disposal..................................................................................................................................................4757 TRANSVERSE LINK...............................................................................................................................................4758 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4758 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4758 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4758 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4758 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4758 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4758 Appearance........................................................................................................................................4758 Ball Joint Inspection.............................................................................................................................4759 Swing Torque Inspection...........................................................................................................................4759 Rotating Torque Inspection........................................................................................................................4759 Axial End Play Inspection.........................................................................................................................4759 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4759 UPPER LINK....................................................................................................................................................4760 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4760 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4760 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4760 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4760 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4760 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4760 Appearance........................................................................................................................................4760 Ball Joint Inspection.............................................................................................................................4760 Swing Torque Inspection...........................................................................................................................4760 Axial End Play Inspection.........................................................................................................................4761 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4761 FRONT STABILIZER..............................................................................................................................................4762 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4762 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4762 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4762 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4762 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4762 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4762 UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................................4763 FRONT SUSPENSION MEMBER.......................................................................................................................................4763 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4763 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4763 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4763 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4763 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4763 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4763 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4763 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................4764 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................4764 Wheel Alignment...........................................................................................................................................4764 Ball Joint................................................................................................................................................4764 Wheel Height..............................................................................................................................................4765 AWD...................................................................................................................................................................4766 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................4766 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..........................................................................................................4766 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.................................................................................................................................4766 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................4767 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................4767 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................4767 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................4767 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.................................................................................4767 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................4767 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...........................................................................................................4768 Precautions for Suspension................................................................................................................................4768 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................4769 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................4769 Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................4769 Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................4769 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................4770 FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................4770 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4770 MOUNTING INSPECTION...................................................................................................................................4770 BALL JOINT AXIAL END PLAY.............................................................................................................................4770 SHOCK ABSORBER........................................................................................................................................4770 WHEEL ALIGNMENT...............................................................................................................................................4771 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4771 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................4771 PRELIMINARY CHECK.....................................................................................................................................4771 GENERAL INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS...............................................................................................................4771 ALIGNMENT PROCESS.....................................................................................................................................4771 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4772 FRONT COIL SPRING AND SHOCK ABSORBER..........................................................................................................................4772 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4772 WITHOUT CONTINUOUS DAMPING CONTROL....................................................................................................................4772 WITH CONTINUOUS DAMPING CONTROL.......................................................................................................................4772 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4773 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4773 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4773 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................4773 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................4773 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................4774 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4775 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4775 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................4775 Shock Absorber....................................................................................................................................4775 Shock Absorber Mounting Bracket and Rubber Parts Inspection.......................................................................................4776 Coil Spring.......................................................................................................................................4776 Disposal..................................................................................................................................................4776 TRANSVERSE LINK...............................................................................................................................................4777 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4777 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4777 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4777 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4777 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4777 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4777 Appearance........................................................................................................................................4777 Ball Joint Inspection.............................................................................................................................4777 Swing Torque Inspection...........................................................................................................................4778 Rotating Torque Inspection........................................................................................................................4778 Axial End Play Inspection.........................................................................................................................4778 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4778 UPPER LINK....................................................................................................................................................4779 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4779 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4779 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4779 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4779 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4779 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4779 Appearance........................................................................................................................................4779 Ball Joint Inspection.............................................................................................................................4779 Swing Torque Inspection...........................................................................................................................4779 Axial End Play Inspection.........................................................................................................................4780 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4780 FRONT STABILIZER..............................................................................................................................................4781 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4781 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4781 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4781 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4781 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4781 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4781 UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................................4782 FRONT SUSPENSION MEMBER.......................................................................................................................................4782 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4782 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4782 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4782 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4782 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4782 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................4782 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................4782 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................4784 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................4784 Wheel Alignment...........................................................................................................................................4784 Ball Joint................................................................................................................................................4784 Wheel Height..............................................................................................................................................4785 GI............................................................................................................................................................................4786 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................4786 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL................................................................................................................................................4788 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL............................................................................................................................................4788 Description...................................................................................................................................................4788 Terms.........................................................................................................................................................4788 Units.........................................................................................................................................................4788 Contents......................................................................................................................................................4788 Relation between Illustrations and Descriptions...............................................................................................................4789 Components....................................................................................................................................................4789 SYMBOLS...................................................................................................................................................4790 HOW TO FOLLOW TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...................................................................................................................................4791 Description...................................................................................................................................................4791 How to Follow Test Groups in Trouble Diagnosis................................................................................................................4791 Key to Symbols Signifying Measurements or Procedures..........................................................................................................4792 HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS.......................................................................................................................................4794 Connector Symbols.............................................................................................................................................4794 Sample/Wiring Diagram -Example-...............................................................................................................................4795 Description...................................................................................................................................................4796 SWITCH POSITIONS .........................................................................................................................................4796 MULTIPLE SWITCH...........................................................................................................................................4797 ABBREVIATIONS.....................................................................................................................................................4798 Abbreviation List.............................................................................................................................................4798 TIGHTENING TORQUE OF STANDARD BOLTS...............................................................................................................................4799 Tightening Torque Table.......................................................................................................................................4799 RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS........................................................................................................................4800 Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants....................................................................................................................4800 VEHICLE INFORMATION...................................................................................................................................................4801 IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION........................................................................................................................................4801 Model Variation...............................................................................................................................................4801 Information About Identification or Model Code................................................................................................................4801 IDENTIFICATION NUMBER.....................................................................................................................................4801 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ARRANGEMENT.................................................................................................................4802 IDENTIFICATION PLATE .....................................................................................................................................4802 ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER .....................................................................................................................................4803 VK50VE................................................................................................................................................4803 VQ35HR................................................................................................................................................4803 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION NUMBER ............................................................................................................................4803 Dimensions....................................................................................................................................................4803 Wheels & Tires................................................................................................................................................4804 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................4805 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................4805 Description...................................................................................................................................................4805 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................4805 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................4805 Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service........................................................................................................................4805 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.....................................................................................4806 OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................................4806 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................................4806 General Precautions...........................................................................................................................................4806 Three Way Catalyst............................................................................................................................................4808 Multiport Fuel Injection System or Engine Control System......................................................................................................4808 Hoses.........................................................................................................................................................4808 HOSE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................4808 HOSE CLAMPING.............................................................................................................................................4809 Engine Oils...................................................................................................................................................4809 HEALTH PROTECTION PRECAUTIONS ............................................................................................................................4809 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PRECAUTIONS .....................................................................................................................4809 Air Conditioning..............................................................................................................................................4810 Fuel..........................................................................................................................................................4810 VK50VE engine.............................................................................................................................................4810 VQ35HR engine.............................................................................................................................................4810 LIFTING POINT.....................................................................................................................................................4811 Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................................4811 Garage Jack and Safety Stand and 2-Pole Lift..................................................................................................................4811 Board-On Lift.................................................................................................................................................4812 TOW TRUCK TOWING..................................................................................................................................................4813 Tow Truck Towing..............................................................................................................................................4813 2WD MODELS................................................................................................................................................4813 AWD MODELS................................................................................................................................................4814 Vehicle Recovery (Freeing a Stuck Vehicle)....................................................................................................................4814 FRONT.....................................................................................................................................................4814 REAR......................................................................................................................................................4814 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION....................................................................................................................................4815 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................4816 SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT.......................................................................................................................4816 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................4816 WORK FLOW.................................................................................................................................................4816 Control Units and Electrical Parts............................................................................................................................4816 PRECAUTIONS...............................................................................................................................................4816 How to Check Terminal.........................................................................................................................................4817 CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL PIN KIT............................................................................................................................4817 HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS...................................................................................................................................4818 Probing from Harness Side ............................................................................................................................4818 Probing from Terminal Side ...........................................................................................................................4818 How to Check Enlarged Contact Spring of Terminal......................................................................................................4819 Waterproof Connector Inspection ......................................................................................................................4820 Terminal Lock Inspection .............................................................................................................................4820 Intermittent Incident.........................................................................................................................................4820 DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................................4820 VEHICLE VIBRATION.........................................................................................................................................4821 Connector & Harness...................................................................................................................................4821 Hint..................................................................................................................................................4821 Sensor & Relay........................................................................................................................................4821 Engine Compartment....................................................................................................................................4821 Behind the Instrument Panel...........................................................................................................................4821 Under Seating Areas...................................................................................................................................4821 HEAT SENSITIVE............................................................................................................................................4822 FREEZING .................................................................................................................................................4822 WATER INTRUSION...........................................................................................................................................4822 ELECTRICAL LOAD ..........................................................................................................................................4822 COLD OR HOT START UP .....................................................................................................................................4822 Circuit Inspection............................................................................................................................................4823 DESCRIPTION ..............................................................................................................................................4823 TESTING FOR “OPENS” IN THE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................4823 Continuity Check Method...............................................................................................................................4823 Voltage Check Method..................................................................................................................................4823 TESTING FOR “SHORTS” IN THE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................4824 Resistance Check Method...............................................................................................................................4824 Voltage Check Method..................................................................................................................................4824 GROUND INSPECTION ........................................................................................................................................4824 VOLTAGE DROP TESTS .......................................................................................................................................4825 Measuring Voltage Drop - Accumulated Method...........................................................................................................4825 Measuring Voltage Drop - Step-by-Step.................................................................................................................4826 CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT TEST ................................................................................................................................4826 CASE 1................................................................................................................................................4826 CASE 2................................................................................................................................................4827 CONSULT-III/GST CHECKING SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................4828 Description...................................................................................................................................................4828 CONSULT-III Function and System Application*1.................................................................................................................4828 CONSULT-III/GST Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit.............................................................................................................4829 INSPECTION PROCEDURE......................................................................................................................................4829 Wiring Diagram - CONSULT-III/GST CHECKING SYSTEM -............................................................................................................4830 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.........................................................................................................................................4842 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL....................................................................................................4842 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Required Procedure After Battery Disconnection...............................................4842 GW............................................................................................................................................................................4844 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................4844 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................4845 SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...............................................................................................................................4845 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................4845 CUSTOMER INTERVIEW........................................................................................................................................4845 DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE........................................................................................................................4845 CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS...........................................................................................................................4846 LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..............................................................................................................4846 REPAIR THE CAUSE..........................................................................................................................................4846 CONFIRM THE REPAIR........................................................................................................................................4847 Inspection Procedure..........................................................................................................................................4847 INSTRUMENT PANEL..........................................................................................................................................4847 CENTER CONSOLE............................................................................................................................................4847 DOORS.....................................................................................................................................................4847 TRUNK.....................................................................................................................................................4847 SUNROOF/HEADLINING........................................................................................................................................4848 SEATS.....................................................................................................................................................4848 UNDERHOOD.................................................................................................................................................4848 Diagnostic Worksheet..........................................................................................................................................4849 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................4851 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................4851 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................4851 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................4851 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................................4851 Handling for Adhesive and Primer..............................................................................................................................4851 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................4852 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................4852 Special Service Tools.........................................................................................................................................4852 Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................................4852 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4853 WINDSHIELD GLASS..................................................................................................................................................4853 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4853 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4854 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4854 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4854 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................4855 REPAIRING WATER LEAKAGE FOR WINDSHIELD....................................................................................................................4855 SIDE WINDOW GLASS.................................................................................................................................................4856 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4856 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4856 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4856 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4857 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................4857 REPAIRING WATER LEAKAGE FOR SIDE WINDOW GLASS.............................................................................................................4857 BACK DOOR WINDOW GLASS............................................................................................................................................4858 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4858 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4858 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4858 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4859 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................4859 REPAIRING WATER LEAKAGE FOR BACK DOOR WINDOW GLASS........................................................................................................4859 FRONT DOOR GLASS..................................................................................................................................................4861 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4861 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4861 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4861 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4862 Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................................4862 SYSTEM INITIALIZATION.....................................................................................................................................4862 Initialization........................................................................................................................................4862 INSPECT THE FUNCTION OF THE ANTI-PINCH SYSTEM.............................................................................................................4862 FITTING INSPECTION........................................................................................................................................4863 FRONT REGULATOR...................................................................................................................................................4864 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4864 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4864 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4864 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4865 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................................4865 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................4865 ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................................4865 Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................................4865 Inspection after Removal..................................................................................................................................4865 SYSTEM INITIALIZATION.....................................................................................................................................4865 Initialization........................................................................................................................................4865 INSPECT THE FUNCTION OF THE ANTI-PINCH SYSTEM.............................................................................................................4866 FITTING INSPECTION........................................................................................................................................4866 REAR DOOR GLASS...................................................................................................................................................4867 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4867 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4867 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4867 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4868 Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................................4869 FITTING INSPECTION........................................................................................................................................4869 REAR REGULATOR....................................................................................................................................................4870 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................4870 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................4870 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................4870 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................4870 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................................4871 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................4871 ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................................4871 Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................................4871 Inspection after Removal..................................................................................................................................4871 FITTING INSPECTION........................................................................................................................................4871 HA............................................................................................................................................................................4872 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................4872 VQ35HR................................................................................................................................................................4875 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................4875 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.................................................................................................................................4875 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................4875 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................4875 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................4876 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................4876 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................4876 System Description........................................................................................................................................4876 REFRIGERANT CYCLE.....................................................................................................................................4876 Refrigerant Flow..................................................................................................................................4876 Freeze Protection.................................................................................................................................4876 REFRIGERANT SYSTEM PROTECTION.........................................................................................................................4876 Refrigerant Pressure Sensor.......................................................................................................................4876 Pressure Relief Valve.............................................................................................................................4876 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................4877 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................4878 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................4879 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.................................................................................................................................4879 Trouble Diagnosis For Unusual Pressure....................................................................................................................4879 Symptom Table.............................................................................................................................................4879 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................4882 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................4882 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................4882 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................4882 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.................................................................................4882 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................4882 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...........................................................................................................4883 Working with HFC-134a (R-134a)............................................................................................................................4883 CONTAMINATED REFRIGERANT..............................................................................................................................4883 General Refrigerant Precaution............................................................................................................................4883 Refrigerant Connection....................................................................................................................................4884 ABOUT ONE-TOUCH JOINT.................................................................................................................................4884 Description.......................................................................................................................................4884 O-RING AND REFRIGERANT CONNECTION.....................................................................................................................4886 O-Ring Part Numbers and Specifications............................................................................................................4886 Service Equipment.........................................................................................................................................4888 RECOVERY/RECYCLING RECHARGING EQUIPMENT...............................................................................................................4888 ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR..............................................................................................................................4888 VACUUM PUMP...........................................................................................................................................4888 MANIFOLD GAUGE SET....................................................................................................................................4888 SERVICE HOSES.........................................................................................................................................4888 SERVICE COUPLERS......................................................................................................................................4888 REFRIGERANT WEIGHT SCALE..............................................................................................................................4889 CHARGING CYLINDER.....................................................................................................................................4889 COMPRESSOR....................................................................................................................................................4890 General Precautions.......................................................................................................................................4890 LEAK DETECTION DYE............................................................................................................................................4891 General Precautions.......................................................................................................................................4891 IDENTIFICATION........................................................................................................................................4891 IDENTIFICATION LABEL FOR VEHICLE......................................................................................................................4891 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................4892 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................4892 Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................4892 Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................4895 Sealant or/and Lubricant..................................................................................................................................4895 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................4896 REFRIGERANT...................................................................................................................................................4896 Collection and Charge.....................................................................................................................................4896 SETTING OF SERVICE TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT................................................................................................................4896 Discharging Refrigerant...........................................................................................................................4896 Evacuating System and Charging Refrigerant........................................................................................................4896 Procedure.............................................................................................................................................4896 LUBRICANT.....................................................................................................................................................4900 Maintenance of Lubricant Quantity.........................................................................................................................4900 LUBRICANT.............................................................................................................................................4900 LUBRICANT RETURN OPERATION............................................................................................................................4900 Lubricant Adjusting Procedure for Components Replacement Except Compressor................................................................................4900 Lubricant Adjusting Procedure for Compressor Replacement..................................................................................................4901 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................4903 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4903 Performance Chart.........................................................................................................................................4903 TEST CONDITION........................................................................................................................................4903 TEST READING..........................................................................................................................................4903 Refrigerant Leakages......................................................................................................................................4904 FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTOR.....................................................................................................................................4905 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4905 CHECKING SYSTEM FOR LEAKAGES USING THE FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTOR......................................................................................4905 DYE INJECTION.........................................................................................................................................4905 ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR......................................................................................................................................4906 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4906 PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING LEAK DETECTOR................................................................................................................4906 CHECKING PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................................4906 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4909 COMPRESSOR....................................................................................................................................................4909 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4909 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4909 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4909 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4910 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4910 CHECK DISC TO PULLEY CLEARANCE........................................................................................................................4910 COOLER PIPE AND HOSE..........................................................................................................................................4911 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4911 LOW-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE................................................................................................................................4911 LOW-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE : Removal and Installation.................................................................................................4911 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4911 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4912 HIGH-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE...............................................................................................................................4912 HIGH-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE : Removal and Installation................................................................................................4912 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4912 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4913 HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE 1......................................................................................................................................4913 HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE 1 : Removal and Installation.......................................................................................................4913 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4913 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4914 LOW-PRESSURE PIPE 2.......................................................................................................................................4914 LOW-PRESSURE PIPE 2 : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................4914 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4914 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4915 LOW-PRESSURE PIPE 1 AND HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE 2..............................................................................................................4915 LOW-PRESSURE PIPE 1 AND HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE 2 : Removal and Installation...............................................................................4915 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4915 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4917 CONDENSER.....................................................................................................................................................4918 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4918 CONDENSER.................................................................................................................................................4918 CONDENSER : Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................4918 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4918 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4919 CONDENSER PIPE ASSEMBLY...................................................................................................................................4919 CONDENSER PIPE ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation....................................................................................................4919 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4919 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4920 LIQUID TANK...............................................................................................................................................4920 LIQUID TANK : Removal and Installation................................................................................................................4920 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4920 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4921 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR...............................................................................................................................4921 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR : Removal and Installation................................................................................................4921 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4921 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4921 HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY................................................................................................................................4922 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4922 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................4922 HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY............................................................................................................................4924 HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY : .....................................................................................................................4924 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4924 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4925 HEATER CORE...............................................................................................................................................4926 HEATER CORE : Removal and Installation................................................................................................................4926 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4926 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4926 EVAPORATOR................................................................................................................................................4926 EVAPORATOR : Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................4926 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4926 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4926 EXPANSION VALVE...........................................................................................................................................4927 EXPANSION VALVE : Removal and Installation............................................................................................................4927 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4927 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4927 BLOWER UNIT...................................................................................................................................................4928 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4928 BLOWER UNIT...............................................................................................................................................4928 BLOWER UNIT : Removal and Installation................................................................................................................4928 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4928 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4929 BLOWER MOTOR..............................................................................................................................................4929 BLOWER MOTOR : Removal and Installation...............................................................................................................4929 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4929 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4929 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................4930 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................4930 Compressor................................................................................................................................................4930 Lubricant.................................................................................................................................................4930 Refrigerant...............................................................................................................................................4930 Engine Idling Speed.......................................................................................................................................4930 Belt Tension..............................................................................................................................................4930 VK50VE................................................................................................................................................................4931 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................4931 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.................................................................................................................................4931 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................4931 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................4931 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................4932 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................4932 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................4932 System Description........................................................................................................................................4932 REFRIGERANT CYCLE.....................................................................................................................................4932 Refrigerant Flow..................................................................................................................................4932 Freeze Protection.................................................................................................................................4932 REFRIGERANT SYSTEM PROTECTION.........................................................................................................................4932 Refrigerant Pressure Sensor.......................................................................................................................4932 Pressure Relief Valve.............................................................................................................................4932 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................4933 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................4934 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................4935 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.................................................................................................................................4935 Trouble Diagnosis For Unusual Pressure....................................................................................................................4935 Symptom Table.............................................................................................................................................4935 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................4938 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................4938 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................4938 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................4938 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.................................................................................4938 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................4938 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...........................................................................................................4939 Working with HFC-134a (R-134a)............................................................................................................................4939 CONTAMINATED REFRIGERANT..............................................................................................................................4939 General Refrigerant Precaution............................................................................................................................4939 Refrigerant Connection....................................................................................................................................4940 ABOUT ONE-TOUCH JOINT.................................................................................................................................4940 Description.......................................................................................................................................4940 O-RING AND REFRIGERANT CONNECTION.....................................................................................................................4942 O-Ring Part Numbers and Specifications............................................................................................................4942 Service Equipment.........................................................................................................................................4943 RECOVERY/RECYCLING RECHARGING EQUIPMENT...............................................................................................................4943 ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR..............................................................................................................................4944 VACUUM PUMP...........................................................................................................................................4944 MANIFOLD GAUGE SET....................................................................................................................................4944 SERVICE HOSES.........................................................................................................................................4944 SERVICE COUPLERS......................................................................................................................................4944 REFRIGERANT WEIGHT SCALE..............................................................................................................................4945 CHARGING CYLINDER.....................................................................................................................................4945 COMPRESSOR....................................................................................................................................................4946 General Precautions.......................................................................................................................................4946 LEAK DETECTION DYE............................................................................................................................................4947 General Precautions.......................................................................................................................................4947 IDENTIFICATION........................................................................................................................................4947 IDENTIFICATION LABEL FOR VEHICLE......................................................................................................................4947 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................4948 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................4948 Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................4948 Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................4951 Sealant or/and Lubricant..................................................................................................................................4951 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................4952 REFRIGERANT...................................................................................................................................................4952 Collection and Charge.....................................................................................................................................4952 SETTING OF SERVICE TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT................................................................................................................4952 Discharging Refrigerant...........................................................................................................................4952 Evacuating System and Charging Refrigerant........................................................................................................4952 Procedure.............................................................................................................................................4952 LUBRICANT.....................................................................................................................................................4956 Maintenance of Lubricant Quantity.........................................................................................................................4956 LUBRICANT.............................................................................................................................................4956 LUBRICANT RETURN OPERATION............................................................................................................................4956 Lubricant Adjusting Procedure for Components Replacement Except Compressor................................................................................4956 Lubricant Adjusting Procedure for Compressor Replacement..................................................................................................4957 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................4959 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4959 Performance Chart.........................................................................................................................................4959 TEST CONDITION........................................................................................................................................4959 TEST READING..........................................................................................................................................4959 Refrigerant Leakages......................................................................................................................................4960 FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTOR.....................................................................................................................................4961 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4961 CHECKING SYSTEM FOR LEAKAGES USING THE FLUORESCENT LEAK DETECTOR......................................................................................4961 DYE INJECTION.........................................................................................................................................4961 ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR......................................................................................................................................4962 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4962 PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING LEAK DETECTOR................................................................................................................4962 CHECKING PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................................4962 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4965 COMPRESSOR....................................................................................................................................................4965 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4965 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................4965 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................4965 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................4966 Inspection................................................................................................................................................4966 CHECK DISC TO PULLEY CLEARANCE........................................................................................................................4966 COOLER PIPE AND HOSE..........................................................................................................................................4967 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4967 LOW-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE................................................................................................................................4967 LOW-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE : Removal and Installation.................................................................................................4967 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4967 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4968 HIGH-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE...............................................................................................................................4968 HIGH-PRESSURE FLEXIBLE HOSE : Removal and Installation................................................................................................4968 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4968 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4969 HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE 1......................................................................................................................................4969 HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE 1 : Removal and Installation.......................................................................................................4969 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4969 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4970 LOW-PRESSURE PIPE 2.......................................................................................................................................4970 LOW-PRESSURE PIPE 2 : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................4970 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4970 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4971 LOW-PRESSURE PIPE 3.......................................................................................................................................4971 LOW-PRESSURE PIPE 3 : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................4971 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4971 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4972 LOW-PRESSURE PIPE 1 AND HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE 2..............................................................................................................4972 LOW-PRESSURE PIPE 1 AND HIGH-PRESSURE PIPE 2 : Removal and Installation...............................................................................4972 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4972 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4974 CONDENSER.....................................................................................................................................................4975 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4975 CONDENSER.................................................................................................................................................4975 CONDENSER : Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................4975 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4975 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4976 CONDENSER PIPE ASSEMBLY...................................................................................................................................4976 CONDENSER PIPE ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation....................................................................................................4976 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4976 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4977 LIQUID TANK...............................................................................................................................................4977 LIQUID TANK : Removal and Installation................................................................................................................4977 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4977 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4978 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR...............................................................................................................................4978 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR : Removal and Installation................................................................................................4978 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4978 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4978 HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY................................................................................................................................4979 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4979 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................4979 HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY............................................................................................................................4981 HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY : .....................................................................................................................4981 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4981 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4982 HEATER CORE...............................................................................................................................................4983 HEATER CORE : Removal and Installation................................................................................................................4983 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4983 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4983 EVAPORATOR................................................................................................................................................4983 EVAPORATOR : Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................4983 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4983 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4983 EXPANSION VALVE...........................................................................................................................................4984 EXPANSION VALVE : Removal and Installation............................................................................................................4984 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4984 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4984 BLOWER UNIT...................................................................................................................................................4985 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................4985 BLOWER UNIT...............................................................................................................................................4985 BLOWER UNIT : Removal and Installation................................................................................................................4985 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4985 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4986 BLOWER MOTOR..............................................................................................................................................4986 BLOWER MOTOR : Removal and Installation...............................................................................................................4986 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................4986 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................4986 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................4987 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................4987 Compressor................................................................................................................................................4987 Lubricant.................................................................................................................................................4987 Refrigerant...............................................................................................................................................4987 Engine Idling Speed.......................................................................................................................................4987 Belt Tension..............................................................................................................................................4987 HAC...........................................................................................................................................................................4988 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................4988 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER.............................................................................................................................................4991 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................4991 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.................................................................................................................................4991 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................4991 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................4991 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.....................................................................................................................................4992 WITHOUT ACCS..............................................................................................................................................4992 WITHOUT ACCS : Description & Inspection...............................................................................................................4992 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................4992 INSPECTION PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................4992 WITHOUT ACCS : Temperature Setting Trimmer............................................................................................................4993 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................4993 WITHOUT ACCS : Foot Position Setting Trimmer..........................................................................................................4994 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................4994 WITHOUT ACCS : Inlet Port Memory Function.............................................................................................................4995 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................4995 WITH ACCS.................................................................................................................................................4995 WITH ACCS : Description & Inspection..................................................................................................................4995 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................4995 INSPECTION PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................4995 WITH ACCS : Temperature Setting Trimmer...............................................................................................................4998 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................4998 WITH ACCS : Foot Position Setting Trimmer.............................................................................................................4999 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................4999 WITH ACCS : Inlet Port Memory Function................................................................................................................4999 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................4999 WITH ACCS : Gas Sensor Sensitivity Adjustment Function................................................................................................4999 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................4999 WITH ACCS : Auto Intake Interlocking Movement Change Function.........................................................................................5000 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................................................5000 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................5001 COMPRESSOR CONTROL FUNCTION...................................................................................................................................5001 WITHOUT ACCS..............................................................................................................................................5001 WITHOUT ACCS : Description............................................................................................................................5001 PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION............................................................................................................................5001 Functional circuit diagram....................................................................................................................5001 Functional initial inspection chart...........................................................................................................5001 WITHOUT ACCS : Fail-safe..............................................................................................................................5001 FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION................................................................................................................................5001 WITHOUT ACCS : Component Part Location................................................................................................................5002 ENGINE COMPARTMENT................................................................................................................................5002 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT.............................................................................................................................5003 WITHOUT ACCS : Component’s role.......................................................................................................................5005 WITH ACCS.................................................................................................................................................5005 WITH ACCS : Description...............................................................................................................................5005 PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION............................................................................................................................5005 Functional circuit diagram....................................................................................................................5005 Functional initial inspection chart...........................................................................................................5005 WITH ACCS : Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................5006 FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION................................................................................................................................5006 WITH ACCS : Component Part Location...................................................................................................................5006 ENGINE COMPARTMENT................................................................................................................................5006 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT.............................................................................................................................5007 WITH ACCS : Component’s role..........................................................................................................................5008 AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................5010 WITHOUT ACCS..............................................................................................................................................5010 WITHOUT ACCS : System Diagram.........................................................................................................................5010 CONTROL SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................5010 WITHOUT ACCS : System Description.....................................................................................................................5010 CONTROL OPERATION.................................................................................................................................5010 Display Screen................................................................................................................................5010 Preset Switch.................................................................................................................................5011 MODE Switch...................................................................................................................................5011 Temperature Control Dial (Potentio Temperature Control) (Driver Side) ........................................................................5011 Temperature Control Dial (Potentio Temperature Control) (Passenger Side) .....................................................................5011 AUTO Switch ..................................................................................................................................5011 Defroster (DEF) Switch........................................................................................................................5011 A/C Switch....................................................................................................................................5011 FAN Switches..................................................................................................................................5011 OFF Switch....................................................................................................................................5011 Rear Window Defogger Switch...................................................................................................................5011 Intake Switch.................................................................................................................................5011 DUAL Switch...................................................................................................................................5011 DISCHARGE AIR FLOW................................................................................................................................5012 SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTION...............................................................................................................5013 AIR CONDITIONER LAN CONTROL SYSTEM................................................................................................................5013 SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION...............................................................................................................................5014 Operation.....................................................................................................................................5014 Transmission Data and Transmission Order......................................................................................................5014 WITHOUT ACCS : Component Part Location................................................................................................................5015 ENGINE COMPARTMENT................................................................................................................................5015 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT.............................................................................................................................5016 WITHOUT ACCS : Component Description..................................................................................................................5018 WITH ACCS.................................................................................................................................................5018 WITH ACCS : System Diagram............................................................................................................................5018 CONTROL SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................5018 WITH ACCS : System Description........................................................................................................................5019 CONTROL OPERATION.................................................................................................................................5019 Display Screen................................................................................................................................5019 Preset Switch.................................................................................................................................5020 MODE Switch...................................................................................................................................5020 Temperature Control Dial (Potentio Temperature Control) (Driver Side) ........................................................................5020 Temperature Control Dial (Potentio Temperature Control) (Passenger Side) .....................................................................5020 AUTO Switch ..................................................................................................................................5020 Defroster (DEF) Switch........................................................................................................................5020 A/C Switch....................................................................................................................................5020 FAN Switches..................................................................................................................................5020 OFF Switch....................................................................................................................................5020 Rear Window Defogger Switch...................................................................................................................5020 Intake Switch.................................................................................................................................5020 DUAL Switch...................................................................................................................................5021 DISCHARGE AIR FLOW................................................................................................................................5021 SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTION...............................................................................................................5022 AIR CONDITIONER LAN CONTROL SYSTEM................................................................................................................5022 SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION...............................................................................................................................5023 Operation.....................................................................................................................................5023 Transmission Data and Transmission Order......................................................................................................5023 WITH ACCS : Component Part Location...................................................................................................................5024 ENGINE COMPARTMENT................................................................................................................................5024 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT.............................................................................................................................5025 WITH ACCS : Component Description.....................................................................................................................5026 PLASMACLUSTER SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................5028 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................5028 System Description........................................................................................................................................5028 OPERATION DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................5028 Component Part Location...................................................................................................................................5029 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................5030 CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................5031 System Description........................................................................................................................................5031 MODE DOOR CONTROL SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................5032 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................5032 System Description........................................................................................................................................5032 SYSTEM OPERATION......................................................................................................................................5032 Door Motor Circuit................................................................................................................................5032 Mode Door Control Specification...................................................................................................................5032 AIR MIX DOOR CONTROL SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................5034 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................5034 System Description........................................................................................................................................5034 SYSTEM OPERATION......................................................................................................................................5034 Door Motor Circuit................................................................................................................................5034 Air Mix Door Control Specification................................................................................................................5034 Potentio Temperature Control (PTC)................................................................................................................5035 INTAKE DOOR CONTROL SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................5036 WITHOUT ACCS..............................................................................................................................................5036 WITHOUT ACCS : System Diagram.........................................................................................................................5036 WITHOUT ACCS : System Description.....................................................................................................................5036 SYSTEM OPERATION..................................................................................................................................5036 Door Motor Circuit............................................................................................................................5036 Intake Door Control Specification.............................................................................................................5036 WITH ACCS.................................................................................................................................................5037 WITH ACCS : System Diagram............................................................................................................................5037 WITH ACCS : System Description........................................................................................................................5037 SYSTEM OPERATION..................................................................................................................................5037 Door Motor Circuit............................................................................................................................5038 Intake Door Control Specification.............................................................................................................5038 Auto Intake Control System....................................................................................................................5038 BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................5039 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................5039 System Description........................................................................................................................................5039 SYSTEM OPERATION......................................................................................................................................5039 Automatic Mode....................................................................................................................................5039 Starting Fan Speed Control........................................................................................................................5039 Blower Speed Compensation.........................................................................................................................5039 Fan Speed Control Specification...................................................................................................................5040 MAGNET CLUTCH CONTROL SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................5041 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................5041 System Description........................................................................................................................................5041 SYSTEM OPERATION......................................................................................................................................5041 Compressor Protection Control.....................................................................................................................5041 Low Temperature Protection Control................................................................................................................5041 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (UNIFIED METER & A/C AMP.)...................................................................................................................5043 WITHOUT ACCS..............................................................................................................................................5043 WITHOUT ACCS : Diagnosis Description..................................................................................................................5043 SELF-DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................5043 SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION...........................................................................................................................5043 CONFORMATION METHOD...............................................................................................................................5044 WITHOUT ACCS : CONSULT-III Function...................................................................................................................5048 CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS.....................................................................................................................5048 DATA MONITOR......................................................................................................................................5048 WITH ACCS.................................................................................................................................................5049 WITH ACCS : Diagnosis Description.....................................................................................................................5049 SELF-DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................5049 SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION...........................................................................................................................5049 CONFORMATION METHOD...............................................................................................................................5050 WITH ACCS : CONSULT-III Function......................................................................................................................5054 CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS.....................................................................................................................5054 DATA MONITOR......................................................................................................................................5054 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5056 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................5056 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.................................................................................................................................5056 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................5056 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.....................................................................................................................................5057 Description...............................................................................................................................................5057 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................5057 Unified Meter and A/C Amp. (Automatic Amplifier)..................................................................................................5057 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................5057 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5057 MODE DOOR MOTOR...............................................................................................................................................5058 Description...............................................................................................................................................5058 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................5058 Mode Door Motor...................................................................................................................................5058 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................5058 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5058 AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR (DRIVER SIDE)..............................................................................................................................5060 Description...............................................................................................................................................5060 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................5060 Air Mix Door Motor................................................................................................................................5060 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................5060 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5060 AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR (PASSENGER SIDE)...........................................................................................................................5062 Description...............................................................................................................................................5062 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................5062 Air Mix Door Motor................................................................................................................................5062 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................5062 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5062 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR.............................................................................................................................................5064 WITHOUT ACCS..............................................................................................................................................5064 WITHOUT ACCS : Description............................................................................................................................5064 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.............................................................................................................................5064 Intake Door Motor.............................................................................................................................5064 WITHOUT ACCS : Component Function Check...............................................................................................................5064 WITHOUT ACCS : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................................................5064 WITH ACCS.................................................................................................................................................5065 WITH ACCS : Description...............................................................................................................................5065 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.............................................................................................................................5065 Intake Door Motor.............................................................................................................................5065 WITH ACCS : Component Function Check..................................................................................................................5065 WITH ACCS : Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................5066 BLOWER MOTOR..................................................................................................................................................5068 Description...............................................................................................................................................5068 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................5068 Brush-less Motor..................................................................................................................................5068 Blower motor circuit..............................................................................................................................5068 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................5068 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5068 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................5071 MAGNET CLUTCH.................................................................................................................................................5072 Description...............................................................................................................................................5072 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................5072 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5072 ECV (ELECTRICAL CONTROL VALVE)................................................................................................................................5074 Description...............................................................................................................................................5074 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5074 AMBIENT SENSOR................................................................................................................................................5076 Description...............................................................................................................................................5076 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................5076 Ambient Sensor....................................................................................................................................5076 Ambient Sensor Circuit............................................................................................................................5076 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE INPUT PROCESS.....................................................................................................................5076 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................5076 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5076 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................5077 IN-VEHICLE SENSOR.............................................................................................................................................5079 Description...............................................................................................................................................5079 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................5079 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5080 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................5081 SUNLOAD SENSOR................................................................................................................................................5082 Description...............................................................................................................................................5082 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................5082 Sunload Sensor....................................................................................................................................5082 Sunload Sensor Circuit............................................................................................................................5082 SUNLOAD INPUT PROCESS.................................................................................................................................5082 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................5082 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5082 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................5083 INTAKE SENSOR.................................................................................................................................................5085 Description...............................................................................................................................................5085 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................5085 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5085 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................5086 GAS SENSOR....................................................................................................................................................5088 Description...............................................................................................................................................5088 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................5088 Gas Sensor........................................................................................................................................5088 Gas Sensor Circuit................................................................................................................................5088 SMELL OF EXHAUST GAS INPUT PROCESS....................................................................................................................5088 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................5088 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5089 IONIZER.......................................................................................................................................................5091 Description...............................................................................................................................................5091 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................5091 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5091 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................5094 ECM...........................................................................................................................................................5094 VQ35HR....................................................................................................................................................5094 VQ35HR : Reference Value..............................................................................................................................5094 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL......................................................................................................................5094 TERMINAL LAYOUT...................................................................................................................................5098 PHYSICAL VALUES...................................................................................................................................5098 VK50VE....................................................................................................................................................5111 VK50VE : Reference Value..............................................................................................................................5111 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL......................................................................................................................5111 TERMINAL LAYOUT...................................................................................................................................5116 PHYSICAL VALUES...................................................................................................................................5116 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.....................................................................................................................................5129 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................5129 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................5129 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................5129 Wiring Diagram - AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL SYSTEM -.........................................................................................................5131 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................5138 FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION....................................................................................................................................5138 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................5140 AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL.......................................................................................................................................5140 Diagnosis Chart By Symptom................................................................................................................................5140 INSUFFICIENT COOLING..........................................................................................................................................5141 Description...............................................................................................................................................5141 Inspection procedure......................................................................................................................................5141 INSUFFICIENT HEATING..........................................................................................................................................5143 Description...............................................................................................................................................5143 Inspection procedure......................................................................................................................................5143 NOISE.........................................................................................................................................................5145 Description...............................................................................................................................................5145 Inspection procedure......................................................................................................................................5145 SELF-DIAGNOSIS CANNOT BE PERFORMED............................................................................................................................5147 Description...............................................................................................................................................5147 Inspection procedure......................................................................................................................................5147 MEMORY FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE..............................................................................................................................5148 Description...............................................................................................................................................5148 Inspection procedure......................................................................................................................................5148 PLASMACLUSTER SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE.........................................................................................................................5149 Description...............................................................................................................................................5149 Inspection procedure......................................................................................................................................5149 FUNCTION CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................5149 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................5150 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................5150 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................5150 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................5150 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.................................................................................5150 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................5150 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...........................................................................................................5151 Working with HFC-134a (R-134a)............................................................................................................................5151 CONTAMINATED REFRIGERANT..............................................................................................................................5151 General Refrigerant Precaution............................................................................................................................5151 Refrigerant Connection....................................................................................................................................5152 ABOUT ONE-TOUCH JOINT.................................................................................................................................5152 Description.......................................................................................................................................5152 O-RING AND REFRIGERANT CONNECTION.....................................................................................................................5154 O-Ring Part Numbers and Specifications............................................................................................................5155 Service Equipment.........................................................................................................................................5156 RECOVERY/RECYCLING RECHARGING EQUIPMENT...............................................................................................................5156 ELECTRICAL LEAK DETECTOR..............................................................................................................................5156 VACUUM PUMP...........................................................................................................................................5156 MANIFOLD GAUGE SET....................................................................................................................................5157 SERVICE HOSES.........................................................................................................................................5157 SERVICE COUPLERS......................................................................................................................................5157 REFRIGERANT WEIGHT SCALE..............................................................................................................................5158 CHARGING CYLINDER.....................................................................................................................................5158 COMPRESSOR....................................................................................................................................................5159 General Precautions.......................................................................................................................................5159 LEAK DETECTION DYE............................................................................................................................................5160 General Precautions.......................................................................................................................................5160 IDENTIFICATION........................................................................................................................................5160 IDENTIFICATION LABEL FOR VEHICLE......................................................................................................................5160 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................5161 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................5161 Special Service Tool......................................................................................................................................5161 Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................5164 Sealant or/and Lubricant..................................................................................................................................5164 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5165 PRESET SWITCH.................................................................................................................................................5165 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................5165 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................5165 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5165 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5165 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.....................................................................................................................................5166 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................5166 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................5166 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5166 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5166 AMBIENT SENSOR................................................................................................................................................5167 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................5167 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................5167 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5167 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5167 IN-VEHICLE SENSOR.............................................................................................................................................5168 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................5168 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................5168 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5168 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5168 SUNLOAD SENSOR................................................................................................................................................5169 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................5169 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................5169 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5169 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5169 INTAKE SENSOR.................................................................................................................................................5170 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................5170 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................5171 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5171 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5171 GAS SENSOR....................................................................................................................................................5172 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................5172 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................5172 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5172 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5172 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR...................................................................................................................................5173 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................5173 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................5173 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5173 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5173 DOOR MOTOR....................................................................................................................................................5174 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................5174 MODE DOOR MOTOR...........................................................................................................................................5174 MODE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation............................................................................................................5174 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................5174 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................5175 AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR........................................................................................................................................5175 AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................................5175 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................5175 Driver Side...................................................................................................................................5175 Passenger Side................................................................................................................................5175 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................5175 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR.........................................................................................................................................5175 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR : Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................5176 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................5176 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................5176 IONIZER.......................................................................................................................................................5177 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................5177 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................5177 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5177 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5177 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX.................................................................................................................................. 115 HRN...........................................................................................................................................................................5178 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................5178 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................5179 HORN..............................................................................................................................................................5179 Wiring Diagram - HORN -.......................................................................................................................................5179 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................5182 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................5182 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................5182 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................5182 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5183 HORN..............................................................................................................................................................5183 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5183 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5183 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5183 Horn (LOW)............................................................................................................................................5183 Horn (HIGH)...........................................................................................................................................5183 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5183 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 115 INL...........................................................................................................................................................................5184 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................5184 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................5187 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW....................................................................................................................................5187 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................5187 OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................................5187 DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................................5187 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................5189 INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................5189 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................5189 System Description............................................................................................................................................5189 OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................................5189 Total Illumination Control Unit.......................................................................................................................5190 BCM...................................................................................................................................................5190 HOSPITALITY LIGHTING SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................5190 TOTAL ILLUMINATION CONTROL UNIT...........................................................................................................................5192 INTERIOR ROOM LAMP TIMER CONTROL..........................................................................................................................5192 STEP LAMP CONTROL.........................................................................................................................................5192 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................5193 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................5194 INTERIOR ROOM LAMP BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM...........................................................................................................................5195 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................5195 System Description............................................................................................................................................5195 OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................................5195 Applicable lamps......................................................................................................................................5195 INTERIOR ROOM LAMP BATTERY SAVER FUNCTION.................................................................................................................5195 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................5196 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................5197 ILLUMINATION CONTROL SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................5198 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................5198 System Description............................................................................................................................................5198 OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................................5198 ILLUMINATION CONTROL......................................................................................................................................5198 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................5199 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................5200 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TOTAL ILLUMINATION CONTROL UNIT)................................................................................................................5201 CONSULT-III Function (TOTAL ILLUM C/U)........................................................................................................................5201 APPLICATION ITEM..........................................................................................................................................5201 WORK SUPPORT..............................................................................................................................................5201 DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................................5201 ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................................5202 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)............................................................................................................................................5204 COMMON ITEM...................................................................................................................................................5204 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)....................................................................................................5204 APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................................5204 SYSTEM APPLICATION....................................................................................................................................5204 FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)...............................................................................................................................5204 INT LAMP......................................................................................................................................................5205 INT LAMP : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - INT LAMP)..........................................................................................................5205 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................5205 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................5206 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................5207 BATTERY SAVER.................................................................................................................................................5207 BATTERY SAVER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - BATTERY SAVER)................................................................................................5207 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................5207 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................5207 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................5208 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................5209 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................5209 TOTAL ILLUMINATION CONTROL UNIT...............................................................................................................................5209 TOTAL ILLUMINATION CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure.....................................................................................................5209 BCM...........................................................................................................................................................5209 BCM : Diagnosis Procedure.................................................................................................................................5209 INTERIOR ROOM LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................5211 Description...................................................................................................................................................5211 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5211 BATTERY SAVER SIGNAL CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5213 Description...................................................................................................................................................5213 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5213 HOSPITALITY LIGHTING POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1.......................................................................................................................5214 Description...................................................................................................................................................5214 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5214 HOSPITALITY LIGHTING POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2.......................................................................................................................5217 Description...................................................................................................................................................5217 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5217 HOSPITALITY LIGHTING POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 3.......................................................................................................................5219 Description...................................................................................................................................................5219 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5219 MAP LAMP CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................................5221 Description...................................................................................................................................................5221 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................5221 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5221 PERSONAL LAMP CIRCUIT.............................................................................................................................................5223 Description...................................................................................................................................................5223 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................5223 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5223 CENTER CONSOLE INDIRECT ILLUMINATION CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................5225 Description...................................................................................................................................................5225 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................5225 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5225 FOOT LAMP CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................................5227 Description...................................................................................................................................................5227 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................5227 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5227 PUDDLE LAMP CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................................5230 Description...................................................................................................................................................5230 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................5230 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5230 MOOD LAMP (FRONT DOOR ARMREST) CIRCUIT ...........................................................................................................................5232 Description...................................................................................................................................................5232 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................5232 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5232 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH ILLUMINATION CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................5234 Description...................................................................................................................................................5234 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................5234 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5234 MOOD LAMP (REAR DOOR ARMREST) CIRCUIT ............................................................................................................................5236 Description...................................................................................................................................................5236 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................5236 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5236 HOSPITALITY ILLUMINATION CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................5238 Description...................................................................................................................................................5238 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................5238 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5238 STEP LAMP CIRCUIT.................................................................................................................................................5241 Description...................................................................................................................................................5241 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................5241 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5241 TAIL LAMP SIGNAL CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................................5243 Description...................................................................................................................................................5243 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................5243 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5243 ILLUMINATION CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................5245 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................5245 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5245 MAP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT...........................................................................................................................................5247 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................5247 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5247 DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................................5249 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................5249 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5249 ROOM LAMP REQUEST SIGNAL CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................5253 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................5253 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5253 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................5254 INTERIOR ROOM LAMP CONTROL SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................5255 Wiring Diagram - INTERIOR ROOM LAMP -.........................................................................................................................5255 ILLUMINATION......................................................................................................................................................5268 Wiring Diagram - ILLUMINATION -...............................................................................................................................5268 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.............................................................................................................................................5280 TOTAL ILLUMINATION CONTROL UNIT...................................................................................................................................5280 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................5280 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................5280 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................5281 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................5281 Wiring Diagram - INTERIOR ROOM LAMP -.........................................................................................................................5288 Wiring Diagram - ILLUMINATION -...............................................................................................................................5301 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).........................................................................................................................................5313 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................5313 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................5313 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................5318 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................5318 Wiring Diagram - BCM -........................................................................................................................................5337 Fail-safe.....................................................................................................................................................5343 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC..................................................................................................................................5343 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION....................................................................................................................................5345 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION..............................................................................................................5345 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION...............................................................................................................................5345 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................................5346 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................5346 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................5349 INTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM SYMPTOMS.................................................................................................................................5349 Symptom Table.................................................................................................................................................5349 SYMPTOMS BY ITEM..........................................................................................................................................5349 SYMPTOMS BY FUNCTION......................................................................................................................................5350 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................5351 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................5351 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................5351 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................5351 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5352 MAP LAMP..........................................................................................................................................................5352 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5352 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5352 Replacement...................................................................................................................................................5352 MAP LAMP BULB.............................................................................................................................................5352 VANITY MIRROR LAMP................................................................................................................................................5353 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5353 Replacement...................................................................................................................................................5353 VANITY MIRROR LAMP BULB...................................................................................................................................5353 ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION..............................................................................................................................................5354 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5354 Replacement...................................................................................................................................................5354 ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION BULB.................................................................................................................................5354 GLOVE BOX LAMP....................................................................................................................................................5355 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5355 Replacement...................................................................................................................................................5355 GLOVE BOX LAMP BULB.......................................................................................................................................5355 TOTAL ILLUMINATION CONTROL UNIT...................................................................................................................................5356 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5356 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5356 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5356 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5356 FOOT LAMP.........................................................................................................................................................5357 DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................................5357 DRIVER SIDE : Exploded View...............................................................................................................................5357 DRIVER SIDE : Removal and Installation....................................................................................................................5357 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5357 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5357 DRIVER SIDE : Replacement.................................................................................................................................5357 FOOT LAMP BULB (DRIVER SIDE)..........................................................................................................................5357 PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................................5357 PASSENGER SIDE : Exploded View............................................................................................................................5358 PASSENGER SIDE : Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................5358 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5358 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5358 PASSENGER SIDE : Replacement..............................................................................................................................5358 FOOT LAMP BULB (PASSENGER SIDE).......................................................................................................................5358 MOOD LAMP.........................................................................................................................................................5359 FRONT DOOR ARMREST............................................................................................................................................5359 FRONT DOOR ARMREST : Exploded View........................................................................................................................5359 FRONT DOOR ARMREST : Replacement..........................................................................................................................5359 MOOD LAMP (FRONT DOOR ARMREST)........................................................................................................................5359 REAR DOOR ARMREST.............................................................................................................................................5359 REAR DOOR ARMREST : Exploded View.........................................................................................................................5359 REAR DOOR ARMREST : Replacement...........................................................................................................................5360 MOOD LAMP (REAR DOOR ARMREST).........................................................................................................................5360 STEP LAMP.........................................................................................................................................................5361 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5361 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5361 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5361 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5361 Replacement...................................................................................................................................................5361 STEP LAMP BULB............................................................................................................................................5361 PERSONAL LAMP.....................................................................................................................................................5362 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5362 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5362 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5362 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5362 Replacement...................................................................................................................................................5363 PERSONAL LAMP BULB........................................................................................................................................5363 PUDDLE LAMP.......................................................................................................................................................5364 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5364 LUGGAGE ROOM LAMP.................................................................................................................................................5365 LUGGAGE SIDE..................................................................................................................................................5365 LUGGAGE SIDE : Exploded View..............................................................................................................................5365 LUGGAGE SIDE : Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................5365 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5365 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5365 LUGGAGE SIDE : Replacement................................................................................................................................5365 LUGGAGE ROOM LAMP (LUGGAGE SIDE) BULB.................................................................................................................5365 BACK DOOR SIDE................................................................................................................................................5365 BACK DOOR SIDE : Exploded View............................................................................................................................5366 BACK DOOR SIDE : Removal and Installation.................................................................................................................5366 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5366 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5366 BACK DOOR SIDE : Replacement..............................................................................................................................5366 LUGGAGE ROOM LAMP BULB................................................................................................................................5366 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................................5367 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................5367 Bulb Specifications...........................................................................................................................................5367 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 115 INT...........................................................................................................................................................................5368 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................5368 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................5369 SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...............................................................................................................................5369 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................5369 CUSTOMER INTERVIEW........................................................................................................................................5369 DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE........................................................................................................................5369 CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS...........................................................................................................................5370 LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..............................................................................................................5370 REPAIR THE CAUSE..........................................................................................................................................5370 CONFIRM THE REPAIR........................................................................................................................................5371 Inspection Procedure..........................................................................................................................................5371 INSTRUMENT PANEL..........................................................................................................................................5371 CENTER CONSOLE............................................................................................................................................5371 DOORS.....................................................................................................................................................5371 TRUNK.....................................................................................................................................................5371 SUNROOF/HEADLINING........................................................................................................................................5372 SEATS.....................................................................................................................................................5372 UNDERHOOD.................................................................................................................................................5372 Diagnostic Worksheet..........................................................................................................................................5373 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................5375 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................5375 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................5375 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................5375 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.....................................................................................5375 OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................................5375 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................................5376 Precaution for Work...........................................................................................................................................5376 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................5377 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................5377 Special Service Tools.........................................................................................................................................5377 Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................................5377 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5378 FRONT DOOR FINISHER...............................................................................................................................................5378 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5378 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5378 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5378 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5380 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................................5380 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................5380 ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................................5380 REAR DOOR FINISHER................................................................................................................................................5381 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5381 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5381 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5381 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5383 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................................5383 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................5383 ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................................5383 BODY SIDE TRIM....................................................................................................................................................5384 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5384 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5384 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5384 FRONT PILLAR GARNISH..................................................................................................................................5384 FRONT KICKING PLATE INNER.............................................................................................................................5385 FRONT KICKING PLATE OUTER.............................................................................................................................5385 DASH SIDE FINISHER....................................................................................................................................5385 REAR KICKING PLATE INNER .............................................................................................................................5386 REAR KICKING PLATE OUTER..............................................................................................................................5386 CENTER PILLAR LOWER GARNISH...........................................................................................................................5386 CENTER PILLAR UPPER GARNISH...........................................................................................................................5386 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5387 FLOOR TRIM........................................................................................................................................................5388 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5388 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5388 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5388 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5389 HEADLINING........................................................................................................................................................5390 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5390 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5391 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5391 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5394 LUGGAGE FLOOR TRIM................................................................................................................................................5395 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5395 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5396 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5396 LUGGAGE REAR PLATE....................................................................................................................................5396 LUGGAGE FLOOR SPACER..................................................................................................................................5396 LUGGAGE SIDE FINISHER LOWER ..........................................................................................................................5397 LUGGAGE SIDE FINISHER UPPER...........................................................................................................................5398 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5398 BACK DOOR TRIM....................................................................................................................................................5399 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5399 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5399 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5399 BACK DOOR FINISHER INNER..............................................................................................................................5399 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5401 IP............................................................................................................................................................................5402 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................5402 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................5403 SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...............................................................................................................................5403 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................5403 CUSTOMER INTERVIEW........................................................................................................................................5403 DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE........................................................................................................................5403 CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS...........................................................................................................................5404 LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..............................................................................................................5404 REPAIR THE CAUSE..........................................................................................................................................5404 CONFIRM THE REPAIR........................................................................................................................................5405 Inspection Procedure..........................................................................................................................................5405 INSTRUMENT PANEL..........................................................................................................................................5405 CENTER CONSOLE............................................................................................................................................5405 DOORS.....................................................................................................................................................5405 TRUNK.....................................................................................................................................................5405 SUNROOF/HEADLINING........................................................................................................................................5406 SEATS.....................................................................................................................................................5406 UNDERHOOD.................................................................................................................................................5406 Diagnostic Worksheet..........................................................................................................................................5407 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................5409 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................5409 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................5409 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................5409 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.....................................................................................5409 OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................................5409 Precaution....................................................................................................................................................5410 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................5411 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................5411 Special Service Tools.........................................................................................................................................5411 Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................................5411 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5412 INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY.........................................................................................................................................5412 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5412 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5413 WORK STEP.................................................................................................................................................5413 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5414 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5422 CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................5423 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................5423 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................5423 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................5423 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................5425 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................................5425 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................5425 ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................................5427 LAN...........................................................................................................................................................................5428 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................5428 CAN FUNDAMENTAL.......................................................................................................................................................5439 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................5439 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................5439 Precautions for Trouble Diagnosis.........................................................................................................................5439 Precautions for Harness Repair............................................................................................................................5439 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................5440 CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................5440 System Description........................................................................................................................................5440 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................5440 CAN Communication Control Circuit.........................................................................................................................5441 DIAG ON CAN...................................................................................................................................................5442 Description...............................................................................................................................................5442 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................5442 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5443 Condition of Error Detection..............................................................................................................................5443 CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ERROR........................................................................................................................5443 WHEN “U1000” OR “U1001” IS INDICATED EVEN THOUGH CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM IS NORMAL...................................................................5443 Symptom When Error Occurs in CAN Communication System.....................................................................................................5443 ERROR EXAMPLE.........................................................................................................................................5443 Example: TCM branch line open circuit.............................................................................................................5443 Example: Data link connector branch line open circuit.............................................................................................5444 Example: Main Line Between Data Link Connector and ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) Open Circuit.....................................5445 Example: CAN-H, CAN-L Harness Short Circuit.......................................................................................................5445 CAN Diagnosis with CONSULT-III............................................................................................................................5446 Self-Diagnosis............................................................................................................................................5446 CAN Diagnostic Support Monitor............................................................................................................................5446 MONITOR ITEM (CONSULT-III)............................................................................................................................5446 Without PAST......................................................................................................................................5447 With PAST.........................................................................................................................................5447 MONITOR ITEM (ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS).....................................................................................................................5447 How to Use CAN Communication Signal Chart.................................................................................................................5448 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................5449 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.................................................................................................................................5449 Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart..............................................................................................................................5449 Trouble Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................................5449 INTERVIEW WITH CUSTOMER...............................................................................................................................5449 INSPECTION OF VEHICLE CONDITION.......................................................................................................................5450 CHECK OF CAN SYSTEM TYPE (HOW TO USE CAN SYSTEM TYPE SPECIFICATION CHART).............................................................................5450 CAN System Type Specification Chart (Style A).....................................................................................................5450 CAN System Type Specification Chart (Style B).....................................................................................................5451 CREATE INTERVIEW SHEET................................................................................................................................5452 Interview Sheet (Example).........................................................................................................................5453 DETECT THE ROOT CAUSE.................................................................................................................................5453 CAN...................................................................................................................................................................5454 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL............................................................................................................................................5454 HOW TO USE THIS SECTION.......................................................................................................................................5454 Caution...................................................................................................................................................5454 Abbreviation List.........................................................................................................................................5454 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................5455 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................5455 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................5455 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................5455 Precautions for Trouble Diagnosis.........................................................................................................................5455 Precautions for Harness Repair............................................................................................................................5455 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................5457 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.................................................................................................................................5457 Interview Sheet...........................................................................................................................................5457 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................5458 CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................5458 CAN System Specification Chart............................................................................................................................5458 VEHICLE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION..........................................................................................................5458 CAN Communication Signal Chart............................................................................................................................5459 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5464 CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................5464 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................5464 Wiring Diagram - CAN SYSTEM (AWD MODELS WITH AFS AND ICC) -...............................................................................................5465 Wiring Diagram - CAN SYSTEM (2WD MODELS OR AWD MODELS WITHOUT AFS OR ICC) -...............................................................................5472 MALFUNCTION AREA CHART........................................................................................................................................5480 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................5480 CAN Communication Circuit.................................................................................................................................5480 MAIN LINE.............................................................................................................................................5480 BRANCH LINE...........................................................................................................................................5481 SHORT CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................................5481 ITS Communication Circuit.................................................................................................................................5482 BRANCH LINE...........................................................................................................................................5482 SHORT CIRCUIT OR OPEN CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5482 MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND M&A CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5483 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5483 MAIN LINE BETWEEN M&A AND ADP CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5484 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5484 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND CGW CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5485 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5485 MAIN LINE BETWEEN CGW AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5486 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5486 MAIN LINE BETWEEN M&A AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5487 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5487 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5488 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5488 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND AFS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5490 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5490 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ICC CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5491 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5491 MAIN LINE BETWEEN AFS AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5492 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5492 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ICC AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5493 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5493 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5494 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5494 4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5495 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5495 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5496 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5496 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5497 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5497 A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5498 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5498 AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5499 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5499 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5500 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5500 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5501 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5501 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5502 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5502 TPMS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5503 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5503 ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5504 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5504 E-SUS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5505 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5505 RAS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5506 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5506 CGW BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT (CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 1).........................................................................................................5507 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5507 CGW BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT (CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 2).........................................................................................................5508 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5508 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5509 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5509 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................5510 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5510 AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5511 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5511 ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5512 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5512 LANE BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5513 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5513 PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5514 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5514 APA BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5515 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5515 BCU BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5516 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5516 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5517 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5517 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 1...................................................................................................................................5519 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5519 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 2...................................................................................................................................5521 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5521 ITS COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5523 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5523 CAN GATEWAY...........................................................................................................................................................5525 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................5525 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.....................................................................................................................................5525 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (CAN GATEWAY)..............................................................................................5525 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (CAN GATEWAY) : Description...........................................................................5525 BEFORE REPLACEMENT................................................................................................................................5525 AFTER REPLACEMENT.................................................................................................................................5525 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT (CAN GATEWAY) : Special Repair Requirement............................................................5525 CONFIGURATION (CAN GATEWAY)...............................................................................................................................5525 CONFIGURATION (CAN GATEWAY) : Description.............................................................................................................5525 CONFIGURATION (CAN GATEWAY) : Special Repair Requirement..............................................................................................5526 CONFIGURATION (CAN GATEWAY) : Configuration list......................................................................................................5526 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................5527 CAN GATEWAY SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................5527 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................5527 System Description........................................................................................................................................5527 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................5527 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................5527 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (CAN GATEWAY)................................................................................................................................5529 CONSULT-III Function (CAN gateway)........................................................................................................................5529 APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................................5529 SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................................................................................................................................5529 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5530 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5530 Description...............................................................................................................................................5530 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................5530 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................5530 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5530 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)......................................................................................................................................5531 Description...............................................................................................................................................5531 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................5531 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................5531 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5531 B2600 CONFIG ERROR............................................................................................................................................5532 Description...............................................................................................................................................5532 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................5532 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................5532 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5532 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................5533 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5533 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................5534 CAN GATEWAY...................................................................................................................................................5534 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................5534 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................5534 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................5534 Wiring Diagram - CAN GATEWAY SYSTEM -.....................................................................................................................5535 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................5537 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................5537 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................5538 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................5538 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................5538 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................5538 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5539 CAN GATEWAY...................................................................................................................................................5539 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................5539 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................5539 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5539 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5539 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)...................................................................................................................................................5540 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5540 MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND M&A CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5540 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5540 MAIN LINE BETWEEN M&A AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5541 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5541 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5542 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5542 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5543 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5543 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5544 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5544 A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5545 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5545 AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5546 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5546 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5547 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5547 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5548 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5548 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5549 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5549 TPMS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5550 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5550 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5551 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5551 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................5552 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5552 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5553 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5553 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)...................................................................................................................................................5555 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5555 MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND M&A CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5555 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5555 MAIN LINE BETWEEN M&A AND ADP CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5556 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5556 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5557 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5557 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5559 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5559 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5560 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5560 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5561 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5561 A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5562 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5562 AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5563 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5563 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5564 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5564 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5565 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5565 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5566 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5566 TPMS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5567 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5567 ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5568 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5568 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5569 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5569 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................5570 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5570 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5571 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5571 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)...................................................................................................................................................5573 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5573 MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND M&A CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5573 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5573 MAIN LINE BETWEEN M&A AND ADP CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5574 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5574 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND AFS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5575 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5575 MAIN LINE BETWEEN AFS AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5576 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5576 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5577 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5577 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5578 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5578 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5579 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5579 A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5580 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5580 AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5581 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5581 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5582 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5582 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5583 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5583 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5584 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5584 TPMS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5585 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5585 ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5586 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5586 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5587 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5587 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................5588 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5588 AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5589 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5589 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5590 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5590 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)...................................................................................................................................................5592 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5592 MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND M&A CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5592 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5592 MAIN LINE BETWEEN M&A AND ADP CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5593 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5593 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ICC CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5594 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5594 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ICC AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5595 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5595 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5596 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5596 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5597 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5597 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5598 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5598 A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5599 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5599 AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5600 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5600 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5601 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5601 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5602 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5602 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5603 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5603 TPMS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5604 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5604 ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5605 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5605 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5606 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5606 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................5607 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5607 ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5608 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5608 LANE BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5609 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5609 PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5610 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5610 APA BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5611 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5611 BCU BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5612 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5612 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5613 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5613 ITS COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5615 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5615 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)...................................................................................................................................................5617 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5617 MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND M&A CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5617 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5617 MAIN LINE BETWEEN M&A AND ADP CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5618 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5618 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND AFS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5619 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5619 MAIN LINE BETWEEN AFS AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5620 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5620 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5621 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5621 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5622 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5622 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5623 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5623 A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5624 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5624 AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5625 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5625 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5626 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5626 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5627 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5627 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5628 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5628 TPMS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5629 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5629 ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5630 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5630 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5631 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5631 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................5632 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5632 AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5633 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5633 ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5634 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5634 LANE BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5635 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5635 PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5636 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5636 APA BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5637 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5637 BCU BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5638 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5638 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5639 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5639 ITS COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5641 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5641 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)...................................................................................................................................................5643 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5643 MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND M&A CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5643 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5643 MAIN LINE BETWEEN M&A AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5644 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5644 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5645 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5645 4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5646 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5646 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5647 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5647 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5648 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5648 A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5649 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5649 AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5650 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5650 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5651 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5651 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5652 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5652 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5653 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5653 TPMS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5654 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5654 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5655 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5655 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................5656 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5656 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5657 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5657 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)...................................................................................................................................................5659 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5659 MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND M&A CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5659 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5659 MAIN LINE BETWEEN M&A AND ADP CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5660 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5660 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5661 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5661 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5663 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5663 4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5664 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5664 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5665 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5665 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5666 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5666 A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5667 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5667 AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5668 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5668 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5669 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5669 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5670 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5670 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5671 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5671 TPMS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5672 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5672 ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5673 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5673 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5674 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5674 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................5675 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5675 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5676 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5676 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)...................................................................................................................................................5678 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5678 MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND M&A CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5678 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5678 MAIN LINE BETWEEN M&A AND ADP CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5679 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5679 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND AFS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5680 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5680 MAIN LINE BETWEEN AFS AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5681 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5681 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5682 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5682 4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5683 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5683 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5684 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5684 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5685 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5685 A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5686 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5686 AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5687 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5687 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5688 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5688 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5689 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5689 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5690 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5690 TPMS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5691 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5691 ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5692 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5692 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5693 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5693 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................5694 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5694 AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5695 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5695 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5696 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5696 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)...................................................................................................................................................5698 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5698 MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND M&A CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5698 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5698 MAIN LINE BETWEEN M&A AND ADP CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5699 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5699 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ICC CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5700 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5700 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ICC AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5701 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5701 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5702 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5702 4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5703 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5703 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5704 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5704 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5705 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5705 A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5706 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5706 AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5707 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5707 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5708 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5708 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5709 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5709 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5710 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5710 TPMS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5711 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5711 ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5712 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5712 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5713 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5713 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................5714 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5714 ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5715 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5715 LANE BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5716 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5716 PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5717 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5717 APA BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5718 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5718 BCU BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5719 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5719 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5720 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5720 ITS COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5722 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5722 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)..................................................................................................................................................5724 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5724 MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND M&A CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5724 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5724 MAIN LINE BETWEEN M&A AND ADP CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5725 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5725 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND CGW CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5726 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5726 MAIN LINE BETWEEN CGW AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5727 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5727 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5728 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5728 4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5729 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5729 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5730 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5730 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5731 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5731 A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5732 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5732 AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5733 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5733 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5734 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5734 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5735 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5735 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5736 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5736 TPMS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5737 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5737 ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5738 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5738 CGW BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT (CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 1).........................................................................................................5739 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5739 CGW BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT (CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 2).........................................................................................................5740 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5740 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5741 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5741 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................5742 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5742 AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5743 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5743 ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5744 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5744 LANE BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5745 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5745 PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5746 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5746 APA BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5747 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5747 BCU BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5748 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5748 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 1...................................................................................................................................5749 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5749 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 2...................................................................................................................................5751 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5751 ITS COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5753 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5753 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)..................................................................................................................................................5755 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5755 MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND M&A CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5755 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5755 MAIN LINE BETWEEN M&A AND ADP CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5756 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5756 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5757 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5757 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5759 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5759 4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5760 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5760 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5761 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5761 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5762 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5762 A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5763 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5763 AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5764 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5764 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5765 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5765 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5766 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5766 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5767 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5767 TPMS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5768 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5768 ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5769 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5769 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5770 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5770 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................5771 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5771 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5772 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5772 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 12)..................................................................................................................................................5774 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5774 MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND M&A CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5774 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5774 MAIN LINE BETWEEN M&A AND ADP CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5775 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5775 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND AFS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5776 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5776 MAIN LINE BETWEEN AFS AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5777 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5777 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5778 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5778 4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5779 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5779 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5780 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5780 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5781 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5781 A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5782 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5782 AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5783 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5783 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5784 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5784 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5785 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5785 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5786 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5786 TPMS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5787 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5787 ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5788 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5788 E-SUS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5789 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5789 RAS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5790 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5790 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5791 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5791 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................5792 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5792 AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5793 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5793 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5794 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5794 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 13)..................................................................................................................................................5796 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5796 MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND M&A CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5796 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5796 MAIN LINE BETWEEN M&A AND ADP CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5797 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5797 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND ICC CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5798 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5798 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ICC AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5799 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5799 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5800 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5800 4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5801 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5801 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5802 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5802 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5803 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5803 A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5804 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5804 AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5805 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5805 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5806 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5806 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5807 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5807 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5808 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5808 TPMS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5809 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5809 ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5810 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5810 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5811 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5811 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................5812 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5812 ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5813 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5813 LANE BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5814 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5814 PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5815 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5815 APA BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5816 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5816 BCU BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5817 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5817 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5818 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5818 ITS COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5820 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5820 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 14)..................................................................................................................................................5822 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5822 MAIN LINE BETWEEN DLC AND M&A CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5822 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5822 MAIN LINE BETWEEN M&A AND ADP CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5823 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5823 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ADP AND CGW CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5824 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5824 MAIN LINE BETWEEN CGW AND ABS CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................5825 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5825 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5826 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5826 4WD BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5827 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5827 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5828 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5828 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5829 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5829 A-BAG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5830 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5830 AV BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................5831 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5831 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5832 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5832 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5833 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5833 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5834 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5834 TPMS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5835 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5835 ADP BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5836 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5836 E-SUS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5837 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5837 RAS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5838 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5838 CGW BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT (CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 1).........................................................................................................5839 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5839 CGW BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT (CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 2).........................................................................................................5840 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5840 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5841 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5841 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................5842 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5842 AFS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5843 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5843 ICC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5844 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5844 LANE BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................5845 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5845 PSB BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5846 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5846 APA BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5847 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5847 BCU BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................5848 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5848 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 1...................................................................................................................................5849 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5849 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 2...................................................................................................................................5851 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5851 ITS COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT.....................................................................................................................................5853 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5853 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 115 LU............................................................................................................................................................................5855 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................5855 VQ35HR................................................................................................................................................................5857 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................5857 DESCRIPTION...................................................................................................................................................5857 Engine Lubrication System.................................................................................................................................5857 Engine Lubrication System Schematic.......................................................................................................................5857 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................5858 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................5858 Liquid Gasket.............................................................................................................................................5858 LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................5858 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................5859 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................5859 Special Service Tools.....................................................................................................................................5859 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................5859 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................5860 ENGINE OIL....................................................................................................................................................5860 Inspection................................................................................................................................................5860 ENGINE OIL LEVEL......................................................................................................................................5860 ENGINE OIL APPEARANCE.................................................................................................................................5860 ENGINE OIL LEAKAGE....................................................................................................................................5860 OIL PRESSURE CHECK....................................................................................................................................5861 Draining..................................................................................................................................................5862 Refilling.................................................................................................................................................5862 OIL FILTER....................................................................................................................................................5863 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................5863 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5863 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5863 Inspection................................................................................................................................................5864 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................5864 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5865 OIL FILTER BRACKET (AWD)......................................................................................................................................5865 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................5865 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................5865 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5865 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5865 Inspection................................................................................................................................................5866 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................5866 OIL COOLER....................................................................................................................................................5867 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................5867 2WD models............................................................................................................................................5867 AWD models............................................................................................................................................5867 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................5868 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5868 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5869 Inspection................................................................................................................................................5869 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................5869 Oil Cooler........................................................................................................................................5869 Relief Valve......................................................................................................................................5869 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................5869 UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................5871 OIL PUMP......................................................................................................................................................5871 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................5871 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................5871 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................5871 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................5871 Inspection................................................................................................................................................5872 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................5872 Oil Pump Clearance................................................................................................................................5872 Regulator Valve Clearance.........................................................................................................................5872 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................5873 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................5874 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................5874 Periodical Maintenance Specification......................................................................................................................5874 ENGINE OIL CAPACITY (APPROXIMATELY)...................................................................................................................5874 Engine Oil Pressure.......................................................................................................................................5874 Oil Pump..................................................................................................................................................5874 Regulator Valve...........................................................................................................................................5874 VK50VE................................................................................................................................................................5875 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................5875 DESCRIPTION...................................................................................................................................................5875 Engine Lubrication System.................................................................................................................................5875 Engine Lubrication System Schematic.......................................................................................................................5876 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................5877 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................5877 Liquid Gasket.............................................................................................................................................5877 LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................5877 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................5878 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................5878 Special Service Tools.....................................................................................................................................5878 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................5878 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................5879 ENGINE OIL....................................................................................................................................................5879 Inspection................................................................................................................................................5879 ENGINE OIL LEVEL......................................................................................................................................5879 ENGINE OIL APPEARANCE.................................................................................................................................5879 ENGINE OIL LEAKAGE....................................................................................................................................5879 OIL PRESSURE CHECK....................................................................................................................................5879 Draining..................................................................................................................................................5880 Refilling.................................................................................................................................................5881 OIL FILTER....................................................................................................................................................5882 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................5882 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5882 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5882 Inspection................................................................................................................................................5882 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................5882 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5883 OIL COOLER....................................................................................................................................................5883 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................5883 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................5883 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5883 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5884 Inspection................................................................................................................................................5884 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................5884 Oil Cooler........................................................................................................................................5884 Relief Valve......................................................................................................................................5884 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................5884 UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................5885 OIL PUMP......................................................................................................................................................5885 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................5885 Disassembly and Assembly..................................................................................................................................5885 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................5885 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................5885 Inspection................................................................................................................................................5885 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................5885 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................5887 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................5887 Periodical Maintenance Specification......................................................................................................................5887 ENGINE OIL CAPACITY (APPROXIMATELY)...................................................................................................................5887 Engine Oil Pressure.......................................................................................................................................5887 MA............................................................................................................................................................................5888 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................5888 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................5891 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................5891 Special Service Tool..........................................................................................................................................5891 Commercial Service Tool.......................................................................................................................................5891 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..................................................................................................................................................5892 GENERAL MAINTENANCE...............................................................................................................................................5892 Explanation of General Maintenance............................................................................................................................5892 OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE.......................................................................................................................................5892 INSIDE THE VEHICLE........................................................................................................................................5892 UNDER THE HOOD AND VEHICLE................................................................................................................................5893 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................5894 Introduction of Periodic Maintenance..........................................................................................................................5894 Schedule 1....................................................................................................................................................5894 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................5894 CHASSIS AND BODY..........................................................................................................................................5895 Schedule 2....................................................................................................................................................5896 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................5896 CHASSIS AND BODY..........................................................................................................................................5897 RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS.................................................................................................................................5899 Fluids and Lubricants.........................................................................................................................................5899 Engine Oil Recommendation.....................................................................................................................................5900 Anti-Freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio.............................................................................................................................5900 ENGINE MAINTENANCE (VQ35HR).......................................................................................................................................5901 DRIVE BELT....................................................................................................................................................5901 DRIVE BELT : Exploded View................................................................................................................................5901 DRIVE BELT : Checking.....................................................................................................................................5901 DRIVE BELT : Tension Adjustment...........................................................................................................................5901 ENGINE COOLANT................................................................................................................................................5901 ENGINE COOLANT : Draining.................................................................................................................................5901 ENGINE COOLANT : Refilling................................................................................................................................5902 ENGINE COOLANT : Flushing.................................................................................................................................5903 FUEL LINES....................................................................................................................................................5904 FUEL LINES : Inspection...................................................................................................................................5904 AIR CLEANER FILTER............................................................................................................................................5904 AIR CLEANER FILTER : Removal and Installation.............................................................................................................5905 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5905 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5905 ENGINE OIL....................................................................................................................................................5905 ENGINE OIL : Draining.....................................................................................................................................5905 ENGINE OIL : Refilling....................................................................................................................................5905 OIL FILTER....................................................................................................................................................5906 OIL FILTER : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................5906 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5906 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5906 OIL FILTER : Inspection...................................................................................................................................5907 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................5907 SPARK PLUG....................................................................................................................................................5907 SPARK PLUG : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................5907 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5907 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5907 SPARK PLUG : Inspection...................................................................................................................................5908 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................5908 EVAP VAPOR LINES..............................................................................................................................................5908 EVAP VAPOR LINES : Inspection.............................................................................................................................5908 ENGINE MAINTENANCE (VK50VE).......................................................................................................................................5909 DRIVE BELTS...................................................................................................................................................5909 DRIVE BELTS : Exploded View...............................................................................................................................5909 DRIVE BELTS : Checking....................................................................................................................................5909 DRIVE BELTS : Tension Adjustment..........................................................................................................................5910 ENGINE COOLANT................................................................................................................................................5910 ENGINE COOLANT : Draining.................................................................................................................................5910 ENGINE COOLANT : Refilling................................................................................................................................5910 ENGINE COOLANT : Flushing.................................................................................................................................5912 FUEL LINES....................................................................................................................................................5912 FUEL LINES : Inspection...................................................................................................................................5913 AIR CLEANER FILTER............................................................................................................................................5913 AIR CLEANER FILTER : Removal and Installation.............................................................................................................5913 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5913 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5913 ENGINE OIL....................................................................................................................................................5913 ENGINE OIL : Draining.....................................................................................................................................5913 ENGINE OIL : Refilling....................................................................................................................................5914 OIL FILTER....................................................................................................................................................5914 OIL FILTER : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................5914 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5914 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5914 OIL FILTER : Inspection...................................................................................................................................5915 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................5915 SPARK PLUG....................................................................................................................................................5915 SPARK PLUG : Removal and Installation.....................................................................................................................5915 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................5915 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5915 SPARK PLUG : Inspection...................................................................................................................................5915 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................5915 EVAP VAPOR LINES..............................................................................................................................................5916 EVAP VAPOR LINES : Inspection.............................................................................................................................5916 CHASSIS MAINTENANCE...............................................................................................................................................5917 EXHAUST SYSTEM................................................................................................................................................5917 EXHAUST SYSTEM : Inspection...............................................................................................................................5917 TRANSFER FLUID................................................................................................................................................5917 TRANSFER FLUID : Inspection...............................................................................................................................5917 FLUID LEAKAGE.........................................................................................................................................5917 FLUID LEVEL...........................................................................................................................................5917 TRANSFER FLUID : Draining.................................................................................................................................5917 TRANSFER FLUID : Refilling................................................................................................................................5918 FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S56A..................................................................................................................................5918 FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S56A : Inspection.................................................................................................................5918 NOISE.................................................................................................................................................5918 VIBRATION.............................................................................................................................................5918 RUNOUT MEASURING POINT................................................................................................................................5918 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A-R.................................................................................................................................5918 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3S80A-R : Inspection................................................................................................................5918 NOISE.................................................................................................................................................5918 VIBRATION.............................................................................................................................................5919 RUNOUT MEASURING POINT................................................................................................................................5919 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3F80A-1VL107............................................................................................................................5919 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3F80A-1VL107 : Inspection...........................................................................................................5919 NOISE.................................................................................................................................................5919 VIBRATION.............................................................................................................................................5919 RUNOUT MEASURING POINT................................................................................................................................5919 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3F-R-2VL107.............................................................................................................................5920 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT: 3F-R-2VL107 : Inspection............................................................................................................5920 NOISE.................................................................................................................................................5920 VIBRATION.............................................................................................................................................5920 RUNOUT MEASURING POINT................................................................................................................................5920 FRONT DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: F160A............................................................................................................................5920 FRONT DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: F160A : Inspection...........................................................................................................5920 OIL LEAKAGE...........................................................................................................................................5920 OIL LEVEL.............................................................................................................................................5920 FRONT DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: F160A : Draining.............................................................................................................5921 FRONT DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: F160A : Refilling............................................................................................................5921 REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200..............................................................................................................................5921 REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200 : Inspection.............................................................................................................5921 OIL LEAKAGE...........................................................................................................................................5921 OIL LEVEL.............................................................................................................................................5921 REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200 : Draining...............................................................................................................5922 REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R200 : Refilling..............................................................................................................5922 REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R230..............................................................................................................................5922 REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R230 : Inspection.............................................................................................................5922 OIL LEAKAGE...........................................................................................................................................5922 OIL LEVEL.............................................................................................................................................5922 REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R230 : Draining...............................................................................................................5923 REAR DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL: R230 : Refilling..............................................................................................................5923 WHEELS (BONDING WEIGHT TYPE)..................................................................................................................................5923 WHEELS (BONDING WEIGHT TYPE) : Adjustment.................................................................................................................5923 BALANCING WHEELS (BONDING WEIGHT TYPE)................................................................................................................5923 Preparation Before Adjustment.....................................................................................................................5923 Wheel Balance Adjustment..........................................................................................................................5923 TIRE ROTATION.........................................................................................................................................5925 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL AND LEAKS...................................................................................................................................5925 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL AND LEAKS : Inspection..................................................................................................................5925 BRAKE LINES AND CABLES........................................................................................................................................5925 BRAKE LINES AND CABLES : Inspection.......................................................................................................................5925 BRAKE FLUID...................................................................................................................................................5925 BRAKE FLUID : Changing....................................................................................................................................5926 DISC BRAKE....................................................................................................................................................5926 DISC BRAKE : Inspection...................................................................................................................................5926 DISC ROTOR............................................................................................................................................5926 CALIPER...............................................................................................................................................5926 BRAKE PAD.............................................................................................................................................5926 DISC BRAKE : Front Disc Brake.............................................................................................................................5926 2 PISTON TYPE.........................................................................................................................................5926 4 PISTON TYPE.........................................................................................................................................5926 DISC BRAKE : Rear Disc Brake..............................................................................................................................5927 1 PISTON TYPE.........................................................................................................................................5927 2 PISTON TYPE.........................................................................................................................................5927 STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE.....................................................................................................................................5927 STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE : Inspection....................................................................................................................5927 STEERING GEAR.........................................................................................................................................5927 STEERING LINKAGE......................................................................................................................................5927 POWER STEERING FLUID AND LINES................................................................................................................................5927 POWER STEERING FLUID AND LINES : Inspection...............................................................................................................5928 AXLE AND SUSPENSION PARTS.....................................................................................................................................5928 AXLE AND SUSPENSION PARTS : Inspection....................................................................................................................5928 DRIVE SHAFT...................................................................................................................................................5928 DRIVE SHAFT : Inspection..................................................................................................................................5929 BODY MAINTENANCE..................................................................................................................................................5930 LOCKS, HINGES AND HOOD LATCH..................................................................................................................................5930 LOCKS, HINGES AND HOOD LATCH : Lubricating................................................................................................................5930 SEAT BELT, BUCKLES, RETRACTORS, ANCHORS AND ADJUSTERS.........................................................................................................5930 SEAT BELT, BUCKLES, RETRACTORS, ANCHORS AND ADJUSTERS : Inspection........................................................................................5930 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................................5931 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................5931 DRIVE BELT (VQ35HR)...........................................................................................................................................5931 DRIVE BELT (VQ35HR) : Drive Belt..........................................................................................................................5931 DRIVE BELT............................................................................................................................................5931 DRIVE BELTS (VK50VE)..........................................................................................................................................5931 DRIVE BELTS (VK50VE) : Drive Belts........................................................................................................................5931 DRIVE BELT............................................................................................................................................5931 ENGINE COOLANT (VQ35HR).......................................................................................................................................5931 ENGINE COOLANT (VQ35HR) : Periodical Maintenance Specification............................................................................................5931 ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATELY)...............................................................................................................5931 ENGINE COOLANT (VK50VE).......................................................................................................................................5931 ENGINE COOLANT (VK50VE) : Periodical Maintenance Specification............................................................................................5931 ENGINE COOLANT CAPACITY (APPROXIMATELY)...............................................................................................................5931 ENGINE OIL (VQ35HR)...........................................................................................................................................5931 ENGINE OIL (VQ35HR) : Periodical Maintenance Specification................................................................................................5931 ENGINE OIL CAPACITY (APPROXIMATELY)...................................................................................................................5931 ENGINE OIL (VK50VE)...........................................................................................................................................5931 ENGINE OIL (VK50VE) : Periodical Maintenance Specification................................................................................................5931 ENGINE OIL CAPACITY (APPROXIMATELY)...................................................................................................................5931 SPARK PLUG (VQ35HR)...........................................................................................................................................5932 SPARK PLUG (VQ35HR) : Spark Plug..........................................................................................................................5932 SPARK PLUG............................................................................................................................................5932 SPARK PLUG (VK50VE)...........................................................................................................................................5932 SPARK PLUG (VK50VE) : Spark Plug..........................................................................................................................5932 SPARK PLUG............................................................................................................................................5932 ROAD WHEEL....................................................................................................................................................5932 ROAD WHEEL : Road Wheel...................................................................................................................................5932 ALUMINUM WHEEL .......................................................................................................................................5932 MIR...........................................................................................................................................................................5933 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................5933 WITH ADP..............................................................................................................................................................5935 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................5935 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.................................................................................................................................5935 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................5935 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................5935 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................5936 DOOR MIRROR SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................5936 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................5936 System Description........................................................................................................................................5936 MANUAL FUNCTION.......................................................................................................................................5936 Description.......................................................................................................................................5936 Operation Conditions..............................................................................................................................5936 REVERSE INTERLOCK DOOR MIRROR SYSTEM..................................................................................................................5936 Description.......................................................................................................................................5936 Operation Conditions..............................................................................................................................5936 Mirror Angle Memory Function......................................................................................................................5936 Memory Procedure..................................................................................................................................5937 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER SYSTEM LINKED OPERATION....................................................................................................5937 Description.......................................................................................................................................5937 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................5937 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................5938 INSIDE MIRROR SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................5939 System Description........................................................................................................................................5939 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................5939 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT)...................................................................................................................5940 Diagnosis Description.....................................................................................................................................5940 DIAGNOSTIC MODE.......................................................................................................................................5940 CONSULT-III Function......................................................................................................................................5940 SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS................................................................................................................................5940 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................5940 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................5941 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................5942 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................5943 DOOR MIRROR REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH.............................................................................................................................5943 MIRROR SWITCH.............................................................................................................................................5943 MIRROR SWITCH : Description...........................................................................................................................5943 MIRROR SWITCH : Component Function Check..............................................................................................................5943 MIRROR SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................5943 MIRROR SWITCH : Component Inspection..................................................................................................................5944 CHANGEOVER SWITCH.........................................................................................................................................5945 CHANGEOVER SWITCH : Description.......................................................................................................................5945 CHANGEOVER SWITCH : Component Function Check..........................................................................................................5945 CHANGEOVER SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................5945 CHANGEOVER SWITCH : Component Inspection..............................................................................................................5946 AUTO ANTI-DAZZLING INSIDE MIRROR SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................5948 Wiring Diagram - INSIDE MIRROR SYSTEM -...................................................................................................................5948 MIRROR SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................................5950 Wiring Diagram - MIRROR SYSTEM -..........................................................................................................................5950 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................5959 DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................................5959 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................5959 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................5959 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................5960 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................5960 Wiring Diagram - AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER CONTROL SYSTEM -..............................................................................................5964 Fail Safe.................................................................................................................................................5973 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................5974 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER CONTROL UNIT.......................................................................................................................5975 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................5975 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................5975 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................5975 Wiring Diagram - AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER CONTROL SYSTEM -..............................................................................................5979 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................5989 DOOR MIRROR DOES NOT OPERATE..................................................................................................................................5989 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5989 REVERSE INTERLOCK DOOR MIRROR DOES NOT OPERATE................................................................................................................5990 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................5990 SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...........................................................................................................................5991 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................5991 CUSTOMER INTERVIEW....................................................................................................................................5991 DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE....................................................................................................................5991 CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS.......................................................................................................................5992 LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..........................................................................................................5992 REPAIR THE CAUSE......................................................................................................................................5992 CONFIRM THE REPAIR....................................................................................................................................5993 Inspection Procedure......................................................................................................................................5993 INSTRUMENT PANEL......................................................................................................................................5993 CENTER CONSOLE........................................................................................................................................5993 DOORS.................................................................................................................................................5993 TRUNK.................................................................................................................................................5993 SUNROOF/HEADLINING....................................................................................................................................5994 SEATS.................................................................................................................................................5994 UNDERHOOD.............................................................................................................................................5994 Diagnostic Worksheet......................................................................................................................................5995 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................5997 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................5997 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................5997 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................5997 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................5998 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................5998 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................5998 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................5999 INSIDE MIRROR.................................................................................................................................................5999 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................5999 Base model............................................................................................................................................5999 Option model..........................................................................................................................................5999 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................6000 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6000 Base model........................................................................................................................................6000 Option model......................................................................................................................................6000 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6000 OUTSIDE MIRROR................................................................................................................................................6001 DOOR MIRROR ASSEMBLY......................................................................................................................................6001 DOOR MIRROR ASSEMBLY : Exploded View..................................................................................................................6001 DOOR MIRROR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation.......................................................................................................6001 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................6001 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................6001 DOOR MIRROR ASSEMBLY : Disassembly and Assembly.......................................................................................................6001 DISASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................................6001 ASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................................6002 GLASS MIRROR..............................................................................................................................................6002 GLASS MIRROR : Exploded View..........................................................................................................................6002 GLASS MIRROR : Disassembly and Assembly...............................................................................................................6003 DISASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................................6003 ASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................................6003 DOOR MIRROR COVER.........................................................................................................................................6003 DOOR MIRROR COVER : Exploded View.....................................................................................................................6003 DOOR MIRROR COVER : Disassembly and Assembly..........................................................................................................6004 DISASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................................6004 ASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................................6004 DOOR MIRROR REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH.............................................................................................................................6005 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................6005 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................6005 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6005 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6005 WITHOUT ADP...........................................................................................................................................................6006 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................6006 DOOR MIRROR SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................6006 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................6006 INSIDE MIRROR SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................6007 System Description........................................................................................................................................6007 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................6007 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................6008 AUTO ANTI-DAZZLING INSIDE MIRROR SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................6008 Wiring Diagram - INSIDE MIRROR SYSTEM -...................................................................................................................6008 MIRROR SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................................6010 Wiring Diagram - MIRROR SYSTEM -..........................................................................................................................6010 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................6013 SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...........................................................................................................................6013 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................6013 CUSTOMER INTERVIEW....................................................................................................................................6013 DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE....................................................................................................................6013 CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS.......................................................................................................................6014 LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..........................................................................................................6014 REPAIR THE CAUSE......................................................................................................................................6014 CONFIRM THE REPAIR....................................................................................................................................6015 Inspection Procedure......................................................................................................................................6015 INSTRUMENT PANEL......................................................................................................................................6015 CENTER CONSOLE........................................................................................................................................6015 DOORS.................................................................................................................................................6015 TRUNK.................................................................................................................................................6015 SUNROOF/HEADLINING....................................................................................................................................6016 SEATS.................................................................................................................................................6016 UNDERHOOD.............................................................................................................................................6016 Diagnostic Worksheet......................................................................................................................................6017 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................6019 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................6019 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................6019 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................6019 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................6020 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................6020 Commercial Service Tools..................................................................................................................................6020 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6021 INSIDE MIRROR.................................................................................................................................................6021 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................6021 Base model............................................................................................................................................6021 Option model..........................................................................................................................................6021 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................6022 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6022 Base model........................................................................................................................................6022 Option model......................................................................................................................................6022 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6022 OUTSIDE MIRROR................................................................................................................................................6023 DOOR MIRROR ASSEMBLY......................................................................................................................................6023 DOOR MIRROR ASSEMBLY : Exploded View..................................................................................................................6023 DOOR MIRROR ASSEMBLY : Removal and Installation.......................................................................................................6023 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................6023 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................6023 DOOR MIRROR ASSEMBLY : Disassembly and Assembly.......................................................................................................6023 DISASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................................6023 ASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................................6024 GLASS MIRROR..............................................................................................................................................6024 GLASS MIRROR : Exploded View..........................................................................................................................6024 GLASS MIRROR : Disassembly and Assembly...............................................................................................................6025 DISASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................................6025 ASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................................6025 DOOR MIRROR COVER.........................................................................................................................................6025 DOOR MIRROR COVER : Exploded View.....................................................................................................................6025 DOOR MIRROR COVER : Disassembly and Assembly..........................................................................................................6026 DISASSEMBLY.......................................................................................................................................6026 ASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................................6026 DOOR MIRROR REMOTE CONTROL SWITCH.............................................................................................................................6027 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................6027 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................6027 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6027 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6027 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 115 MWI...........................................................................................................................................................................6028 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................6028 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................6031 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................................6031 Work flow.....................................................................................................................................................6031 OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................................6031 DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................................6031 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................6033 METER SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................................6033 METER SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................................6033 METER SYSTEM : System Diagram.............................................................................................................................6033 METER SYSTEM : System Description.........................................................................................................................6033 COMBINATION METER.....................................................................................................................................6033 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.............................................................................................................................6033 IPDM E/R..............................................................................................................................................6034 METER CONTROL FUNCTION LIST...........................................................................................................................6034 ARRANGEMENT OF COMBINATION METER......................................................................................................................6035 METER SYSTEM : Component Parts Location...................................................................................................................6037 METER SYSTEM : Component Description......................................................................................................................6038 SPEEDOMETER...................................................................................................................................................6039 SPEEDOMETER : System Diagram..............................................................................................................................6039 SPEEDOMETER : System Description..........................................................................................................................6039 SPEEDOMETER : Component Parts Location....................................................................................................................6040 SPEEDOMETER : Component Description.......................................................................................................................6041 TACHOMETER....................................................................................................................................................6041 TACHOMETER : System Diagram...............................................................................................................................6041 TACHOMETER : System Description...........................................................................................................................6041 TACHOMETER : Component Parts Location.....................................................................................................................6042 TACHOMETER : Component Description........................................................................................................................6043 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE..............................................................................................................................6043 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE : System Diagram.........................................................................................................6043 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE : System Description.....................................................................................................6043 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE : Component Parts Location...............................................................................................6044 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE : Component Description..................................................................................................6045 FUEL GAUGE....................................................................................................................................................6045 FUEL GAUGE : System Diagram...............................................................................................................................6045 FUEL GAUGE : System Description...........................................................................................................................6045 CONTROL OUTLINE.......................................................................................................................................6045 REFUEL CONTROL........................................................................................................................................6045 FUEL GAUGE : Component Parts Location.....................................................................................................................6046 FUEL GAUGE : Component Description........................................................................................................................6047 ODO/TRIP METER................................................................................................................................................6047 ODO/TRIP METER : System Diagram...........................................................................................................................6047 ODO/TRIP METER : System Description.......................................................................................................................6047 ODO/TRIP METER : Component Parts Location.................................................................................................................6048 ODO/TRIP METER : Component Description....................................................................................................................6049 SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR......................................................................................................................................6049 SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR : System Diagram.................................................................................................................6049 SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR : System Description.............................................................................................................6049 MANUAL MODE...........................................................................................................................................6049 When Operated with A/T Shift Selector.............................................................................................................6049 When Operated with Paddle Shifter.................................................................................................................6050 NOT MANUAL MODE.......................................................................................................................................6050 SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR : Component Parts Location.......................................................................................................6051 SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR : Component Description..........................................................................................................6052 WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS.................................................................................................................................6052 WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : System Diagram............................................................................................................6052 WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : System Description........................................................................................................6052 OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP.............................................................................................................................6052 WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Component Parts Location..................................................................................................6053 WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : Component Description.....................................................................................................6054 METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL....................................................................................................................................6054 METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : System Diagram...............................................................................................................6054 METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : System Description...........................................................................................................6054 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................6054 Daytime Mode......................................................................................................................................6054 Nighttime Mode....................................................................................................................................6055 Driver Welcome Function...........................................................................................................................6055 METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : Component Parts Location.....................................................................................................6056 METER ILLUMINATION CONTROL : Component Description........................................................................................................6057 METER EFFECT FUNCTION.........................................................................................................................................6057 METER EFFECT FUNCTION : System Diagram....................................................................................................................6057 METER EFFECT FUNCTION : System Description................................................................................................................6057 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................6057 Engine-start Effect function......................................................................................................................6057 Ignition Switch OFF Effect Function...............................................................................................................6058 METER EFFECT FUNCTION : Component Parts Location..........................................................................................................6059 METER EFFECT FUNCTION : Component Description.............................................................................................................6060 INFORMATION DISPLAY...........................................................................................................................................6060 INFORMATION DISPLAY : System Diagram......................................................................................................................6060 INFORMATION DISPLAY : System Description..................................................................................................................6060 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................6060 PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING.........................................................................................................................6061 Warning Operation Condition.......................................................................................................................6061 LOW FUEL WARNING......................................................................................................................................6061 Warning Operation Condition.......................................................................................................................6061 LOW WASHER FLUID WARNING..............................................................................................................................6061 Warning Operation Condition.......................................................................................................................6061 LOW OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE WARNING.......................................................................................................................6061 DOOR OPEN WARNING.....................................................................................................................................6061 INSTANTANEOUS FUEL CONSUMPTION........................................................................................................................6061 AVERAGE FUEL CONSUMPTION..............................................................................................................................6061 AVERAGE VEHICLE SPEED.................................................................................................................................6061 TRAVEL TIME...........................................................................................................................................6062 TRAVEL DISTANCE.......................................................................................................................................6062 POSSIBLE DRIVING DISTANCE.............................................................................................................................6062 AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE...............................................................................................................................6062 SETTING...............................................................................................................................................6062 INFORMATION DISPLAY : Component Parts Location............................................................................................................6064 INFORMATION DISPLAY : Component Description...............................................................................................................6065 COMPASS...........................................................................................................................................................6066 Description...................................................................................................................................................6066 DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................................6066 ZONE VARIATION SETTING PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................6066 CALIBRATION PROCEDURE.....................................................................................................................................6067 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................6068 Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................................6068 CLOCK.............................................................................................................................................................6069 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................6069 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (METER)..........................................................................................................................................6070 Diagnosis Description.........................................................................................................................................6070 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE.......................................................................................................................................6070 OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................................6070 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.).....................................................................................................................6072 CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)..............................................................................................................................6072 CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS.............................................................................................................................6072 SELF DIAG RESULT..........................................................................................................................................6072 DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................................6072 Display Item List.....................................................................................................................................6072 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................6076 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................................6076 Description...................................................................................................................................................6076 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6076 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6076 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6076 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)..........................................................................................................................................6077 Description...................................................................................................................................................6077 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6077 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6077 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6077 B2201 COMMUNICATION ERROR 1.......................................................................................................................................6078 Description...................................................................................................................................................6078 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6078 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6078 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6078 B2202 COMMUNICATION ERROR 2.......................................................................................................................................6080 Description...................................................................................................................................................6080 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6080 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6080 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6080 B2205 VEHICLE SPEED...............................................................................................................................................6082 Description...................................................................................................................................................6082 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6082 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6082 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6082 B2267 ENGINE SPEED................................................................................................................................................6083 Description...................................................................................................................................................6083 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6083 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6083 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6083 B2268 WATER TEMP..................................................................................................................................................6084 Description...................................................................................................................................................6084 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6084 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6084 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6084 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................6085 COMBINATION METER.............................................................................................................................................6085 COMBINATION METER : Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................6085 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.....................................................................................................................................6085 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure..........................................................................................................6085 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).....................................................................................................................................6086 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) : Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................6086 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)..................................................................................................6087 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................6087 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................6089 Description...................................................................................................................................................6089 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................6089 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6089 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................6090 METER CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................6092 Description...................................................................................................................................................6092 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6092 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................6093 TRIP A/B RESET SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT..............................................................................................................................6094 Description...................................................................................................................................................6094 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6094 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................6094 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................6096 Description...................................................................................................................................................6096 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................6096 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6096 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................6096 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................6097 Description...................................................................................................................................................6097 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6097 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................6097 WASHER LEVEL SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................6099 Description...................................................................................................................................................6099 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6099 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................6099 COMPASS...........................................................................................................................................................6100 Wiring Diagram - COMPASS -....................................................................................................................................6100 CLOCK.............................................................................................................................................................6102 Wiring Diagram - CLOCK -......................................................................................................................................6102 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.............................................................................................................................................6104 COMBINATION METER.................................................................................................................................................6104 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................6104 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................6104 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................6104 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................6104 Wiring Diagram - METER -......................................................................................................................................6107 Fail-Safe.....................................................................................................................................................6118 FAIL-SAFE.................................................................................................................................................6118 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................6119 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.........................................................................................................................................6120 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................6120 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................6120 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................6123 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................6124 Wiring Diagram - METER -......................................................................................................................................6127 Fail-Safe.....................................................................................................................................................6138 FAIL-SAFE.................................................................................................................................................6138 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................6139 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).........................................................................................................................................6141 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................6141 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................6141 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................6146 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................6146 Wiring Diagram - BCM -........................................................................................................................................6165 Fail-safe.....................................................................................................................................................6171 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC..................................................................................................................................6171 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION....................................................................................................................................6173 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION..............................................................................................................6173 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION...............................................................................................................................6173 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................................6174 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................6174 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)......................................................................................................6177 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................6177 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................6177 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................6179 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................6179 Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -...................................................................................................................................6184 Fail-safe.....................................................................................................................................................6187 CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL.................................................................................................................................6187 If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM.........................................................................................................6187 If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM.........................................................................................................6188 IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION.............................................................................................................6188 FRONT WIPER CONTROL.......................................................................................................................................6188 STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION.........................................................................................................................6189 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................6189 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................6190 THE FUEL GAUGE POINTER DOES NOT MOVE..............................................................................................................................6190 Description...................................................................................................................................................6190 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6190 THE METER CONTROL SWITCH IS INOPERATIVE...........................................................................................................................6191 Description...................................................................................................................................................6191 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6191 THE TRIP A/B RESET SWITCH IS INOPERATIVE..........................................................................................................................6192 Description...................................................................................................................................................6192 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6192 THE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON....................................................................................................................6193 Description...................................................................................................................................................6193 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6193 THE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF...................................................................................................................6194 Description...................................................................................................................................................6194 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6194 THE PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CONTINUES DISPLAYING, OR DOES NOT DISPLAY.......................................................................................6195 Description...................................................................................................................................................6195 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6195 THE LOW WASHER FLUID WARNING CONTINUES DISPLAYING, or DOES NOT DISPLAY............................................................................................6196 Description...................................................................................................................................................6196 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6196 THE DOOR OPEN WARNING CONTINUES DISPLAYING, OR DOES NOT DISPLAY...................................................................................................6197 Description...................................................................................................................................................6197 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6197 THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE DISPLAY IS INCORRECT......................................................................................................................6198 Description...................................................................................................................................................6198 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6198 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION........................................................................................................................................6199 COMPASS.......................................................................................................................................................6199 COMPASS : Description.....................................................................................................................................6199 COMPASS...............................................................................................................................................6199 INFORMATION DISPLAY...........................................................................................................................................6199 INFORMATION DISPLAY : Description.........................................................................................................................6199 AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE...............................................................................................................................6199 POSSIBLE DRIVING DISTANCE.............................................................................................................................6199 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................6200 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................6200 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................6200 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................6200 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6201 COMBINATION METER.................................................................................................................................................6201 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6201 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6201 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................6201 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6201 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6201 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6201 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................................6201 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................6201 ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................................6201 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.........................................................................................................................................6202 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6202 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6202 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................6202 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6202 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6202 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6202 METER CONTROL SWITCH..............................................................................................................................................6203 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6203 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6203 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................6203 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6203 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6203 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6203 TRIP A/B RESET SWITCH.............................................................................................................................................6204 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6204 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6204 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6204 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6204 COMPASS...........................................................................................................................................................6205 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6205 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6205 CLOCK.............................................................................................................................................................6206 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6206 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6206 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................6206 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6206 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6206 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6206 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 115 PB............................................................................................................................................................................6207 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................6207 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................6208 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................6208 Commercial Service Tool.......................................................................................................................................6208 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..................................................................................................................................................6209 PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................................6209 Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................................6209 INSPECTION................................................................................................................................................6209 Pedal Stroke..........................................................................................................................................6209 Inspect Components....................................................................................................................................6209 ADJUSTMENT................................................................................................................................................6209 PARKING BRAKE SHOE................................................................................................................................................6210 Adjustment....................................................................................................................................................6210 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6211 PARKING BRAKE CONTROL.............................................................................................................................................6211 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6211 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6211 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6211 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6212 Adjustment....................................................................................................................................................6212 ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................6212 PARKING BRAKE SHOE................................................................................................................................................6213 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6213 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6213 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6213 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6213 Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................................6214 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................................6214 Lining Thickness Inspection...........................................................................................................................6214 Drum Inner Diameter Inspection........................................................................................................................6214 Other Inspections.....................................................................................................................................6214 ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................6214 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................................6216 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................6216 Parking Drum Brake............................................................................................................................................6216 Parking Brake Control.........................................................................................................................................6216 PCS...........................................................................................................................................................................6217 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................6217 IPDM E/R..............................................................................................................................................................6220 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................6220 RELAY CONTROL SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................6220 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................6220 System Description........................................................................................................................................6220 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................6221 POWER CONTROL SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................6223 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................6223 System Description........................................................................................................................................6223 COOLING FAN CONTROL...................................................................................................................................6223 ALTERNATOR CONTROL....................................................................................................................................6223 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................6223 SIGNAL BUFFER SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................6224 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................6224 System Description........................................................................................................................................6224 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................6224 POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................6225 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................6225 System Description........................................................................................................................................6225 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................6225 SLEEP MODE ACTIVATION.................................................................................................................................6225 WAKE-UP OPERATION.....................................................................................................................................6225 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................6226 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)...................................................................................................................................6227 Diagnosis Description.....................................................................................................................................6227 AUTO ACTIVE TEST......................................................................................................................................6227 Description.......................................................................................................................................6227 Operation Procedure...............................................................................................................................6227 Inspection in Auto Active Test Mode...............................................................................................................6227 Concept of auto active test.......................................................................................................................6228 Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode..........................................................................................................6228 CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)...........................................................................................................................6229 APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................................6229 SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT................................................................................................................................6229 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................6229 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................6230 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................6232 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................6232 Description...............................................................................................................................................6232 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6232 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6232 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6232 B2098 IGNITION RELAY ON STUCK.................................................................................................................................6233 Description...............................................................................................................................................6233 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6233 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6233 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6233 B2099 IGNITION RELAY OFF STUCK................................................................................................................................6234 Description...............................................................................................................................................6234 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6234 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6234 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6234 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................6235 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6235 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................6236 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)..................................................................................................6236 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................6236 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................6236 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................6238 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................6238 Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -...............................................................................................................................6243 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................6246 CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL.............................................................................................................................6246 If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM.....................................................................................................6246 If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM.....................................................................................................6247 IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION.........................................................................................................6247 FRONT WIPER CONTROL...................................................................................................................................6247 STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION.....................................................................................................................6248 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................6248 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................6249 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................6249 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................6249 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................6249 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...........................................................................................................6249 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6250 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)..................................................................................................6250 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................6250 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................6250 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6250 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6251 POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................................6252 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................6252 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.................................................................................................................................6252 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................6252 OVERALL SEQUENCE......................................................................................................................................6252 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................6252 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................6255 POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................6255 System Description........................................................................................................................................6255 BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................6255 Reset Condition of Battery Saver System...........................................................................................................6255 STEERING LOCK OPERATION...............................................................................................................................6255 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................6255 Operation Enable Condition........................................................................................................................6255 Operation Condition...............................................................................................................................6255 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................6256 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................6257 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)........................................................................................................................................6258 COMMON ITEM...............................................................................................................................................6258 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................................................................................................6258 APPLICATION ITEM..................................................................................................................................6258 SYSTEM APPLICATION................................................................................................................................6258 FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)...........................................................................................................................6258 INTELLIGENT KEY...........................................................................................................................................6259 INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)........................................................................................6259 WORK SUPPORT......................................................................................................................................6259 SELF-DIAG RESULT..................................................................................................................................6260 DATA MONITOR......................................................................................................................................6260 ACTIVE TEST.......................................................................................................................................6261 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................6263 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................6263 BCM.......................................................................................................................................................6263 BCM : Description.....................................................................................................................................6263 BCM : DTC Logic.......................................................................................................................................6263 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...............................................................................................................................6263 BCM : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................................6263 IPDM E/R..................................................................................................................................................6263 IPDM E/R : Description................................................................................................................................6263 IPDM E/R : DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................6263 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...............................................................................................................................6263 IPDM E/R : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................6263 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)......................................................................................................................................6265 BCM.......................................................................................................................................................6265 BCM : DTC Logic.......................................................................................................................................6265 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...............................................................................................................................6265 BCM : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................................6265 B2553 IGNITION RELAY..........................................................................................................................................6266 Description...............................................................................................................................................6266 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6266 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6266 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6266 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6266 B260A IGNITION RELAY..........................................................................................................................................6268 Description...............................................................................................................................................6268 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6268 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6268 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6268 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6268 B2614 ACC RELAY...............................................................................................................................................6270 Description...............................................................................................................................................6270 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6270 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6270 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6270 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6270 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................6271 B2615 BLOWER RELAY CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................6272 Description...............................................................................................................................................6272 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6272 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6272 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6272 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6272 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................6273 B2616 IGNITION RELAY CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................6274 Description...............................................................................................................................................6274 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6274 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6274 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6274 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6274 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................6275 B2618 BCM.....................................................................................................................................................6276 Description...............................................................................................................................................6276 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6276 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6276 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6276 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6276 B261A PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH.............................................................................................................................6277 Description...............................................................................................................................................6277 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................6277 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................6277 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................6277 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6277 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................6279 BCM.......................................................................................................................................................6279 BCM : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................................6279 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH...................................................................................................................................6280 Description...............................................................................................................................................6280 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................6280 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6280 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................6282 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITION INDICATOR................................................................................................................6283 Description...............................................................................................................................................6283 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................6283 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6283 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................6284 POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................6285 Wiring Diagram - PDS (POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM) -........................................................................................................6285 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................6291 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).....................................................................................................................................6291 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................6291 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................6291 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................6296 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................6296 Wiring Diagram - BCM -....................................................................................................................................6315 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................6321 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC..............................................................................................................................6321 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................................................................................................................................6323 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION..........................................................................................................6323 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION...........................................................................................................................6323 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................6324 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................6324 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)..................................................................................................6327 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................6327 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................6327 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................6329 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................6329 Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -...............................................................................................................................6334 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................6337 CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL.............................................................................................................................6337 If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM.....................................................................................................6337 If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM.....................................................................................................6338 IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION.........................................................................................................6338 FRONT WIPER CONTROL...................................................................................................................................6338 STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION.....................................................................................................................6339 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................6339 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................6340 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................6340 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................6340 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................6340 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.................................................................................6340 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................6340 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................6342 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH DOES NOT OPERATE..................................................................................................................6342 Description...............................................................................................................................................6342 Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)..........................................................................................................6342 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6342 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITION INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE............................................................................................6343 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6343 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6344 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).....................................................................................................................................6344 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................6344 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................6344 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6344 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6344 PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH...................................................................................................................................6345 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................6345 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6345 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6345 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 115 PG............................................................................................................................................................................6346 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................6346 POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT.........................................................................................................................................6348 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................6348 BATTERY.......................................................................................................................................................6348 How to Handle Battery.....................................................................................................................................6348 METHODS OF PREVENTING OVER-DISCHARGE..................................................................................................................6348 CHECKING ELECTROLYTE LEVEL............................................................................................................................6348 Sulphation........................................................................................................................................6349 SPECIFIC GRAVITY CHECK................................................................................................................................6349 CHARGING THE BATTERY..................................................................................................................................6350 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................6350 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS WITH BATTERY SERVICE CENTER.........................................................................................................6350 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................6351 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................6351 Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -...................................................................................................................6351 Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSIBLE LINK No. L -................................................................................................6366 Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 6 -........................................................................................................6369 Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 7 -........................................................................................................6372 Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 10 -.......................................................................................................6374 Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 11 -.......................................................................................................6377 Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 34 -.......................................................................................................6380 Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 50 -.......................................................................................................6385 Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 53 -.......................................................................................................6393 Wiring Diagram - ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY -.................................................................................................................6397 Wiring Diagram - ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 19 -.....................................................................................................6400 Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -..................................................................................................................6406 Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 3 -.......................................................................................................6417 Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 4 -.......................................................................................................6424 Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 44 -......................................................................................................6426 Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 45 -......................................................................................................6431 Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 46 -......................................................................................................6434 Fuse......................................................................................................................................................6437 Fusible Link..............................................................................................................................................6437 Circuit Breaker...........................................................................................................................................6437 HARNESS LAYOUT................................................................................................................................................6438 How To Read Harness Layout................................................................................................................................6438 CONNECTOR SYMBOL......................................................................................................................................6438 Outline...................................................................................................................................................6439 Main Harness..............................................................................................................................................6440 Engine Room Harness.......................................................................................................................................6441 ENGINE COMPARTMENT....................................................................................................................................6441 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT.................................................................................................................................6442 Engine Control Harness (VQ35HR)...........................................................................................................................6443 ENGINE COMPARTMENT....................................................................................................................................6443 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT.................................................................................................................................6444 Engine Control Harness (VK50VE)...........................................................................................................................6445 ENGINE COMPARTMENT....................................................................................................................................6445 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT.................................................................................................................................6446 Body Harness..............................................................................................................................................6447 Body No. 2 Harness........................................................................................................................................6448 Room Lamp Harness.........................................................................................................................................6449 Front Door Harness (LH Side)..............................................................................................................................6450 Front Door Harness (RH Side)..............................................................................................................................6451 Rear Door Harness (LH Side)...............................................................................................................................6452 Rear Door Harness (RH Side)...............................................................................................................................6453 Back Door Harness.........................................................................................................................................6454 HARNESS CONNECTOR.............................................................................................................................................6455 Description...............................................................................................................................................6455 HARNESS CONNECTOR (TAB-LOCKING TYPE)..................................................................................................................6455 HARNESS CONNECTOR (SLIDE-LOCKING TYPE)................................................................................................................6455 HARNESS CONNECTOR (LEVER LOCKING TYPE)................................................................................................................6456 STANDARDIZED RELAY............................................................................................................................................6458 Description...............................................................................................................................................6458 NORMAL OPEN, NORMAL CLOSED AND MIXED TYPE RELAYS......................................................................................................6458 TYPE OF STANDARDIZED RELAYS...........................................................................................................................6458 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)...............................................................................................................................6460 Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement..................................................................................................................6460 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX..............................................................................................................................6461 Fuse and Fusible Link Arrangement.........................................................................................................................6461 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)..................................................................................................6462 Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement..................................................................................................................6462 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................6463 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................6463 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................6463 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................6463 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...........................................................................................................6463 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................6464 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................6464 Special Service Tools.....................................................................................................................................6464 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6465 BATTERY.......................................................................................................................................................6465 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................6465 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................6465 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6465 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6465 BATTERY TERMINAL WITH FUSIBLE LINK............................................................................................................................6467 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................6467 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................6467 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6467 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6467 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................6468 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................6468 Battery...................................................................................................................................................6468 PWC...........................................................................................................................................................................6469 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................6469 FRONT & REAR WINDOW ANTI-PINCH........................................................................................................................................6475 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................6475 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.................................................................................................................................6475 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................6475 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................6475 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.....................................................................................................................................6476 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL................................................................................................6476 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Description..............................................................................6476 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Special Repair Requirement...............................................................6476 INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................6476 CHECK ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION.........................................................................................................................6476 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................6476 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description..........................................................................................6476 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement...........................................................................6477 INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................6477 CHECK ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION.........................................................................................................................6477 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................6478 POWER WINDOW SYSTEM...........................................................................................................................................6478 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................6478 System Description........................................................................................................................................6478 POWER WINDOW OPERATION................................................................................................................................6478 POWER WINDOW AUTO-OPERATION...........................................................................................................................6478 RETAINED POWER OPERATION .............................................................................................................................6478 POWER WINDOW LOCK FUNCTION............................................................................................................................6478 ANTI-PINCH OPERATION..................................................................................................................................6478 DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH OPERATION....................................................................................................................6479 KEYLESS POWER WINDOW DOWN FUNCTION....................................................................................................................6479 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................6480 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................6480 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)........................................................................................................................................6482 COMMON ITEM...............................................................................................................................................6482 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................................................................................................6482 APPLICATION ITEM..................................................................................................................................6482 SYSTEM APPLICATION................................................................................................................................6482 FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD) AND IGN COUNTER...........................................................................................................6482 Freeze Frame Data.............................................................................................................................6482 IGN Counter...................................................................................................................................6483 RETAIND PWR...............................................................................................................................................6483 RETAIND PWR : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - RETAINED PWR)...............................................................................................6483 Data monitor......................................................................................................................................6483 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................6484 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................6484 BCM.......................................................................................................................................................6484 BCM : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................................6484 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH..................................................................................................................................6484 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................6484 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE)................................................................................................................6485 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................6485 REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH..................................................................................................................................6486 REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................6486 POWER WINDOW MOTOR............................................................................................................................................6488 DRIVER SIDE...............................................................................................................................................6488 DRIVER SIDE : Description.............................................................................................................................6488 DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check................................................................................................................6488 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.....................................................................................................................6488 DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection....................................................................................................................6489 COMPONENT INSPECTION..............................................................................................................................6489 PASSENGER SIDE............................................................................................................................................6489 PASSENGER SIDE : Description..........................................................................................................................6489 PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check.............................................................................................................6489 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure..................................................................................................................6489 PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection.................................................................................................................6490 COMPONENT INSPECTION..............................................................................................................................6490 REAR LH...................................................................................................................................................6491 REAR LH : Description.................................................................................................................................6491 REAR LH : Component Function Check....................................................................................................................6491 REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6491 REAR LH : Component Inspection........................................................................................................................6492 COMPONENT INSPECTION..............................................................................................................................6492 REAR RH...................................................................................................................................................6492 REAR RH : Description.................................................................................................................................6492 REAR RH : Component Function Check....................................................................................................................6492 REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6493 REAR RH : Component Inspection........................................................................................................................6494 COMPONENT INSPECTION..............................................................................................................................6494 DOOR SWITCH...................................................................................................................................................6495 Description...............................................................................................................................................6495 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................6495 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6495 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................6496 ENCODER.......................................................................................................................................................6497 DRIVER SIDE...............................................................................................................................................6497 DRIVER SIDE : Description.............................................................................................................................6497 DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check................................................................................................................6497 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.....................................................................................................................6497 PASSENGER SIDE............................................................................................................................................6499 PASSENGER SIDE : Description..........................................................................................................................6499 PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check.............................................................................................................6499 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure..................................................................................................................6499 REAR LH...................................................................................................................................................6501 REAR LH : Description.................................................................................................................................6501 REAR LH : Component Function Check....................................................................................................................6501 REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6501 REAR RH...................................................................................................................................................6503 REAR RH : Description.................................................................................................................................6503 REAR RH : Component Function Check....................................................................................................................6503 REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6503 DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH......................................................................................................................................6506 Description...............................................................................................................................................6506 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................6506 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6506 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................6507 COMPONENT INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................6507 POWER WINDOW SERIAL LINK......................................................................................................................................6508 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH..................................................................................................................................6508 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Description................................................................................................................6508 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Component Function Check...................................................................................................6508 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................6508 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE)................................................................................................................6509 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) : Description..............................................................................................6509 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) : Component Function Check.................................................................................6509 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................6510 REAR LH...................................................................................................................................................6510 REAR LH : Description.................................................................................................................................6510 REAR LH : Component Function Check....................................................................................................................6511 REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6511 REAR RH...................................................................................................................................................6512 REAR RH : Description.................................................................................................................................6512 REAR RH : Component Function Check....................................................................................................................6512 REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6512 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................6514 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).....................................................................................................................................6514 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................6514 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................6514 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................6519 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................6519 Wiring Diagram - BCM -....................................................................................................................................6538 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................6544 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC..............................................................................................................................6544 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................................................................................................................................6546 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION..........................................................................................................6546 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION...........................................................................................................................6546 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................6547 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................6547 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH......................................................................................................................................6550 Reference Value ..........................................................................................................................................6550 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................6550 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................6550 Wiring Diagram - POWER WINDOW CONTROL SYSTEM -............................................................................................................6552 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................6556 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL.....................................................................................................................................6556 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH.....................................................................................................................................6558 Reference Value ..........................................................................................................................................6558 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................6558 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................6558 Wiring Diagram - POWER WINDOW CONTROL SYSTEM -............................................................................................................6560 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................6564 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL.....................................................................................................................................6564 REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH......................................................................................................................................6566 Reference Value ..........................................................................................................................................6566 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................6566 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................6566 Wiring Diagram - POWER WINDOW CONTROL SYSTEM -............................................................................................................6568 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................6572 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL.....................................................................................................................................6572 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................6574 NONE OF THE POWER WINDOWS CAN BE OPERATED USING ANY SWITCH....................................................................................................6574 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6574 DRIVER SIDE POWER WINDOW ALONE DOES NOT OPERATE...............................................................................................................6575 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6575 FRONT PASSENGER SIDE POWER WINDOW DOES NOT OPERATE............................................................................................................6576 WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED.................................................................................................................6576 WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................6576 WHEN FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) IS OPERATED...............................................................................................6576 WHEN FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) IS OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................6576 WHEN BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH ARE OPERATED.............................................................................6576 WHEN BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH ARE OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure...................................................6576 REAR LH SIDE POWER WINDOW ALONE DOES NOT OPERATE..............................................................................................................6577 WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED.................................................................................................................6577 WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................6577 WHEN REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH IS OPERATED..............................................................................................................6577 WHEN REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH IS OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................6577 WHEN BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH ARE OPERATED...........................................................................6577 WHEN BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH ARE OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure.................................................6577 REAR RH SIDE POWER WINDOW ALONE DOES NOT OPERATE..............................................................................................................6578 WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED.................................................................................................................6578 WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................6578 WHEN REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH IS OPERATED..............................................................................................................6578 WHEN REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH IS OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................6578 WHEN BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH ARE OPERATED...........................................................................6578 WHEN BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH ARE OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure.................................................6578 ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE..........................................................................................................................6579 DRIVER SIDE...............................................................................................................................................6579 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.....................................................................................................................6579 PASSENGER SIDE............................................................................................................................................6579 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure..................................................................................................................6579 REAR LH...................................................................................................................................................6579 REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6579 REAR RH...................................................................................................................................................6580 REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6580 AUTO OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE BUT MANUAL OPERATE NORMALLY...................................................................................................6581 DRIVER SIDE...............................................................................................................................................6581 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.....................................................................................................................6581 PASSENGER SIDE............................................................................................................................................6581 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure..................................................................................................................6581 REAR LH...................................................................................................................................................6581 REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6582 REAR RH...................................................................................................................................................6582 REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6582 POWER WINDOW RETAINED POWER OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE PROPERLY...............................................................................................6583 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6583 POWER WINDOW DOWN FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE WITH KEY CYLINDER OPERATION.......................................................................................6584 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6584 POWER WINDOW DOWN FUNCTION DOES NOT WORK WHEN OPERATING WITH INTELLIGENT KEY..................................................................................6585 Description...............................................................................................................................................6585 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6585 POWER WINDOW LOCK SWITCH DOES NOT FUNCTION....................................................................................................................6586 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6586 POWER WINDOW SWITCH DOES NOT ILLUMINATE.......................................................................................................................6587 DRIVER SIDE...............................................................................................................................................6587 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.....................................................................................................................6587 PASSENGER SIDE............................................................................................................................................6587 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure..................................................................................................................6587 REAR LH...................................................................................................................................................6587 REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6587 REAR RH...................................................................................................................................................6587 REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6587 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................6588 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................6588 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................6588 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................6588 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6589 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH......................................................................................................................................6589 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................6589 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6589 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6589 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE)....................................................................................................................6590 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................6590 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6590 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6590 REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH......................................................................................................................................6591 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................6591 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6591 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6591 FRONT WINDOW ANTI-PINCH...............................................................................................................................................6592 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................6592 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.................................................................................................................................6592 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................6592 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................6592 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.....................................................................................................................................6593 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL................................................................................................6593 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Description..............................................................................6593 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Special Repair Requirement...............................................................6593 INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................6593 CHECK ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION.........................................................................................................................6593 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................6593 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description..........................................................................................6593 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement...........................................................................6594 INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE..........................................................................................................................6594 CHECK ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION.........................................................................................................................6594 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................6595 POWER WINDOW SYSTEM...........................................................................................................................................6595 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................6595 System Description........................................................................................................................................6595 POWER WINDOW OPERATION................................................................................................................................6595 POWER WINDOW AUTO-OPERATION (FRONT DRIVER SIDE & PASSENGER SIDE)......................................................................................6595 RETAINED POWER OPERATION .............................................................................................................................6595 POWER WINDOW LOCK FUNCTION............................................................................................................................6595 ANTI-PINCH OPERATION (FRONT DRIVER SIDE & PASSENGER SIDE).............................................................................................6596 DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH OPERATION....................................................................................................................6596 KEYLESS POWER WINDOW DOWN OPERATION (FRONT DRIVER SIDE & PASSENGER SIDE)..............................................................................6596 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................6597 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................6597 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)........................................................................................................................................6599 COMMON ITEM...............................................................................................................................................6599 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................................................................................................6599 APPLICATION ITEM..................................................................................................................................6599 SYSTEM APPLICATION................................................................................................................................6599 FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD) AND IGN COUNTER...........................................................................................................6599 Freeze Frame Data.............................................................................................................................6599 IGN Counter...................................................................................................................................6600 RETAIND PWR...............................................................................................................................................6600 RETAIND PWR : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - RETAINED PWR)...............................................................................................6600 Data monitor......................................................................................................................................6600 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................6601 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................6601 BCM.......................................................................................................................................................6601 BCM : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................................6601 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH..................................................................................................................................6601 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................6601 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE)................................................................................................................6602 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................6602 REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH..................................................................................................................................6603 REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................6603 REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH .....................................................................................................................................6605 Description...............................................................................................................................................6605 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................6605 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6605 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................6606 COMPONENT INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................6606 POWER WINDOW MOTOR............................................................................................................................................6607 DRIVER SIDE...............................................................................................................................................6607 DRIVER SIDE : Description.............................................................................................................................6607 DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check................................................................................................................6607 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.....................................................................................................................6607 DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection....................................................................................................................6608 COMPONENT INSPECTION..............................................................................................................................6608 PASSENGER SIDE............................................................................................................................................6608 PASSENGER SIDE : Description..........................................................................................................................6608 PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check.............................................................................................................6608 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure..................................................................................................................6608 PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection.................................................................................................................6609 COMPONENT INSPECTION..............................................................................................................................6609 REAR LH...................................................................................................................................................6610 REAR LH : Description.................................................................................................................................6610 REAR LH : Component Function Check....................................................................................................................6610 REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6610 REAR LH : Component Inspection........................................................................................................................6611 COMPONENT INSPECTION..............................................................................................................................6611 REAR RH...................................................................................................................................................6611 REAR RH : Description.................................................................................................................................6611 REAR RH : Component Function Check....................................................................................................................6611 REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6612 REAR RH : Component Inspection........................................................................................................................6613 COMPONENT INSPECTION..............................................................................................................................6613 DOOR SWITCH...................................................................................................................................................6614 Description...............................................................................................................................................6614 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................6614 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6614 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................6615 ENCODER.......................................................................................................................................................6616 DRIVER SIDE...............................................................................................................................................6616 DRIVER SIDE : Description.............................................................................................................................6616 DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check................................................................................................................6616 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.....................................................................................................................6616 PASSENGER SIDE............................................................................................................................................6618 PASSENGER SIDE : Description..........................................................................................................................6618 PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check.............................................................................................................6618 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure..................................................................................................................6618 DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH......................................................................................................................................6621 Description...............................................................................................................................................6621 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................6621 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6621 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................6622 COMPONENT INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................6622 POWER WINDOW SERIAL LINK......................................................................................................................................6623 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH..................................................................................................................................6623 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Description................................................................................................................6623 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Component Function Check...................................................................................................6623 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................6623 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE)................................................................................................................6624 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) : Description..............................................................................................6624 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) : Component Function Check.................................................................................6624 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................6625 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................6626 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).....................................................................................................................................6626 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................6626 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................6626 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................6631 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................6631 Wiring Diagram - BCM -....................................................................................................................................6650 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................6656 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC..............................................................................................................................6656 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................................................................................................................................6658 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION..........................................................................................................6658 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION...........................................................................................................................6658 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................6659 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................6659 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH......................................................................................................................................6662 Reference Value ..........................................................................................................................................6662 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................6662 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................6662 Wiring Diagram - POWER WINDOW CONTROL SYSTEM -............................................................................................................6664 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................6669 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL.....................................................................................................................................6669 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH.....................................................................................................................................6671 Reference Value ..........................................................................................................................................6671 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................6671 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................6671 Wiring Diagram - POWER WINDOW CONTROL SYSTEM -............................................................................................................6673 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................6678 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL.....................................................................................................................................6678 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................6680 NONE OF THE POWER WINDOWS CAN BE OPERATED USING ANY SWITCH....................................................................................................6680 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6680 DRIVER SIDE POWER WINDOW ALONE DOES NOT OPERATE...............................................................................................................6681 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6681 FRONT PASSENGER SIDE POWER WINDOW DOES NOT OPERATE............................................................................................................6682 WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED.................................................................................................................6682 WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................6682 WHEN FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) IS OPERATED...............................................................................................6682 WHEN FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) IS OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................6682 WHEN BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH ARE OPERATED.............................................................................6682 WHEN BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH ARE OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure...................................................6682 REAR LH SIDE POWER WINDOW ALONE DOES NOT OPERATE..............................................................................................................6684 WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED.................................................................................................................6684 WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................6684 WHEN REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH IS OPERATED..............................................................................................................6684 WHEN REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH IS OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................6684 WHEN BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH ARE OPERATED...........................................................................6684 WHEN BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH ARE OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure.................................................6684 REAR RH SIDE POWER WINDOW ALONE DOES NOT OPERATE..............................................................................................................6685 WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED.................................................................................................................6685 WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................6685 WHEN REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH IS OPERATED..............................................................................................................6685 WHEN REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH IS OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure....................................................................................6685 WHEN BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH ARE OPERATED...........................................................................6685 WHEN BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH ARE OPERATED : Diagnosis Procedure.................................................6685 ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE..........................................................................................................................6686 DRIVER SIDE...............................................................................................................................................6686 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.....................................................................................................................6686 PASSENGER SIDE............................................................................................................................................6686 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure..................................................................................................................6686 AUTO OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE BUT MANUAL OPERATE NORMALLY...................................................................................................6687 DRIVER SIDE...............................................................................................................................................6687 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.....................................................................................................................6687 PASSENGER SIDE............................................................................................................................................6687 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure..................................................................................................................6687 POWER WINDOW RETAINED POWER OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE PROPERLY...............................................................................................6688 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6688 POWER WINDOW DOWN FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE WITH KEY CYLINDER OPERATION.......................................................................................6689 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6689 POWER WINDOW DOWN FUNCTION DOES NOT WORK WHEN OPERATING WITH INTELLIGENT KEY..................................................................................6690 Description...............................................................................................................................................6690 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6690 POWER WINDOW LOCK SWITCH DOES NOT FUNCTION....................................................................................................................6691 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................6691 POWER WINDOW SWITCH DOES NOT ILLUMINATE.......................................................................................................................6692 DRIVER SIDE...............................................................................................................................................6692 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.....................................................................................................................6692 PASSENGER SIDE............................................................................................................................................6692 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure..................................................................................................................6692 REAR LH...................................................................................................................................................6692 REAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6692 REAR RH...................................................................................................................................................6692 REAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6692 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................6693 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................6693 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................6693 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................6693 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6694 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH......................................................................................................................................6694 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................6694 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6694 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6694 FRONT POWER WINDOW SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE)....................................................................................................................6695 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................6695 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6695 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6695 REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH......................................................................................................................................6696 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................6696 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6696 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6696 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 115 PWO...........................................................................................................................................................................6697 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................6697 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................6698 POWER SOCKET......................................................................................................................................................6698 Wiring Diagram - POWER SOCKET -...............................................................................................................................6698 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................6702 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................6702 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................6702 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................6702 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6703 POWER SOCKET......................................................................................................................................................6703 FRONT POWER SOCKET............................................................................................................................................6703 FRONT POWER SOCKET : Exploded View........................................................................................................................6703 FRONT POWER SOCKET : Removal and Installation.............................................................................................................6703 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6703 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6703 CONSOLE POWER SOCKET..........................................................................................................................................6703 CONSOLE POWER SOCKET : Exploded View......................................................................................................................6704 CONSOLE POWER SOCKET : Removal and Installation...........................................................................................................6704 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6704 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6704 REAR POWER SOCKET.............................................................................................................................................6704 REAR POWER SOCKET : Exploded View.........................................................................................................................6704 REAR POWER SOCKET : Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................6704 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6704 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6705 LUGGAGE ROOM POWER SOCKET.....................................................................................................................................6705 LUGGAGE ROOM POWER SOCKET : Exploded View.................................................................................................................6705 LUGGAGE ROOM POWER SOCKET : Removal and Installation......................................................................................................6705 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6705 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6705 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 115 RAX...........................................................................................................................................................................6706 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................6706 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................6707 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..............................................................................................................6707 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.....................................................................................................................................6707 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................6708 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................6708 Precautions for Drive Shaft...................................................................................................................................6708 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................6709 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................6709 Special Service Tool..........................................................................................................................................6709 Commercial Service Tool.......................................................................................................................................6709 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..................................................................................................................................................6711 REAR WHEEL HUB AND HOUSING........................................................................................................................................6711 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................6711 MOUNTING INSPECTION.......................................................................................................................................6711 WHEEL BEARING INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................6711 REAR DRIVE SHAFT..................................................................................................................................................6712 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................6712 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6713 REAR WHEEL HUB AND HOUSING........................................................................................................................................6713 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6713 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6713 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6713 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6714 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................6715 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................................6715 Wheel Hub and Bearing Assembly........................................................................................................................6715 Axle Housing..........................................................................................................................................6715 Ball Joint Inspection.................................................................................................................................6715 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................6715 REAR DRIVE SHAFT..................................................................................................................................................6716 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6716 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6716 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6716 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6717 WHEEL SIDE....................................................................................................................................................6717 WHEEL SIDE : Disassembly and Assembly.....................................................................................................................6717 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................6717 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................6718 FINAL DRIVE SIDE..............................................................................................................................................6719 FINAL DRIVE SIDE : Disassembly and Assembly...............................................................................................................6719 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................6719 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................6720 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................6721 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................................6721 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................................6723 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................6723 Wheel Bearing.................................................................................................................................................6723 Drive Shaft...................................................................................................................................................6723 VQ35HR....................................................................................................................................................6723 VK50VE....................................................................................................................................................6723 RF............................................................................................................................................................................6724 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................6724 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................6726 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................................6726 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................6726 DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................................6726 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.........................................................................................................................................6727 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................................6727 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description..............................................................................................6727 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement...............................................................................6727 INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE..............................................................................................................................6727 CHECK ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION.............................................................................................................................6727 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................6728 SUNROOF SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................................6728 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................6728 SUNROOF...................................................................................................................................................6728 System Description............................................................................................................................................6728 SUNROOF OPERATION.........................................................................................................................................6728 AUTO OPERATION............................................................................................................................................6728 RETAINED POWER OPERATION .................................................................................................................................6728 RETAINED POWER FUNCTION CANCEL CONDITIONS.................................................................................................................6728 ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION.......................................................................................................................................6728 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................6729 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................6729 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)............................................................................................................................................6730 COMMON ITEM...................................................................................................................................................6730 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)....................................................................................................6730 APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................................6730 SYSTEM APPLICATION....................................................................................................................................6730 FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)...............................................................................................................................6730 RETAINED PWR..................................................................................................................................................6731 RETAINED PWR : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - RETAINED PWR)..................................................................................................6731 Data monitor..........................................................................................................................................6731 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................6732 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................6732 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).....................................................................................................................................6732 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) : Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................6732 SUNROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................6732 SUNROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY : Diagnosis Procedure..............................................................................................................6732 SUNROOF SWITCH....................................................................................................................................................6734 Description...................................................................................................................................................6734 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................6734 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6734 SUNROOF SWITCH............................................................................................................................................6734 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................6735 SUNROOF SWITCH............................................................................................................................................6735 DOOR SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................................6736 Description...................................................................................................................................................6736 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................6736 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6736 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................6737 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.............................................................................................................................................6738 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).........................................................................................................................................6738 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................6738 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................6738 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................6743 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................6743 Wiring Diagram - BCM -........................................................................................................................................6762 Fail-safe.....................................................................................................................................................6768 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC..................................................................................................................................6768 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION....................................................................................................................................6770 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION..............................................................................................................6770 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION...............................................................................................................................6770 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................................6771 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................6771 SUNROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY ...........................................................................................................................................6774 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................6774 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................6774 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................6774 Wiring Diagram - SUNROOF -....................................................................................................................................6775 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................6779 SUNROOF DOES NOT OPERATE PROPERLY.................................................................................................................................6779 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6779 AUTO OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE...................................................................................................................................6780 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6780 RETAINED POWER OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE PROPERLY................................................................................................................6781 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6781 ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE..............................................................................................................................6782 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6782 SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...............................................................................................................................6783 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................6783 CUSTOMER INTERVIEW........................................................................................................................................6783 DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE........................................................................................................................6783 CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS...........................................................................................................................6784 LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..............................................................................................................6784 REPAIR THE CAUSE..........................................................................................................................................6784 CONFIRM THE REPAIR........................................................................................................................................6785 Inspection Procedure..........................................................................................................................................6785 INSTRUMENT PANEL..........................................................................................................................................6785 CENTER CONSOLE............................................................................................................................................6785 DOORS.....................................................................................................................................................6785 TRUNK.....................................................................................................................................................6785 SUNROOF/HEADLINING........................................................................................................................................6786 SEATS.....................................................................................................................................................6786 UNDERHOOD.................................................................................................................................................6786 Diagnostic Worksheet..........................................................................................................................................6787 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................6789 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................6789 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................6789 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................6789 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.....................................................................................6789 OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................................6789 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................6791 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................6791 Special Service Tool..........................................................................................................................................6791 Commercial Service Tool.......................................................................................................................................6791 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6792 GLASS LID.........................................................................................................................................................6792 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6792 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6792 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6792 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6793 Adjustment....................................................................................................................................................6793 LID WEATHER-STRIP OVERLAP ADJUSTMENT AND SURFACE MISMATCH ADJUSTMENT......................................................................................6793 SUNROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY............................................................................................................................................6795 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6795 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6795 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6795 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6796 SUNROOF UNIT ASSEMBLY.............................................................................................................................................6797 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6797 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6797 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................6797 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6798 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6798 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6799 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................................6799 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................6799 ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................................6799 SUNSHADE..........................................................................................................................................................6800 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6800 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6800 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6800 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6801 WIND DEFLECTOR....................................................................................................................................................6802 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6802 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6802 Removal...................................................................................................................................................6802 Installation..............................................................................................................................................6802 SUNROOF SWITCH....................................................................................................................................................6803 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6803 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6803 Removal...................................................................................................................................................6803 Installation..............................................................................................................................................6803 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 115 RSU...........................................................................................................................................................................6804 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................6804 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................6805 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..............................................................................................................6805 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.....................................................................................................................................6805 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................6806 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................6806 Precautions for Suspension....................................................................................................................................6806 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................6807 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................6807 Special Service Tool..........................................................................................................................................6807 Commercial Service Tool.......................................................................................................................................6807 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..................................................................................................................................................6808 REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................................6808 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................6808 MOUNTING INSPECTION.......................................................................................................................................6808 BALL JOINT AXIAL END PLAY.................................................................................................................................6808 SHOCK ABSORBER............................................................................................................................................6808 WHEEL ALIGNMENT...................................................................................................................................................6809 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................6809 DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................................6809 PRELIMINARY CHECK.........................................................................................................................................6809 GENERAL INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS...................................................................................................................6809 ALIGNMENT PROCESS.........................................................................................................................................6809 Adjustment....................................................................................................................................................6809 CAMBER....................................................................................................................................................6809 TOE-IN....................................................................................................................................................6810 Without RAS...........................................................................................................................................6810 With RAS..............................................................................................................................................6810 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6811 REAR LOWER LINK & COIL SPRING.....................................................................................................................................6811 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6811 WITHOUT RAS...............................................................................................................................................6811 WITH RAS..................................................................................................................................................6811 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6812 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6812 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6812 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................6812 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................................6812 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................6812 REAR SHOCK ABSORBER...............................................................................................................................................6813 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6813 WITHOUT CONTINUOUS DAMPING CONTROL........................................................................................................................6813 WITH CONTINUOUS DAMPING CONTROL...........................................................................................................................6813 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6813 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6813 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6814 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................................6814 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................6814 ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................................6814 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................6814 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................................6814 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................6814 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................6814 Bound Bumper and Bushing..............................................................................................................................6814 Shock Absorber........................................................................................................................................6814 INSPECTION AFTER ASSEMBLY.................................................................................................................................6814 Disposal......................................................................................................................................................6815 SUSPENSION ARM....................................................................................................................................................6816 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6816 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6816 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6816 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6816 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................6816 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................................6816 Appearance............................................................................................................................................6817 Ball Joint Inspection.................................................................................................................................6817 Swing Torque Inspection...............................................................................................................................6817 Rotating Torque Inspection............................................................................................................................6817 Axial End Play Inspection.............................................................................................................................6817 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................6817 RADIUS ROD........................................................................................................................................................6818 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6818 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6818 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6818 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6818 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................6818 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................................6818 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................6818 FRONT LOWER LINK..................................................................................................................................................6819 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6819 WITHOUT RAS...............................................................................................................................................6819 WITH RAS..................................................................................................................................................6819 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6819 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6819 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6820 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................6820 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................................6820 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................6820 REAR STABILIZER...................................................................................................................................................6821 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6821 STABILIZER CLAMP FIXING METHOD : NUT......................................................................................................................6821 STABILIZER CLAMP FIXING METHOD : BOLT.....................................................................................................................6821 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6821 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6821 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6822 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................6822 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................................6822 UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................................6823 REAR SUSPENSION MEMBER............................................................................................................................................6823 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6823 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6823 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6823 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6824 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................6824 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..................................................................................................................................6824 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................6824 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................................6825 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................6825 Wheel Alignment...............................................................................................................................................6825 Ball Joint....................................................................................................................................................6825 Wheel Height..................................................................................................................................................6825 SB............................................................................................................................................................................6826 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................6826 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................6827 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................6827 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................6827 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................6827 Precaution for Seat Belt Service..............................................................................................................................6827 AFTER A COLLISION.........................................................................................................................................6827 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6829 FRONT SEAT BELT...................................................................................................................................................6829 SEAT BELT RETRACTOR...........................................................................................................................................6829 SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Inspection..........................................................................................................................6829 AFTER A COLLISION.....................................................................................................................................6829 PRELIMINARY CHECKS....................................................................................................................................6829 SEAT BELT RETRACTOR ON-VEHICLE CHECK..................................................................................................................6830 Emergency Locking Retractors (ELR) and Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR).........................................................................6830 ELR Function Stationary Check.....................................................................................................................6830 ALR Function Stationary Check.....................................................................................................................6830 ELR Function Moving Check.........................................................................................................................6830 SEAT BELT RETRACTOR OFF-VEHICLE CHECK.................................................................................................................6830 SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Exploded View.......................................................................................................................6831 SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Removal and Installation............................................................................................................6831 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6831 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6831 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6832 SEAT BELT BUCKLE..............................................................................................................................................6832 SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Inspection.............................................................................................................................6832 AFTER A COLLISION.....................................................................................................................................6832 PRELIMINARY CHECKS....................................................................................................................................6832 SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Exploded View..........................................................................................................................6833 SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Removal and Installation...............................................................................................................6833 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6833 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6833 REAR SEAT BELT....................................................................................................................................................6834 SEAT BELT RETRACTOR...........................................................................................................................................6834 SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Inspection..........................................................................................................................6834 AFTER A COLLISION.....................................................................................................................................6834 PRELIMINARY CHECKS....................................................................................................................................6834 SEAT BELT RETRACTOR ON-VEHICLE CHECK..................................................................................................................6834 Emergency Locking Retractors (ELR) and Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR).........................................................................6834 ELR Function Stationary Check.....................................................................................................................6834 ALR Function Stationary Check.....................................................................................................................6834 ELR Function Moving Check.........................................................................................................................6835 SEAT BELT RETRACTOR OFF-VEHICLE CHECK.................................................................................................................6835 SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Exploded View.......................................................................................................................6836 SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Removal and Installation............................................................................................................6836 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6836 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6838 SEAT BELT BUCKLE..............................................................................................................................................6838 SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Inspection.............................................................................................................................6838 AFTER A COLLISION.....................................................................................................................................6838 PRELIMINARY CHECKS....................................................................................................................................6839 SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Exploded View..........................................................................................................................6840 SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Removal and Installation...............................................................................................................6840 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................6840 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................6841 LATCH SYSTEM FOR CHILDREN.........................................................................................................................................6842 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6842 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6842 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6842 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6842 SBC...........................................................................................................................................................................6843 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................6843 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................6846 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................................6846 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................6846 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................6849 PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM........................................................................................................................................6849 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................6849 System Description............................................................................................................................................6849 FUNCTION DESCRIPTION......................................................................................................................................6849 OPERATION CONDITION.......................................................................................................................................6849 OPERATION PROHIBITION CONDITION...........................................................................................................................6850 MALFUNCTION WARNING.......................................................................................................................................6850 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................6851 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................6852 SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................6853 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................6853 System Description............................................................................................................................................6853 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................6854 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................6854 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT)............................................................................................................................6856 CONSULT-III Function..........................................................................................................................................6856 APPLICATION ITEM..........................................................................................................................................6856 SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS....................................................................................................................................6856 ERASING SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS............................................................................................................................6856 DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................................6857 WORK SUPPORT..............................................................................................................................................6857 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................6858 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................................6858 Description...................................................................................................................................................6858 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6858 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6858 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6858 B2451 SEAT BLT MTR DR CIRC........................................................................................................................................6859 Description...................................................................................................................................................6859 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6859 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6859 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6859 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6859 B2452 SEAT BLT MTR AS CIRC........................................................................................................................................6860 Description...................................................................................................................................................6860 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6860 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6860 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6860 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6860 B2453 BR STROKE SEN CIRC..........................................................................................................................................6861 Description...................................................................................................................................................6861 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6861 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6861 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6861 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6861 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................6862 COMPONENT PARTS INSPECTION................................................................................................................................6862 B2454 SEAT BLT PWR DR CIRC........................................................................................................................................6864 Description...................................................................................................................................................6864 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6864 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6864 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6864 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6864 B2455 CONTROL UNIT DR.............................................................................................................................................6866 Description...................................................................................................................................................6866 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6866 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6866 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6866 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6866 B2456 SEAT BLT PWR AS.............................................................................................................................................6867 Description...................................................................................................................................................6867 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6867 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6867 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6867 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6867 B2457 CONTROL UNIT AS.............................................................................................................................................6869 Description...................................................................................................................................................6869 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6869 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6869 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6869 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6869 B2458 LOCAL COMM..................................................................................................................................................6870 Description...................................................................................................................................................6870 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6870 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6870 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6870 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6870 B2461 VHCL SPEED SIGNAL...........................................................................................................................................6872 Description...................................................................................................................................................6872 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6872 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6872 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6872 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6872 B2462 VHCL DISTANCE SIGNAL........................................................................................................................................6873 Description...................................................................................................................................................6873 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6873 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6873 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6873 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6873 B2466 DR/AS CONTROL UNIT..........................................................................................................................................6874 Description...................................................................................................................................................6874 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6874 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6874 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6874 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6874 B2470 SYS HEAT PROTC DR...........................................................................................................................................6875 Description...................................................................................................................................................6875 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6875 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6875 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6875 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6875 B2471 SYS HEAT PROTC AS...........................................................................................................................................6876 Description...................................................................................................................................................6876 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6876 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6876 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6876 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6876 U0126 ST ANG SEN SIG..............................................................................................................................................6877 Description...................................................................................................................................................6877 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6877 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6877 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6877 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6877 U0428 STRG ANGL CAL...............................................................................................................................................6878 Description...................................................................................................................................................6878 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................6878 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................6878 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................6878 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6878 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................6879 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6879 SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH (DRIVER SIDE).............................................................................................................................6880 PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................6880 PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM : Description..................................................................................................................6880 PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM : Component Function Check.....................................................................................................6880 PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM : Diagnosis Procedure..........................................................................................................6880 PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM : Component Inspection (Belt Buckle Switch)....................................................................................6881 SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................6881 SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP SYSTEM : Description...............................................................................................................6881 SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP SYSTEM : Component Function Check..................................................................................................6881 SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP SYSTEM : Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................6882 SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP SYSTEM : Component Inspection (Belt Buckle Switch).................................................................................6883 SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE)..........................................................................................................................6884 PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................6884 PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM : Description..................................................................................................................6884 PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM : Component Function Check.....................................................................................................6884 PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM : Diagnosis Procedure..........................................................................................................6884 PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM : Component Inspection (Belt Buckle Switch)....................................................................................6885 SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................6885 SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP SYSTEM : Description...............................................................................................................6885 SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP SYSTEM : Component Function Check..................................................................................................6885 SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP SYSTEM : Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................6886 SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP SYSTEM : Component Inspection (Belt Buckle Switch).................................................................................6887 SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP CIRCUIT....................................................................................................................................6888 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6888 SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................6889 Wiring Diagram - SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM -...................................................................................................................6889 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.............................................................................................................................................6893 PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT CONTROL UNIT..................................................................................................................................6893 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................6893 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................6893 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................6893 PHYSICAL VALUES (DRIVER SIDE).............................................................................................................................6893 PHYSICAL VALUES (PASSENGER SIDE)..........................................................................................................................6894 Fail Safe.....................................................................................................................................................6895 DRIVER SIDE...............................................................................................................................................6895 PASSENGER SIDE............................................................................................................................................6896 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................6897 DISPLAY ITEM LIST (PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT)...................................................................................................................6897 Wiring Diagram - PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM -.................................................................................................................6899 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................6905 PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT DOSE NOT OPERATE..............................................................................................................................6905 BOTH SIDES....................................................................................................................................................6905 BOTH SIDES : Diagnosis Procedure..........................................................................................................................6905 DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................................6905 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6905 PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................................6905 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................................6905 SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF..........................................................................................................................6907 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6907 SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON...........................................................................................................................6908 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6908 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................6909 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................6909 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................6909 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................6909 Precaution for Seat Belt Service..............................................................................................................................6909 AFTER A COLLISION.........................................................................................................................................6909 Precaution for Battery Service................................................................................................................................6910 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..................................................................................................................................................6911 PRE-INSPECTION FOR DIAGNOSTIC.....................................................................................................................................6911 Description...................................................................................................................................................6911 BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR.........................................................................................................................................6912 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6912 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6912 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6912 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6912 PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT CONTROL UNIT..................................................................................................................................6913 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6913 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6913 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 115 SE............................................................................................................................................................................6914 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................6914 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................6916 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW....................................................................................................................................6916 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................6916 DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................................6916 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................6917 POWER SEAT........................................................................................................................................................6917 System Description............................................................................................................................................6917 SLIDING OPERATION.........................................................................................................................................6917 RECLINING OPERATION.......................................................................................................................................6917 LIFTING OPERATION.........................................................................................................................................6917 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................6917 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................6918 SIDE SUPPORT......................................................................................................................................................6919 System Description............................................................................................................................................6919 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................6919 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................6919 LUMBAR SUPPORT....................................................................................................................................................6920 System Description............................................................................................................................................6920 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................6920 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................6920 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT...........................................................................................................................................6921 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................6921 System Description............................................................................................................................................6921 SEAT CUSHION AND SEAT BACK TEMPERATURE ADJUSTMENT FUNCTION................................................................................................6921 FAIL-SAFE.................................................................................................................................................6921 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................6922 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................6922 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................6923 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................6923 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT CONTROL UNIT..........................................................................................................................6923 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure................................................................................................6923 Driver side...........................................................................................................................................6923 Passenger side........................................................................................................................................6924 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT CONTROL UNIT : Component Inspection...............................................................................................6926 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT SWITCH....................................................................................................................................6927 Description...................................................................................................................................................6927 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................6927 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6927 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................6929 SEATBACK THERMAL ELECTRIC DEVICE..................................................................................................................................6930 Description...................................................................................................................................................6930 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................6930 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6930 SEATBACK THERMAL ELECTRIC DEVICE SENSOR...........................................................................................................................6932 Description...................................................................................................................................................6932 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6932 SEAT CUSHION THERMAL ELECTRIC DEVICE..............................................................................................................................6934 Description...................................................................................................................................................6934 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................6934 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6934 SEAT CUSHION THERMAL ELECTRIC DEVICE SENSOR.......................................................................................................................6936 Description...................................................................................................................................................6936 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6936 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT BLOWER MOTOR..............................................................................................................................6938 Description...................................................................................................................................................6938 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................6938 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6938 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT SWITCH INDICATOR..........................................................................................................................6941 Description...................................................................................................................................................6941 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................6941 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6941 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................6942 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT BLOWER FILTER.............................................................................................................................6944 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6944 POWER SEAT........................................................................................................................................................6945 Wiring Diagram - POWER SEAT FOR DRIVER SIDE (WITHOUT AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER) -............................................................................6945 Wiring Diagram - POWER SEAT FOR PASSENGER SIDE -..............................................................................................................6948 SIDE SUPPORT......................................................................................................................................................6951 Wiring Diagram - SIDE SUPPORT -...............................................................................................................................6951 LUMBAR SUPPORT....................................................................................................................................................6954 Wiring Diagram - LUMBAR SUPPORT -.............................................................................................................................6954 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.............................................................................................................................................6957 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT CONTROL UNIT..............................................................................................................................6957 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................6957 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................6957 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................6957 Wiring Diagram - CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT CONTROL SYSTEM -.....................................................................................................6959 Fail-safe.....................................................................................................................................................6965 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................6968 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT DOES NOT OPERATE..........................................................................................................................6968 BOTH SIDES....................................................................................................................................................6968 BOTH SIDES : Diagnosis Procedure..........................................................................................................................6968 DRIVER SIDE...................................................................................................................................................6968 DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure.........................................................................................................................6968 PASSENGER SIDE................................................................................................................................................6968 PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure......................................................................................................................6968 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT BLOWER MOTOR SPEED CANNOT ADJUST..........................................................................................................6970 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6970 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT DOES NOT OPERATES WHEN SWITCH IS DONE IN HEAT OR COOL.....................................................................................6971 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6971 WHEN THE CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT SWITCH IS TURNED ON, OPERATION STOP AT NOSE......................................................................................6972 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6972 SEAT SWITCH INDICATOR DOES NOT OPERATE IN HEAT OR COOL POSITION...................................................................................................6973 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................6973 SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES...............................................................................................................................6974 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................6974 CUSTOMER INTERVIEW........................................................................................................................................6974 DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE........................................................................................................................6974 CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS...........................................................................................................................6975 LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE..............................................................................................................6975 REPAIR THE CAUSE..........................................................................................................................................6975 CONFIRM THE REPAIR........................................................................................................................................6976 Inspection Procedure..........................................................................................................................................6976 INSTRUMENT PANEL..........................................................................................................................................6976 CENTER CONSOLE............................................................................................................................................6976 DOORS.....................................................................................................................................................6976 TRUNK.....................................................................................................................................................6976 SUNROOF/HEADLINING........................................................................................................................................6977 SEATS.....................................................................................................................................................6977 UNDERHOOD.................................................................................................................................................6977 Diagnostic Worksheet..........................................................................................................................................6978 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................6980 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................6980 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................6980 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................6980 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.....................................................................................6980 OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................................6980 Service Notice................................................................................................................................................6981 Precaution for Work...........................................................................................................................................6981 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................6982 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................6982 Special Service Tool..........................................................................................................................................6982 Commercial Service Tool.......................................................................................................................................6982 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6983 FRONT SEAT........................................................................................................................................................6983 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6983 DRIVER'S SEAT.............................................................................................................................................6983 PASSENGER'S SEAT..........................................................................................................................................6984 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6986 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6986 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6987 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................................6987 SEATBACK..................................................................................................................................................6987 Disassembly...........................................................................................................................................6987 Assembly..............................................................................................................................................6990 SEAT CUSHION..............................................................................................................................................6990 Disassembly...........................................................................................................................................6990 Assembly..............................................................................................................................................6993 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT UNIT..............................................................................................................................6993 Disassembly...........................................................................................................................................6993 Assembly..............................................................................................................................................6994 REAR SEAT.........................................................................................................................................................6995 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................6995 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................6996 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................6996 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................6997 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................................6997 SEATBACK..................................................................................................................................................6997 Disassembly...........................................................................................................................................6997 Assembly..............................................................................................................................................7000 SEAT CUSHION..............................................................................................................................................7001 Disassembly...........................................................................................................................................7001 Assembly..............................................................................................................................................7001 ARMREST...................................................................................................................................................7001 Disassembly...........................................................................................................................................7001 Assembly..............................................................................................................................................7002 SEATBACK CONTROL CABLE............................................................................................................................................7003 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7003 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7003 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7003 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7004 POWER SEAT SWITCH.................................................................................................................................................7005 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7005 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7005 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7005 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7005 LUMBAR SUPPORT SWITCH.............................................................................................................................................7006 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7006 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7006 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7006 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7006 SIDE SUPPORT SWITCH...............................................................................................................................................7007 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7007 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7007 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7007 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT SWITCH....................................................................................................................................7008 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7008 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7008 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7008 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7008 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT BLOWER FILTER.............................................................................................................................7009 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7009 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7009 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7009 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7009 Replacement interuals.....................................................................................................................................7009 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 115 SEC...........................................................................................................................................................................7010 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................7010 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM................................................................................................................................................7014 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................7014 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.................................................................................................................................7014 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................7014 OVERALL SEQUENCE......................................................................................................................................7014 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................7014 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.....................................................................................................................................7017 ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION.............................................................................................................................7017 ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Description...........................................................................................................7017 ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement............................................................................................7017 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................7018 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION..................................................................................................................7018 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7018 System Description........................................................................................................................................7018 PRECAUTIONS FOR INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM................................................................................................................7018 OPERATION WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS CARRIED.............................................................................................................7018 OPERATION RANGE.......................................................................................................................................7019 OPERATION WHEN KEY SLOT IS USED.......................................................................................................................7019 BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM..................................................................................................................................7019 Reset Condition of Battery Saver System...........................................................................................................7019 STEERING LOCK OPERATION...............................................................................................................................7019 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................7020 Operation Enable Condition........................................................................................................................7020 Operation Condition...............................................................................................................................7020 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7021 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7023 INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS......................................................................................................................7024 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7024 System Description........................................................................................................................................7024 PRECAUTIONS FOR KEY REGISTRATION......................................................................................................................7024 SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP...............................................................................................................................7024 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7025 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7027 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................7028 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7028 System Description........................................................................................................................................7028 OPERATION FLOW........................................................................................................................................7028 SETTING THE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM...................................................................................................................7028 Initial Condition.................................................................................................................................7028 Disarmed Phase....................................................................................................................................7028 Pre-armed Phase and Armed Phase...................................................................................................................7028 CANCELING THE SET VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM.............................................................................................................7029 CANCELING THE ALARM OPERATION OF THE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM..........................................................................................7029 ACTIVATING THE ALARM OPERATION OF THE VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM.........................................................................................7029 PANIC ALARM OPERATION.................................................................................................................................7029 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7030 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7032 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)........................................................................................................................................7033 COMMON ITEM...............................................................................................................................................7033 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)................................................................................................7033 APPLICATION ITEM..................................................................................................................................7033 SYSTEM APPLICATION................................................................................................................................7033 FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)...........................................................................................................................7033 INTELLIGENT KEY...........................................................................................................................................7034 INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)........................................................................................7034 WORK SUPPORT......................................................................................................................................7034 SELF-DIAG RESULT..................................................................................................................................7035 DATA MONITOR......................................................................................................................................7035 ACTIVE TEST.......................................................................................................................................7036 THEFT ALM.................................................................................................................................................7037 THEFT ALM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - THEFT ALM)....................................................................................................7037 DATA MONITOR......................................................................................................................................7037 WORK SUPPORT......................................................................................................................................7038 ACTIVE TEST.......................................................................................................................................7038 IMMU......................................................................................................................................................7038 IMMU : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - IMMU)..............................................................................................................7039 DATA MONITOR......................................................................................................................................7039 ACTIVE TEST.......................................................................................................................................7039 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................7040 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................7040 BCM.......................................................................................................................................................7040 BCM : Description.....................................................................................................................................7040 BCM : DTC Logic.......................................................................................................................................7040 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...............................................................................................................................7040 BCM : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................................7040 IPDM E/R..................................................................................................................................................7040 IPDM E/R : Description................................................................................................................................7040 IPDM E/R : DTC Logic..................................................................................................................................7040 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...............................................................................................................................7040 IPDM E/R : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................7040 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)......................................................................................................................................7042 BCM.......................................................................................................................................................7042 BCM : DTC Logic.......................................................................................................................................7042 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...............................................................................................................................7042 BCM : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................................7042 P1610 LOCK MODE...............................................................................................................................................7043 Description...............................................................................................................................................7043 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7043 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7043 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7043 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7043 P1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM....................................................................................................................................7044 Description...............................................................................................................................................7044 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7044 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7044 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7044 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7044 P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU.......................................................................................................................................7046 Description...............................................................................................................................................7046 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7046 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7046 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7046 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7046 P1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY.......................................................................................................................................7047 Description...............................................................................................................................................7047 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7047 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7047 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7047 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7047 P1615 DIFFRENCE OF KEY........................................................................................................................................7050 Description...............................................................................................................................................7050 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7050 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7050 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7050 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7050 B2190 NATS ANTENNA AMP........................................................................................................................................7051 Description...............................................................................................................................................7051 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7051 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7051 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7051 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7051 B2191 DIFFERENCE OF KEY.......................................................................................................................................7054 Description...............................................................................................................................................7054 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7054 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7054 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7054 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7054 B2192 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM....................................................................................................................................7055 Description...............................................................................................................................................7055 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7055 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7055 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7055 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7055 B2193 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU.......................................................................................................................................7057 Description...............................................................................................................................................7057 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7057 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7057 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7057 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7057 B2195 ANTI-SCANNING...........................................................................................................................................7058 Description...............................................................................................................................................7058 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7058 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7058 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7058 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7058 B2013 ID DISCORD, IMMU-STRG...................................................................................................................................7059 Description...............................................................................................................................................7059 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7059 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7059 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7059 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7059 B2014 CHAIN OF STRG-IMMU......................................................................................................................................7060 Description...............................................................................................................................................7060 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7060 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7060 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7060 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7060 B2555 STOP LAMP...............................................................................................................................................7063 Description...............................................................................................................................................7063 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7063 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7063 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7063 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7063 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................7064 B2556 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH.............................................................................................................................7065 Description...............................................................................................................................................7065 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7065 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7065 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7065 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7065 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................7066 B2557 VEHICLE SPEED...........................................................................................................................................7067 Description...............................................................................................................................................7067 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7067 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7067 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7067 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7067 B2560 STARTER CONTROL RELAY...................................................................................................................................7068 Description...............................................................................................................................................7068 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7068 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7068 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7068 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7068 B2601 SHIFT POSITION..........................................................................................................................................7069 Description...............................................................................................................................................7069 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7069 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7069 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7069 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7069 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................7071 B2602 SHIFT POSITION..........................................................................................................................................7072 Description...............................................................................................................................................7072 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7072 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7072 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7072 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7072 B2603 SHIFT POSITION STATUS...................................................................................................................................7074 Description...............................................................................................................................................7074 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7074 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7074 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7074 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7074 B2604 PNP SWITCH..............................................................................................................................................7077 Description...............................................................................................................................................7077 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7077 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7077 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7077 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7077 B2605 PNP SWITCH..............................................................................................................................................7079 Description...............................................................................................................................................7079 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7079 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7079 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7079 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7079 B2606 STEERING LOCK RELAY.....................................................................................................................................7081 Description...............................................................................................................................................7081 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7081 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7081 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7081 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7081 B2607 STEERING LOCK RELAY.....................................................................................................................................7082 Description...............................................................................................................................................7082 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7082 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7082 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7082 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7082 B2608 STARTER RELAY...........................................................................................................................................7084 Description...............................................................................................................................................7084 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7084 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7084 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7084 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7084 B2609 STEERING STATUS.........................................................................................................................................7086 Description...............................................................................................................................................7086 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7086 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7086 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7086 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7086 B260B STEERING LOCK UNIT......................................................................................................................................7090 Description...............................................................................................................................................7090 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7090 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7090 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7090 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7090 B260C STEERING LOCK UNIT......................................................................................................................................7091 Description...............................................................................................................................................7091 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7091 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7091 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7091 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7091 B260D STEERING LOCK UNIT......................................................................................................................................7092 Description...............................................................................................................................................7092 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7092 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7092 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7092 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7092 B260F ENGINE STATUS...........................................................................................................................................7093 Description...............................................................................................................................................7093 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7093 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7093 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7093 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7093 B26E1 NO RECEPTION OF ENGINE STATUS SIGNAL....................................................................................................................7094 Description...............................................................................................................................................7094 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7094 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7094 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7094 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7094 B26E9 STEERING STATUS.........................................................................................................................................7095 Description...............................................................................................................................................7095 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7095 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7095 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7095 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7095 B26EA KEY REGISTRATION........................................................................................................................................7096 Description...............................................................................................................................................7096 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7096 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7096 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7096 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7096 B2612 STEERING STATUS.........................................................................................................................................7097 Description...............................................................................................................................................7097 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7097 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7097 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7097 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7097 B2617 STARTER RELAY CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................7101 Description...............................................................................................................................................7101 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7101 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7101 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7101 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7101 B2619 BCM.....................................................................................................................................................7103 Description...............................................................................................................................................7103 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7103 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7103 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7103 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7103 B261A PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH.............................................................................................................................7104 Description...............................................................................................................................................7104 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7104 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7104 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7104 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7104 B261E VEHICLE TYPE............................................................................................................................................7107 Description...............................................................................................................................................7107 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7107 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7107 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7107 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7107 B2108 STEERING LOCK RELAY.....................................................................................................................................7108 Description...............................................................................................................................................7108 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7108 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7108 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7108 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7108 B2109 STEERING LOCK RELAY.....................................................................................................................................7109 Description...............................................................................................................................................7109 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7109 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7109 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7109 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7109 B210A STEERING LOCK CONDITION SWITCH..........................................................................................................................7110 Description...............................................................................................................................................7110 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7110 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7110 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7110 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7110 B210B STARTER CONTROL RELAY...................................................................................................................................7114 Description...............................................................................................................................................7114 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7114 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7114 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7114 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7114 B210C STARTER CONTROL RELAY...................................................................................................................................7115 Description...............................................................................................................................................7115 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7115 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7115 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7115 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7115 B210D STARTER RELAY...........................................................................................................................................7116 Description...............................................................................................................................................7116 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7116 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7116 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7116 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7116 B210E STARTER RELAY...........................................................................................................................................7117 Description...............................................................................................................................................7117 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7117 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7117 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7117 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7117 B210F PNP/CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH.............................................................................................................................7119 Description...............................................................................................................................................7119 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7119 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7119 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7119 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7119 B2110 PNP/CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH.............................................................................................................................7121 Description...............................................................................................................................................7121 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7121 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7121 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7121 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7121 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................7123 BCM.......................................................................................................................................................7123 BCM : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................................7123 IPDM E/R..................................................................................................................................................7123 IPDM E/R : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................................................................7123 HOOD SWITCH...................................................................................................................................................7125 Description...............................................................................................................................................7125 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................7125 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7125 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................7126 HEADLAMP......................................................................................................................................................7127 Description...............................................................................................................................................7127 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................7127 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7127 SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP.......................................................................................................................................7128 Description...............................................................................................................................................7128 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................7128 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7128 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................7129 KEY WARNING LAMP..............................................................................................................................................7130 Description...............................................................................................................................................7130 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................7130 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7130 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION..................................................................................................................7131 Wiring Diagram - INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM/ENGINE START FUNCTION -...........................................................................................7131 INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS......................................................................................................................7141 Wiring Diagram - IVIS -...................................................................................................................................7141 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM.......................................................................................................................................7150 Wiring Diagram - VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM -................................................................................................................7150 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................7156 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).....................................................................................................................................7156 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................7156 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................7156 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................7161 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................7161 Wiring Diagram - BCM -....................................................................................................................................7180 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................7186 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC..............................................................................................................................7186 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION................................................................................................................................7188 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION..........................................................................................................7188 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION...........................................................................................................................7188 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................7189 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................7189 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)..................................................................................................7192 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................7192 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................7192 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................7194 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................7194 Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -...............................................................................................................................7199 Fail-safe.................................................................................................................................................7202 CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL.............................................................................................................................7202 If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM.....................................................................................................7202 If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM.....................................................................................................7203 IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION.........................................................................................................7203 FRONT WIPER CONTROL...................................................................................................................................7203 STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION.....................................................................................................................7204 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................7204 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................7205 ENGINE DOES NOT START WHEN INTELLIGENT KEY IS INSIDE OF VEHICLE...............................................................................................7205 Description...............................................................................................................................................7205 Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)..........................................................................................................7205 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7205 STEERING DOES NOT LOCK........................................................................................................................................7206 Description...............................................................................................................................................7206 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7206 SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON OR FLASH.............................................................................................................7207 Description...............................................................................................................................................7207 Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)..........................................................................................................7207 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7207 VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM CAN NOT BE SET........................................................................................................................7208 INTELLIGENT KEY...........................................................................................................................................7208 INTELLIGENT KEY : Description.........................................................................................................................7208 Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................................7208 INTELLIGENT KEY : Diagnosis Procedure.................................................................................................................7208 DOOR REQUEST SWITCH.......................................................................................................................................7208 DOOR REQUEST SWITCH : Description.....................................................................................................................7208 Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................................7208 DOOR REQUEST SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure.............................................................................................................7208 DOOR KEY CYLINDER.........................................................................................................................................7209 DOOR KEY CYLINDER : Description.......................................................................................................................7209 Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)......................................................................................................7209 DOOR KEY CYLINDER : Diagnosis Procedure...............................................................................................................7209 VEHICLE SECURITY ALARM DOES NOT ACTIVATE......................................................................................................................7210 Description...............................................................................................................................................7210 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7210 KEY SLOT INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE........................................................................................................................7211 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7211 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................7212 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................7212 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................7212 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................7212 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.................................................................................7212 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................7212 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...........................................................................................................7213 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7214 KEY SLOT......................................................................................................................................................7214 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................7214 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7214 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7214 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7214 PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH...................................................................................................................................7215 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7215 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7215 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7215 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX.................................................................................................................................. 115 SR............................................................................................................................................................................7216 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................7216 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................7217 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................7217 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................7217 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................7217 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.....................................................................................7217 OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................................7217 Occupant Classification System................................................................................................................................7218 Service.......................................................................................................................................................7218 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................7219 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................7219 Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................................7219 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7220 DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE.............................................................................................................................................7220 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7220 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7220 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7220 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7221 SPIRAL CABLE......................................................................................................................................................7223 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7223 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7223 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7223 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7224 FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE....................................................................................................................................7226 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7226 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7226 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7226 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7227 SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE.......................................................................................................................................7228 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7228 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7228 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7228 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7229 CRASH ZONE SENSOR.................................................................................................................................................7230 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7230 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7230 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7230 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7231 SIDE AIR BAG (SATELLITE) SENSOR...................................................................................................................................7232 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7232 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7232 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7232 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7233 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT.............................................................................................................................................7234 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7234 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7234 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7234 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7235 FRONT SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER.....................................................................................................................................7236 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7236 OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT.......................................................................................................................7237 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7237 For removal and installation..............................................................................................................................7237 SRC...........................................................................................................................................................................7238 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................7238 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................7242 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW....................................................................................................................................7242 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................7242 OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................................7242 DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................................7242 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.........................................................................................................................................7245 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT................................................................................................................7245 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description..............................................................................................7245 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement...............................................................................7245 WORK PROCEDURE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................7245 ZERO POINT RESET..............................................................................................................................................7245 ZERO POINT RESET : Description............................................................................................................................7245 ZERO POINT RESET : Special Repair Requirement.............................................................................................................7245 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................7247 SRS AIR BAG SYSTEM................................................................................................................................................7247 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................7247 System Description............................................................................................................................................7247 This SRS Air Bag System has the following functions.......................................................................................................7247 COLLISION MODE............................................................................................................................................7248 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................7249 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................7250 OCCUPANT DETECTION SYSTEM.........................................................................................................................................7251 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................7251 OCCUPANT DETECTION SYSTEM.................................................................................................................................7251 System Description............................................................................................................................................7251 This Occupant Detection System has the following functions................................................................................................7251 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................7252 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................7252 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AIRBAG).........................................................................................................................................7253 Diagnosis Description.........................................................................................................................................7253 DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION........................................................................................................................................7253 HOW TO PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR QUICK AND ACCURATE REPAIR............................................................................................7253 Information from Customer.............................................................................................................................7253 Preliminary Check.....................................................................................................................................7253 Air Bag Warning Lamp Diagnosis................................................................................................................................7253 SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION...................................................................................................................................7253 HOW TO CHANGE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE WITHOUT CONSULT-III.................................................................................................7254 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (USER MODE) .........................................................................................................................7254 Checking air bag operation according to air bag warning lamp-User mode................................................................................7254 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (DIAGNOSIS MODE).....................................................................................................................7255 An Example of a 3-second Blink Followed by a 0.5-second Blink Repeated................................................................................7255 Number of 0.5-second blinks after a 3-second blink indicates malfunctioning items.....................................................................7256 An Example of Two 1.5-second Blinks Followed by a 0.5-second Blink Repeated...........................................................................7257 Number of 0.5-second blinks after Two 1.5-second blinks indicates malfunctioning items................................................................7257 HOW TO ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS......................................................................................................................7257 CONSULT-III Function..........................................................................................................................................7257 HOW TO CHANGE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE WITH CONSULT-III........................................................................................................7257 From User Mode to Diagnosis Mode......................................................................................................................7257 From Diagnosis Mode to User Mode......................................................................................................................7258 DIAGNOSIS MODE FOR CONSULT-III............................................................................................................................7258 HOW TO ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS......................................................................................................................7258 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (OCCUPANT DETECTION SYSTEM)......................................................................................................................7259 CONSULT-III Function..........................................................................................................................................7259 ZERO POINT RESET DESCRIPTION..............................................................................................................................7259 WORK SUPPORT..............................................................................................................................................7259 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................7260 B1001, B1002, B1003, B1004, B1005 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT...........................................................................................................7260 Description...................................................................................................................................................7260 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7260 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7260 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7260 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7260 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7260 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7260 B1006, B1007, B1008, B1009, B1010 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT...........................................................................................................7262 Description...................................................................................................................................................7262 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7262 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7262 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7262 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7262 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7262 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7262 B1011, B1012, B1013, B1014, B1015 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT...........................................................................................................7264 Description...................................................................................................................................................7264 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7264 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7264 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7264 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7264 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7264 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7264 B1017, B1020, B1021 OCCUPANT SENS C/U.............................................................................................................................7266 Description...................................................................................................................................................7266 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7266 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7266 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7266 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7266 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................7266 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7266 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7266 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE......................................................................................................................................7266 B1018 OCCUPANT SENS...............................................................................................................................................7268 Description...................................................................................................................................................7268 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7268 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7268 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7268 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7268 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................7268 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7268 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7268 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE......................................................................................................................................7268 B1022 OCCUPANT SENS C/U...........................................................................................................................................7270 Description...................................................................................................................................................7270 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7270 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7270 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7270 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7270 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................7270 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7270 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7270 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE......................................................................................................................................7270 B1023 PASS A/B INDCTR CKT.........................................................................................................................................7272 Description...................................................................................................................................................7272 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7272 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7272 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7272 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7272 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................7272 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7272 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7272 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE......................................................................................................................................7272 B1025, B1032, B1048 OCS SENSOR....................................................................................................................................7274 Description...................................................................................................................................................7274 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7274 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7274 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7274 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7274 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................7274 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7274 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7274 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE......................................................................................................................................7274 B1026, B1027, B1028, B1029, B1030, B1031 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT....................................................................................................7276 Description...................................................................................................................................................7276 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7276 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7276 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7276 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7276 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7276 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7276 B1033, B1034 CRASH ZONE SEN.......................................................................................................................................7278 Description...................................................................................................................................................7278 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7278 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7278 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7278 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7278 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7278 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7278 B1035, B1036 CRASH ZONE SEN.......................................................................................................................................7280 Description...................................................................................................................................................7280 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7280 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7280 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7280 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7280 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7280 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7280 B1037, B1039, B1041 CRASH ZONE SENS1..............................................................................................................................7282 Description...................................................................................................................................................7282 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7282 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7282 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7282 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7282 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7282 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7282 B1042, B1043, B1044, B1045, B1046, B1047 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT....................................................................................................7284 Description...................................................................................................................................................7284 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7284 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7284 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7284 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7284 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7284 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7284 B1049, B1054 DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE.................................................................................................................................7286 Description...................................................................................................................................................7286 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7286 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7286 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7286 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7286 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7286 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7286 B1050, B1055 DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE.................................................................................................................................7288 Description...................................................................................................................................................7288 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7288 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7288 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7288 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7288 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7288 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7288 B1051, B1056 DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE.................................................................................................................................7290 Description...................................................................................................................................................7290 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7290 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7290 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7290 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7290 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7290 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7290 B1052, B1057 DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE.................................................................................................................................7292 Description...................................................................................................................................................7292 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7292 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7292 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7292 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7292 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7292 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7292 B1058, B1059, B1060, B1061, B1062, B1063 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT....................................................................................................7294 Description...................................................................................................................................................7294 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7294 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7294 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7294 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7294 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7294 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7294 B1065, B1070 ASSIST A/B MODULE....................................................................................................................................7296 Description...................................................................................................................................................7296 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7296 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7296 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7296 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7296 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7296 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7296 B1066, B1071 ASSIST A/B MODULE....................................................................................................................................7298 Description...................................................................................................................................................7298 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7298 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7298 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7298 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7298 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7298 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7298 B1067, B1072 ASSIST A/B MODULE....................................................................................................................................7300 Description...................................................................................................................................................7300 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7300 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7300 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7300 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7300 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7300 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7300 B1068, B1073 ASSIST A/B MODULE....................................................................................................................................7302 Description...................................................................................................................................................7302 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7302 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7302 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7302 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7302 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7302 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7302 B1074, B1075, B1076, B1077, B1078, B1079 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT....................................................................................................7304 Description...................................................................................................................................................7304 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7304 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7304 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7304 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7304 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7304 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7304 B1080, B1096 DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE ................................................................................................................................7306 Description...................................................................................................................................................7306 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7306 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7306 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7306 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7306 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7306 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7306 B1081 PRE-TEN FRONT RH............................................................................................................................................7308 Description...................................................................................................................................................7308 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7308 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7308 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7308 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7308 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7308 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7308 B1082 PRE-TEN FRONT RH............................................................................................................................................7310 Description...................................................................................................................................................7310 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7310 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7310 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7310 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7310 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7310 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7310 B1083 PRE-TEN FRONT RH............................................................................................................................................7312 Description...................................................................................................................................................7312 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7312 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7312 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7312 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7312 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7312 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7312 B1084 PRE-TEN FRONT RH............................................................................................................................................7314 Description...................................................................................................................................................7314 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7314 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7314 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7314 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7314 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7314 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7314 B1086 PRE-TEN FRONT LH............................................................................................................................................7316 Description...................................................................................................................................................7316 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7316 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7316 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7316 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7316 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7316 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7316 B1087 PRE-TEN FRONT LH............................................................................................................................................7318 Description...................................................................................................................................................7318 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7318 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7318 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7318 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7318 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7318 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7318 B1088 PRE-TEN FRONT LH............................................................................................................................................7320 Description...................................................................................................................................................7320 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7320 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7320 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7320 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7320 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7320 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7320 B1089 PRE-TEN FRONT LH............................................................................................................................................7322 Description...................................................................................................................................................7322 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7322 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7322 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7322 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7322 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7322 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7322 B1090, B1091, B1092, B1093 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT..................................................................................................................7324 Description...................................................................................................................................................7324 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7324 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7324 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7324 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7324 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7324 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7324 B1106, B1107, B1108, B1109, B1110, B1111 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT....................................................................................................7326 Description...................................................................................................................................................7326 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7326 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7326 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7326 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7326 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7326 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7326 B1113, B1114 SATELLITE SENS RH....................................................................................................................................7328 Description...................................................................................................................................................7328 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7328 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7328 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7328 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7328 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7328 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7328 B1115, B1116 SATELLITE SENS RH....................................................................................................................................7330 Description...................................................................................................................................................7330 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7330 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7330 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7330 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7330 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7330 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7330 B1118, B1119 SATELLITE SENS LH....................................................................................................................................7332 Description...................................................................................................................................................7332 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7332 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7332 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7332 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7332 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7332 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7332 B1120, B1121 SATELLITE SENS LH....................................................................................................................................7334 Description...................................................................................................................................................7334 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7334 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7334 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7334 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7334 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7334 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7334 B1122, B1123, B1124, B1125, B1126, B1127 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT....................................................................................................7336 Description...................................................................................................................................................7336 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7336 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7336 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7336 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7336 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7336 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7336 B1129 SIDE MODULE RH..............................................................................................................................................7338 Description...................................................................................................................................................7338 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7338 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7338 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7338 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7338 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7338 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7338 B1130 SIDE MODULE RH..............................................................................................................................................7340 Description...................................................................................................................................................7340 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7340 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7340 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7340 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7340 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7340 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7340 B1131 SIDE MODULE RH..............................................................................................................................................7342 Description...................................................................................................................................................7342 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7342 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7342 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7342 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7342 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7342 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7342 B1132 SIDE MODULE RH..............................................................................................................................................7344 Description...................................................................................................................................................7344 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7344 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7344 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7344 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7344 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7344 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7344 B1134 SIDE MODULE LH..............................................................................................................................................7346 Description...................................................................................................................................................7346 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7346 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7346 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7346 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7346 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7346 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7346 B1135 SIDE MODULE LH..............................................................................................................................................7348 Description...................................................................................................................................................7348 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7348 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7348 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7348 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7348 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7348 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7348 B1136 SIDE MODULE LH..............................................................................................................................................7350 Description...................................................................................................................................................7350 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7350 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7350 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7350 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7350 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7350 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7350 B1137 SIDE MODULE LH..............................................................................................................................................7352 Description...................................................................................................................................................7352 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7352 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7352 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7352 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7352 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7352 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7352 B1138, B1139, B1140, B1141, B1142, B1143 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT....................................................................................................7354 Description...................................................................................................................................................7354 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7354 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7354 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7354 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7354 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7354 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7354 B1144 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ......................................................................................................................................7356 Description...................................................................................................................................................7356 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7356 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7356 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7356 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7356 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7356 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7356 B1145 CURTAIN MODULE RH...........................................................................................................................................7358 Description...................................................................................................................................................7358 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7358 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7358 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7358 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7358 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7358 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7358 B1146 CURTAIN MODULE RH...........................................................................................................................................7360 Description...................................................................................................................................................7360 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7360 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7360 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7360 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7360 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7360 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7360 B1147 CURTAIN MODULE RH...........................................................................................................................................7362 Description...................................................................................................................................................7362 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7362 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7362 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7362 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7362 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7362 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7362 B1148 CURTAIN MODULE RH...........................................................................................................................................7364 Description...................................................................................................................................................7364 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7364 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7364 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7364 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7364 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7364 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7364 B1150 CURTAIN MODULE LH...........................................................................................................................................7366 Description...................................................................................................................................................7366 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7366 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7366 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7366 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7366 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7366 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7366 B1151 CURTAIN MODULE LH...........................................................................................................................................7368 Description...................................................................................................................................................7368 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7368 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7368 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7368 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7368 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7368 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7368 B1152 CURTAIN MODULE LH...........................................................................................................................................7370 Description...................................................................................................................................................7370 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7370 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7370 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7370 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7370 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7370 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7370 B1153 CURTAIN MODULE LH...........................................................................................................................................7372 Description...................................................................................................................................................7372 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7372 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7372 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7372 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7372 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7372 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7372 B1154, B1155, B1156, B1157 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT..................................................................................................................7374 Description...................................................................................................................................................7374 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7374 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7374 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7374 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7374 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7374 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7374 B1170, B1171, B1172, B1173 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT..................................................................................................................7376 Description...................................................................................................................................................7376 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7376 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7376 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7376 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7376 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7376 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7376 B1186, B1187, B1188, B1189 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT..................................................................................................................7378 Description...................................................................................................................................................7378 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7378 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7378 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7378 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7378 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7378 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7378 B1202, B1203, B1204, B1205, B1206, B1207 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT....................................................................................................7380 Description...................................................................................................................................................7380 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7380 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7380 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7380 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7380 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7380 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7380 B1209 FRONTAL COLLISION DETECTION.................................................................................................................................7382 Description...................................................................................................................................................7382 DTC B1209 FRONTAL COLLISION DETECTION.....................................................................................................................7382 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7382 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7382 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7382 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7382 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7382 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7382 B1210 SIDE COLLISION DETECTION....................................................................................................................................7384 Description...................................................................................................................................................7384 DTC B1210 SIDE COLLISION DETECTION........................................................................................................................7384 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7384 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7384 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7384 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7384 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7384 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7384 B1211 ROLLOVER DETECTION..........................................................................................................................................7386 Description...................................................................................................................................................7386 DTC B1211 ROLLOVER DETECTION..............................................................................................................................7386 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7386 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7386 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7386 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7386 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................7386 With CONSULT-III......................................................................................................................................7386 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7386 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7386 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE......................................................................................................................................7386 B1212, B1213, B1214 RH1 SAT-SENS..................................................................................................................................7388 Description...................................................................................................................................................7388 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7388 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7388 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7388 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7388 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7388 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7388 B1215, B1216, B1217 LH1 SAT-SENS..................................................................................................................................7390 Description...................................................................................................................................................7390 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7390 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7390 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7390 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7390 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7390 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7390 B1218, B1219 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT................................................................................................................................7392 Description...................................................................................................................................................7392 OPERATION.................................................................................................................................................7392 STRUCTURE.................................................................................................................................................7392 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7392 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................7392 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................7392 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7392 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.............................................................................................................................................7394 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT.............................................................................................................................................7394 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................7394 Wiring Diagram - SRS AIR BAG CONTROL SYSTEM -.................................................................................................................7399 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................7406 SRS AIR BAG WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF........................................................................................................................7406 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7406 SRS AIR BAG WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON.........................................................................................................................7407 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7407 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................7408 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................7408 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................7408 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................7408 Service.......................................................................................................................................................7408 Occupant Detection System Precaution..........................................................................................................................7408 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 115 ST............................................................................................................................................................................7409 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................7409 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................7411 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..............................................................................................................7411 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.....................................................................................................................................7411 2WD MODELS (WITHOUT ELECTRIC MOTOR).......................................................................................................................7411 2WD MODELS (WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR)..........................................................................................................................7411 AWD MODELS (WITHOUT ELECTRIC MOTOR).......................................................................................................................7412 AWD MODELS (WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR)..........................................................................................................................7413 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................7415 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................7415 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................7415 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................7415 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.....................................................................................7415 OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................................7415 Service Notice or Precautions for Steering System.............................................................................................................7416 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................7417 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................7417 Special Service Tools.........................................................................................................................................7417 Commercial Service Tool.......................................................................................................................................7418 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..................................................................................................................................................7419 POWER STEERING FLUID..............................................................................................................................................7419 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................7419 FLUID LEVEL...............................................................................................................................................7419 FLUID LEAKAGE.............................................................................................................................................7419 AIR BLEEDING HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................7419 STEERING WHEEL....................................................................................................................................................7421 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................7421 STEERING WHEEL AXIAL END PLAY.............................................................................................................................7421 STEERING WHEEL PLAY.......................................................................................................................................7421 NEUTRAL POSITION STEERING WHEEL...........................................................................................................................7421 STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE..............................................................................................................................7421 RACK SLIDING FORCE........................................................................................................................................7422 FRONT WHEEL TURNING ANGLE.................................................................................................................................7422 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7424 STEERING WHEEL....................................................................................................................................................7424 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7424 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7424 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7424 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7424 STEERING COLUMN...................................................................................................................................................7425 WITHOUT ELECTRIC MOTOR........................................................................................................................................7425 WITHOUT ELECTRIC MOTOR : Exploded View....................................................................................................................7425 WITHOUT ELECTRIC MOTOR : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................................7425 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7425 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7426 WITHOUT ELECTRIC MOTOR : Inspection.......................................................................................................................7426 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................7426 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7427 WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR...........................................................................................................................................7427 WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR : Exploded View.......................................................................................................................7428 WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR : Removal and Installation............................................................................................................7428 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7428 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7429 WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR : Inspection..........................................................................................................................7429 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................7429 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7430 LOWER SHAFT.......................................................................................................................................................7431 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7431 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7431 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7431 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7431 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................7432 STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE.........................................................................................................................................7433 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7433 REMOVAL ..................................................................................................................................................7433 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................7433 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7434 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7434 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7434 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................................7435 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................7435 ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................................7437 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................7441 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.............................................................................................................................7441 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................7441 Boot..................................................................................................................................................7441 Rack Assembly.........................................................................................................................................7441 Gear-Sub Assembly.....................................................................................................................................7441 Gear Housing Assembly.................................................................................................................................7441 Outer Socket and Inner Socket.........................................................................................................................7441 BALL JOINT SWINGING TORQUE............................................................................................................................7442 BALL JOINT ROTATING TORQUE............................................................................................................................7442 BALL JOINT AXIAL END PLAY.............................................................................................................................7442 POWER STEERING OIL PUMP...........................................................................................................................................7443 VQ35HR........................................................................................................................................................7443 VQ35HR : Exploded View....................................................................................................................................7443 REMOVAL ..............................................................................................................................................7443 DISASSEMBLY ..........................................................................................................................................7443 VQ35HR : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................................................7444 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7444 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7444 VQ35HR : Disassembly and Assembly.........................................................................................................................7444 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................7444 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................7445 VQ35HR : Inspection.......................................................................................................................................7447 RELIEF OIL PRESSURE...................................................................................................................................7447 BEFORE DISASSEMBLY....................................................................................................................................7448 AFTER DISASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................7448 Body Assembly and Rear Cover Inspection...........................................................................................................7448 Cartridge Assembly Inspection.....................................................................................................................7448 Side Plate Inspection.............................................................................................................................7448 Flow Control Valve Inspection.....................................................................................................................7448 VK50VE........................................................................................................................................................7448 VK50VE : Exploded View....................................................................................................................................7448 REMOVAL ..............................................................................................................................................7448 DISASSEMBLY ..........................................................................................................................................7448 VK50VE : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................................................7449 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7449 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7449 VK50VE : Disassembly and Assembly.........................................................................................................................7450 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................7450 ASSEMBLY..............................................................................................................................................7451 VK50VE : Inspection.......................................................................................................................................7453 RELIEF OIL PRESSURE...................................................................................................................................7453 BEFORE DISASSEMBLY....................................................................................................................................7453 AFTER DISASSEMBLY.....................................................................................................................................7453 Body Assembly and Rear Cover Inspection...........................................................................................................7453 Cartridge Assembly Inspection.....................................................................................................................7454 Side Plate Inspection.............................................................................................................................7454 Flow Control Valve Inspection.....................................................................................................................7454 HYDRAULIC LINE....................................................................................................................................................7455 VQ35HR........................................................................................................................................................7455 VQ35HR : Exploded View....................................................................................................................................7455 VK50VE........................................................................................................................................................7455 VK50VE : Exploded View....................................................................................................................................7456 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................................7457 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................7457 General Specifications........................................................................................................................................7457 Steering Wheel Axial End Play and Play........................................................................................................................7457 Steering Wheel Turning Force..................................................................................................................................7457 Steering Angle................................................................................................................................................7457 Steering Column Length........................................................................................................................................7457 Steering Column Mounting Dimensions...........................................................................................................................7457 Steering Column Operating Range...............................................................................................................................7457 Lower Shaft Sliding Range.....................................................................................................................................7458 Rack Sliding Force............................................................................................................................................7458 Rack Stroke...................................................................................................................................................7458 Socket Swing Force and Rotating Torque........................................................................................................................7458 SWING FORCE...............................................................................................................................................7458 ROTATING TORQUE...........................................................................................................................................7458 Socket Axial End Play.........................................................................................................................................7458 Inner Socket Length...........................................................................................................................................7458 Relief Oil Pressure...........................................................................................................................................7458 STC...........................................................................................................................................................................7459 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................7459 WITHOUT REAR ACTIVE STEER.............................................................................................................................................7462 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................7462 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................................................................................................................................7462 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................7462 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................7462 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................7463 EPS SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................................7463 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7463 CONTROL DIAGRAM.......................................................................................................................................7463 CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW..................................................................................................................................7463 System Description........................................................................................................................................7463 OPERATION PRINCIPLE...................................................................................................................................7464 During Parking (When Turning The Steering Wheel To The Right.)....................................................................................7464 During High-speed Operation.......................................................................................................................7464 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7465 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7465 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................7466 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................7466 Description...............................................................................................................................................7466 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7466 POWER STEERING SOLENOID VALVE.................................................................................................................................7467 Description...............................................................................................................................................7467 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7467 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................7468 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................7469 Description...............................................................................................................................................7469 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7469 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................7472 Description...............................................................................................................................................7472 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7472 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................7474 POWER STEERING CONTROL UNIT...................................................................................................................................7474 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................7474 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................7474 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................7474 Wiring Diagram - ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED POWER STEERING SYSTEM -........................................................................................7476 Fail-Safe.................................................................................................................................................7478 EPS system............................................................................................................................................7478 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................7480 UNBALANCE STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE (TORQUE VARIATION).....................................................................................................7480 Description...............................................................................................................................................7480 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7480 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................7481 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................7481 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................7481 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................7481 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.................................................................................7481 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................7481 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7483 POWER STEERING CONTROL UNIT...................................................................................................................................7483 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................7483 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7483 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7483 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7483 WITH REAR ACTIVE STEER................................................................................................................................................7484 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................7484 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.................................................................................................................................7484 Work Flow.................................................................................................................................................7484 DETAILED FLOW.........................................................................................................................................7484 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................7486 RAS SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................................7486 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7486 CONTROL DIAGRAM.......................................................................................................................................7486 CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW..................................................................................................................................7486 System Description........................................................................................................................................7486 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................7486 Model Following Control...........................................................................................................................7487 OPERATION DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................................................7487 OPERATION FEATURE.....................................................................................................................................7488 RAS ACTUATOR......................................................................................................................................7488 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7488 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7489 EPS SYSTEM....................................................................................................................................................7490 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7490 CONTROL DIAGRAM.......................................................................................................................................7490 CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW..................................................................................................................................7490 System Description........................................................................................................................................7490 OPERATION PRINCIPLE...................................................................................................................................7491 During Parking (When Turning The Steering Wheel To The Right.)....................................................................................7491 During High-speed Operation.......................................................................................................................7491 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7492 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7492 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (RAS CONTROL UNIT)...........................................................................................................................7493 Diagnosis Description.....................................................................................................................................7493 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................7493 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................................7493 JUDGMENT SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE..........................................................................................................................7493 ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS..................................................................................................................................7494 CONSULT-III Function .....................................................................................................................................7494 FUNCTION..............................................................................................................................................7494 SELF-DIAG RESULT MODE.................................................................................................................................7494 Display Item List.................................................................................................................................7494 DATA MONITOR MODE.....................................................................................................................................7494 Display Item List.................................................................................................................................7494 ACTIVE TEST MODE......................................................................................................................................7495 Description.......................................................................................................................................7495 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................7496 C1900, C1901, C1906, C1907, C1927 RAS CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................7496 Description...............................................................................................................................................7496 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7496 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7496 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7496 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7496 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7497 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7497 C1902, C1903, C1904, C1910, C1913 RAS MOTOR OUTPUT............................................................................................................7498 Description...............................................................................................................................................7498 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7498 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7498 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7498 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7498 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................7500 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7500 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7500 C1905, C1908, C1922, C1925, C1928 RAS CONTROL UNIT............................................................................................................7502 Description...............................................................................................................................................7502 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7502 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7502 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7502 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7502 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7503 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7503 C1909 RAS CONTROL UNIT........................................................................................................................................7504 Description...............................................................................................................................................7504 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7504 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7504 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7504 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7504 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7505 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7505 C1911, C1912 RAS MOTOR POWER SUPPLY...........................................................................................................................7506 Description...............................................................................................................................................7506 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7506 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7506 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7506 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7506 Component Inspection (RAS Motor Relay)....................................................................................................................7509 Component Inspection (Noise Suppressor)...................................................................................................................7509 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7510 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7510 C1914 REAR WHEEL STEERING ANGLE SENSOR........................................................................................................................7511 Description...............................................................................................................................................7511 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7511 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7511 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7511 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7511 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................7512 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7513 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7513 C1915, C1916 REAR WHEEL STEERING ANGLE SENSOR.................................................................................................................7514 Description...............................................................................................................................................7514 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7514 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7514 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7514 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7514 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................7516 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7516 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7516 C1917, C1918 REAR WHEEL STEERING ANGLE SENSOR.................................................................................................................7517 Description...............................................................................................................................................7517 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7517 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7517 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7517 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7517 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................7519 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7519 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7519 C1919 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL....................................................................................................................................7520 Description...............................................................................................................................................7520 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7520 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7520 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7520 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7520 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7521 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7521 C1920 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR...................................................................................................................................7522 Description...............................................................................................................................................7522 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7522 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7522 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7522 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7522 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7523 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7523 C1921 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL.....................................................................................................................................7524 Description...............................................................................................................................................7524 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7524 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7524 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7524 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7524 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7525 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7525 C1923 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR...................................................................................................................................7526 Description...............................................................................................................................................7526 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7526 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7526 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7526 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7526 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7527 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7527 C1924 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR...................................................................................................................................7528 Description...............................................................................................................................................7528 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7528 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7528 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7528 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7528 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7529 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7529 C1926 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR...................................................................................................................................7530 Description...............................................................................................................................................7530 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7530 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7530 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7530 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7530 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7531 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7531 C1929 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)...........................................................................................................7532 Description...............................................................................................................................................7532 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7532 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7532 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7532 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7532 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7533 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7533 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................7534 Description...............................................................................................................................................7534 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7534 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7534 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7534 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7534 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7534 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7534 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)......................................................................................................................................7535 Description...............................................................................................................................................7535 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7535 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7535 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7535 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7535 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7535 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7535 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................7536 Description...............................................................................................................................................7536 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7536 Component Inspection (RAS Motor Relay)....................................................................................................................7538 Component Inspection (Noise Suppressor)...................................................................................................................7539 POWER STEERING SOLENOID VALVE.................................................................................................................................7540 Description...............................................................................................................................................7540 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7540 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................7541 RAS WARNING LAMP..............................................................................................................................................7542 Description...............................................................................................................................................7542 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................7542 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7542 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7543 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7543 STOP LAMP SWITCH..............................................................................................................................................7544 Description...............................................................................................................................................7544 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................7544 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7544 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................7544 Special Repair Requirement................................................................................................................................7545 BEFORE REPLACING RAS CONTROL UNIT.....................................................................................................................7545 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................7546 RAS CONTROL UNIT..............................................................................................................................................7546 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................7546 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..........................................................................................................................7546 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................7547 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................7547 Wiring Diagram - RAS SYSTEM -.............................................................................................................................7549 Fail-Safe.................................................................................................................................................7554 RAS system............................................................................................................................................7554 EPS system............................................................................................................................................7555 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................7556 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................7556 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................7559 RAS WARNING LAMP DOSE NOT TURN ON ............................................................................................................................7559 Description...............................................................................................................................................7559 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7559 RAS WARNING LAMP DOSE NOT TURN OFF ...........................................................................................................................7560 Description...............................................................................................................................................7560 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7560 UNBALANCE STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE (TORQUE VARIATION).....................................................................................................7561 Description...............................................................................................................................................7561 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7561 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................7562 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................7562 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................7562 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................7562 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.................................................................................7562 OPERATION PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................7562 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7564 RAS CONTROL UNIT..............................................................................................................................................7564 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................7564 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7564 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7564 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7564 REAR ACTIVE STEER.............................................................................................................................................7565 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................7565 COMPONENTS............................................................................................................................................7565 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7565 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7565 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7565 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 115 STR...........................................................................................................................................................................7566 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................7566 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................7567 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................................7567 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................7567 OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................................7567 DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................................7567 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................7570 STARTING SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................................7570 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................7570 System Description............................................................................................................................................7570 VQ35HR........................................................................................................................................................7570 VQ35HR : Component Parts Location.........................................................................................................................7571 VK50VE........................................................................................................................................................7571 VK50VE : Component Parts Location.........................................................................................................................7572 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................7572 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................7573 B TERMINAL CIRCUIT................................................................................................................................................7573 Description...................................................................................................................................................7573 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7573 S CONNECTOR CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................................7574 Description...................................................................................................................................................7574 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................7574 STARTING SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................................7575 Wiring Diagram - STARTING SYSTEM -............................................................................................................................7575 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................7579 STARTING SYSTEM...................................................................................................................................................7579 Symptom Table.................................................................................................................................................7579 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................7580 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................7580 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................7580 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................7580 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................7581 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................7581 Special Service Tools.........................................................................................................................................7581 Commercial Service Tools......................................................................................................................................7581 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7582 STARTER MOTOR.....................................................................................................................................................7582 VQ35HR........................................................................................................................................................7582 VQ35HR : Exploded View....................................................................................................................................7582 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7582 VQ35HR : Removal and Installation (2WD)...................................................................................................................7583 Removal...............................................................................................................................................7583 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7584 VQ35HR : Removal and Installation (AWD)...................................................................................................................7584 Removal...............................................................................................................................................7584 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7585 VQ35HR : Inspection.......................................................................................................................................7585 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................7585 Pinion/Clutch Check...............................................................................................................................7585 VK50VE........................................................................................................................................................7585 VK50VE : Exploded View....................................................................................................................................7585 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7585 DISASSEMBLY...........................................................................................................................................7586 VK50VE : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................................................7587 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7587 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7587 VK50VE : Inspection.......................................................................................................................................7587 INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................7587 Pinion/Clutch Check...............................................................................................................................7587 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................................7588 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................7588 Starter Motor.................................................................................................................................................7588 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 115 TM............................................................................................................................................................................7589 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................7589 7AT: RE7R01A (VQ35HR).................................................................................................................................................7596 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................7596 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................................................................................................................................7596 Diagnosis Flow............................................................................................................................................7596 Question sheet............................................................................................................................................7597 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................7597 WORKSHEET SAMPLE......................................................................................................................................7597 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................7599 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................7599 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7599 System Description........................................................................................................................................7600 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................7600 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................7600 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7601 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7603 LINE PRESSURE CONTROL.........................................................................................................................................7605 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7605 System Description........................................................................................................................................7605 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................7605 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................7605 Normal Control....................................................................................................................................7605 Back-up Control (Engine Brake)....................................................................................................................7606 During Shift Change...............................................................................................................................7606 At Low Fluid Temperature..........................................................................................................................7606 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7607 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7610 SHIFT CHANGE CONTROL..........................................................................................................................................7611 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7611 System Description........................................................................................................................................7611 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................7611 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................7611 Shift Change......................................................................................................................................7612 Blipping Control..................................................................................................................................7612 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7614 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7616 SHIFT PATTERN CONTROL.........................................................................................................................................7617 SHIFT PATTERN.............................................................................................................................................7617 SHIFT PATTERN : System Diagram........................................................................................................................7617 SHIFT PATTERN : System Description....................................................................................................................7617 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.........................................................................................................................7617 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................7617 ASC (Adaptive Shift Control)..................................................................................................................7617 SHIFT PATTERN : Component Parts Location..............................................................................................................7619 SHIFT PATTERN : Component Description.................................................................................................................7621 MANUAL MODE...............................................................................................................................................7621 MANUAL MODE : System Diagram..........................................................................................................................7622 MANUAL MODE : System Description......................................................................................................................7622 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.........................................................................................................................7622 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................7622 Manual Mode...................................................................................................................................7622 MANUAL MODE : Component Parts Location................................................................................................................7623 MANUAL MODE : Component Description...................................................................................................................7625 LOCK-UP CONTROL...............................................................................................................................................7626 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7626 System Description........................................................................................................................................7626 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................7626 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................7626 Torque Converter Clutch Control Valve Control.....................................................................................................7626 Smooth Lock-up Control............................................................................................................................7627 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7628 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7630 SHIFT MECHANISM...............................................................................................................................................7631 Cross-Sectional View......................................................................................................................................7631 2WD MODELS............................................................................................................................................7631 AWD MODELS............................................................................................................................................7631 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7633 System Description........................................................................................................................................7633 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................7633 CLUTCH AND BAND CHART.................................................................................................................................7634 POWER TRANSMISSION....................................................................................................................................7634 “N” Position......................................................................................................................................7634 “P” Position......................................................................................................................................7635 “D1” and “DS1” Positions..........................................................................................................................7636 “M1” Position.....................................................................................................................................7638 “D2” and “DS2” Positions..........................................................................................................................7640 “M2” Position.....................................................................................................................................7642 “D3”, “DS3” and “M3” Positions....................................................................................................................7644 “D4”, “DS4” and “M4” Positions....................................................................................................................7646 “D5”, “DS5” and “M5” Positions....................................................................................................................7648 “D6”, “DS6” and “M6” Positions....................................................................................................................7650 “D7”, “DS7” and “M7” Positions....................................................................................................................7652 “R” Position......................................................................................................................................7654 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7657 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7659 SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................................7660 System Description........................................................................................................................................7660 SHIFT LOCK OPERATION AT “P” POSITION..................................................................................................................7660 When Brake Pedal Is Not Depressed (No Shift Operation Allowed)....................................................................................7660 When Brake Pedal Is Depressed (Shift Operation Allowed)...........................................................................................7660 OPERATION AT OTHER THAN “P” POSITION..................................................................................................................7660 “P” POSITION RETAINING MECHANISM (IGNITION SWITCH LOCK)...............................................................................................7660 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7661 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7661 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................7662 Diagnosis Description.....................................................................................................................................7662 OBD FUNCTION..........................................................................................................................................7662 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TCM)........................................................................................................................................7663 CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION).......................................................................................................................7663 CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS.........................................................................................................................7663 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS...............................................................................................................................7663 Display Items List................................................................................................................................7663 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................7663 Display Items List................................................................................................................................7663 DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION................................................................................................................................7667 DTC Work Support..................................................................................................................................7667 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................7669 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................7669 Description...............................................................................................................................................7669 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7669 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7669 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7669 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7669 P0615 STARTER RELAY...........................................................................................................................................7670 Description...............................................................................................................................................7670 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7670 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7670 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7670 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7670 P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH A.............................................................................................................................7672 Description...............................................................................................................................................7672 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7672 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7672 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7672 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7672 P0710 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A.................................................................................................................7673 Description...............................................................................................................................................7673 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7673 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7673 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7673 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7674 P0717 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A....................................................................................................................................7675 Description...............................................................................................................................................7675 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7675 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7675 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7675 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7675 P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR.....................................................................................................................................7677 Description...............................................................................................................................................7677 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7677 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7677 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7677 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7678 P0725 ENGINE SPEED............................................................................................................................................7679 Description...............................................................................................................................................7679 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7679 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7679 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7679 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7679 P0729 6GR INCORRECT RATIO.....................................................................................................................................7681 Description...............................................................................................................................................7681 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7681 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7681 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7681 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7682 P0730 INCORRECT GEAR RATIO....................................................................................................................................7683 Description...............................................................................................................................................7683 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7683 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7683 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7683 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7683 P0731 1GR INCORRECT RATIO.....................................................................................................................................7684 Description...............................................................................................................................................7684 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7684 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7684 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7684 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7685 P0732 2GR INCORRECT RATIO.....................................................................................................................................7686 Description...............................................................................................................................................7686 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7686 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7686 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7686 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7687 P0733 3GR INCORRECT RATIO.....................................................................................................................................7688 Description...............................................................................................................................................7688 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7688 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7688 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7688 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7689 P0734 4GR INCORRECT RATIO.....................................................................................................................................7690 Description...............................................................................................................................................7690 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7690 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7690 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7690 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7691 P0735 5GR INCORRECT RATIO.....................................................................................................................................7692 Description...............................................................................................................................................7692 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7692 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7692 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7692 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7693 P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER........................................................................................................................................7694 Description...............................................................................................................................................7694 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7694 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7694 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7694 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7694 P0744 TORQUE CONVERTER........................................................................................................................................7696 Description...............................................................................................................................................7696 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7696 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7696 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7696 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7696 P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A.............................................................................................................................7697 Description...............................................................................................................................................7697 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7697 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7697 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7697 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7697 P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID A........................................................................................................................................7698 Description...............................................................................................................................................7698 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7698 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7698 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7698 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7698 P0775 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B.............................................................................................................................7700 Description...............................................................................................................................................7700 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7700 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7700 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7700 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7700 P0780 SHIFT...................................................................................................................................................7701 Description...............................................................................................................................................7701 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7701 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7701 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7701 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7701 P0795 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID C.............................................................................................................................7702 Description...............................................................................................................................................7702 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7702 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7702 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7702 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7702 P1705 TP SENSOR...............................................................................................................................................7703 Description...............................................................................................................................................7703 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7703 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7703 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7703 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7703 P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL....................................................................................................................................7705 Description...............................................................................................................................................7705 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7705 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7705 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7705 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7706 P1730 INTERLOCK...............................................................................................................................................7707 Description...............................................................................................................................................7707 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7707 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7707 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7707 Judgment of A/T Interlock.................................................................................................................................7708 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7708 P1734 7GR INCORRECT RATIO.....................................................................................................................................7709 Description...............................................................................................................................................7709 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7709 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7709 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7709 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7710 P1815 M-MODE SWITCH...........................................................................................................................................7711 Description...............................................................................................................................................7711 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7711 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7711 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7711 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7712 Component Inspection (Manual Mode Switch).................................................................................................................7716 Component Inspection [Paddle Shifter (Shift-up)]..........................................................................................................7716 Component Inspection [Paddle Shifter (Shift-down)]........................................................................................................7716 P2713 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID D.............................................................................................................................7718 Description...............................................................................................................................................7718 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7718 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7718 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7718 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7718 P2722 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID E.............................................................................................................................7719 Description...............................................................................................................................................7719 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7719 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7719 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7719 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7719 P2731 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID F.............................................................................................................................7720 Description...............................................................................................................................................7720 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7720 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7720 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7720 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7720 P2807 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID G.............................................................................................................................7721 Description...............................................................................................................................................7721 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7721 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7721 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7721 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7721 MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7723 Description...............................................................................................................................................7723 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7723 SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR CIRCUIT..............................................................................................................................7725 Description...............................................................................................................................................7725 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................7725 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7725 SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................................7726 Description...............................................................................................................................................7726 Wiring Diagram - A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM -..................................................................................................................7727 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................7729 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7730 Component Inspection (Shift lock solenoid)................................................................................................................7732 Component Inspection (Shift lock relay)...................................................................................................................7732 Component Inspection (Stop lamp switch)...................................................................................................................7733 SELECTOR LEVER POSITION INDICATOR.............................................................................................................................7734 Description...............................................................................................................................................7734 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................7734 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7734 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................7737 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................7739 TCM...........................................................................................................................................................7739 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................7739 VALUES ON DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................7739 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................7744 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................7744 Wiring Diagram - A/T CONTROL SYSTEM -.....................................................................................................................7746 Fail-Safe.................................................................................................................................................7750 FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION....................................................................................................................................7751 Protection Control........................................................................................................................................7753 REVERSE INHIBIT CONTROL...............................................................................................................................7753 1ST ENGINE BRAKE PROTECTION CONTROL...................................................................................................................7753 TCM HIGH TEMPERATURE PROTECTION CONTROL...............................................................................................................7753 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................7754 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................7754 IGN COUNTER...........................................................................................................................................7755 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................7756 SYSTEM SYMPTOM................................................................................................................................................7756 Symptom Table.............................................................................................................................................7756 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................7761 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................7761 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................7761 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................7761 General Precautions.......................................................................................................................................7761 Service Notice or Precaution..............................................................................................................................7762 ATF COOLER SERVICE....................................................................................................................................7762 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................7763 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................7763 Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................7763 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................7764 A/T FLUID.....................................................................................................................................................7764 Changing..................................................................................................................................................7764 Adjustment................................................................................................................................................7765 A/T FLUID COOLER..............................................................................................................................................7767 Cleaning..................................................................................................................................................7767 CLEANING PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................................7767 DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................7768 INSPECTION PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................................7768 Inspection................................................................................................................................................7769 STALL TEST....................................................................................................................................................7770 Inspection and Judgment...................................................................................................................................7770 INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................7770 JUDGMENT OF STALL TEST................................................................................................................................7770 A/T POSITION..................................................................................................................................................7771 Inspection and Adjustment.................................................................................................................................7771 INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................7771 ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................................7771 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7772 A/T SHIFT SELECTOR............................................................................................................................................7772 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................7772 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7773 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7773 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7773 Inspection................................................................................................................................................7774 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7774 CONTROL ROD...................................................................................................................................................7775 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................7775 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7775 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7775 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7775 Inspection................................................................................................................................................7775 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7775 PADDLE SHIFTER................................................................................................................................................7776 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................7776 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7776 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7776 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7776 OIL PAN.......................................................................................................................................................7777 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................7777 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7777 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7777 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7778 Inspection and Adjustment.................................................................................................................................7778 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................7778 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7778 ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7778 AIR BREATHER HOSE.............................................................................................................................................7780 2WD.......................................................................................................................................................7780 2WD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................7780 2WD : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................7780 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................7780 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................7780 AWD.......................................................................................................................................................7780 AWD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................7781 AWD : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................7781 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................7781 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................7781 FLUID COOLER SYSTEM...........................................................................................................................................7782 2WD.......................................................................................................................................................7782 2WD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................7782 2WD : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................7782 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................7782 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................7782 2WD : Inspection and Adjustment.......................................................................................................................7783 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................7783 ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................7784 AWD.......................................................................................................................................................7784 AWD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................7784 AWD : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................7784 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................7784 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................7785 AWD : Inspection and Adjustment.......................................................................................................................7786 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................7786 ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................7786 UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................................7787 TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY.........................................................................................................................................7787 2WD.......................................................................................................................................................7787 2WD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................7787 2WD : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................7787 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................7787 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................7788 2WD : Inspection and Adjustment.......................................................................................................................7789 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................7789 ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................7789 AWD.......................................................................................................................................................7789 AWD : Exploded View...................................................................................................................................7790 AWD : Removal and Installation........................................................................................................................7790 REMOVAL...........................................................................................................................................7790 INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................7791 AWD : Inspection and Adjustment.......................................................................................................................7792 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................7792 ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................7792 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................7793 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................7793 General Specification.....................................................................................................................................7793 Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs...............................................................................................................7793 2WD MODELS............................................................................................................................................7793 AWD MODELS............................................................................................................................................7793 Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releases............................................................................................................7794 2WD MODELS............................................................................................................................................7794 AWD MODELS............................................................................................................................................7794 Stall Speed...............................................................................................................................................7794 Input Speed Sensor........................................................................................................................................7794 2WD MODELS............................................................................................................................................7794 AWD MODELS............................................................................................................................................7794 Output Speed Sensor.......................................................................................................................................7795 Torque Converter..........................................................................................................................................7795 7AT: RE7R01B (VK50VE).................................................................................................................................................7796 BASIC INSPECTION..................................................................................................................................................7796 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW................................................................................................................................7796 Diagnosis Flow............................................................................................................................................7796 Question sheet............................................................................................................................................7797 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................7797 WORKSHEET SAMPLE......................................................................................................................................7797 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................................7799 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM............................................................................................................................................7799 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7799 System Description........................................................................................................................................7799 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................7799 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................7799 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7800 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7801 LINE PRESSURE CONTROL.........................................................................................................................................7802 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7802 System Description........................................................................................................................................7802 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................7802 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................7802 Normal Control....................................................................................................................................7802 Back-up Control (Engine Brake)....................................................................................................................7803 During Shift Change...............................................................................................................................7803 At Low Fluid Temperature..........................................................................................................................7803 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7804 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7805 SHIFT CHANGE CONTROL..........................................................................................................................................7806 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7806 System Description........................................................................................................................................7806 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................7806 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................7806 Shift Change......................................................................................................................................7807 Blipping Control..................................................................................................................................7807 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7809 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7810 SHIFT PATTERN CONTROL.........................................................................................................................................7811 SHIFT PATTERN.............................................................................................................................................7811 SHIFT PATTERN : System Diagram........................................................................................................................7811 SHIFT PATTERN : System Description....................................................................................................................7811 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.........................................................................................................................7811 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................7811 ASC (Adaptive Shift Control)..................................................................................................................7811 SHIFT PATTERN : Component Parts Location..............................................................................................................7813 SHIFT PATTERN : Component Description.................................................................................................................7814 MANUAL MODE...............................................................................................................................................7814 MANUAL MODE : System Diagram..........................................................................................................................7815 MANUAL MODE : System Description......................................................................................................................7815 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.........................................................................................................................7815 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................7815 Manual Mode...................................................................................................................................7815 MANUAL MODE : Component Parts Location................................................................................................................7816 MANUAL MODE : Component Description...................................................................................................................7817 LOCK-UP CONTROL...............................................................................................................................................7818 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7818 System Description........................................................................................................................................7818 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART.............................................................................................................................7818 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................7818 Torque Converter Clutch Control Valve Control.....................................................................................................7818 Smooth Lock-up Control............................................................................................................................7819 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7820 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7821 SHIFT MECHANISM...............................................................................................................................................7822 Cross-Sectional View......................................................................................................................................7822 System Diagram............................................................................................................................................7823 System Description........................................................................................................................................7823 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................7823 CLUTCH AND BAND CHART.................................................................................................................................7824 POWER TRANSMISSION....................................................................................................................................7824 “N” Position......................................................................................................................................7824 “P” Position......................................................................................................................................7825 “D1” and “DS1” Positions..........................................................................................................................7826 “M1” Position.....................................................................................................................................7828 “D2” and “DS2” Positions..........................................................................................................................7830 “M2” Position.....................................................................................................................................7832 “D3”, “DS3” and “M3” Positions....................................................................................................................7834 “D4”, “DS4” and “M4” Positions....................................................................................................................7836 “D5”, “DS5” and “M5” Positions....................................................................................................................7838 “D6”, “DS6” and “M6” Positions....................................................................................................................7840 “D7”, “DS7” and “M7” Positions....................................................................................................................7842 “R” Position......................................................................................................................................7844 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7847 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7848 SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................................7849 System Description........................................................................................................................................7849 SHIFT LOCK OPERATION AT “P” POSITION..................................................................................................................7849 When Brake Pedal Is Not Depressed (No Shift Operation Allowed)....................................................................................7849 When Brake Pedal Is Depressed (Shift Operation Allowed)...........................................................................................7849 OPERATION AT OTHER THAN “P” POSITION..................................................................................................................7849 “P” POSITION RETAINING MECHANISM (IGNITION SWITCH LOCK)...............................................................................................7849 Component Parts Location..................................................................................................................................7850 Component Description.....................................................................................................................................7850 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................7851 Diagnosis Description.....................................................................................................................................7851 OBD FUNCTION..........................................................................................................................................7851 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TCM)........................................................................................................................................7852 CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION).......................................................................................................................7852 CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS.........................................................................................................................7852 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS...............................................................................................................................7852 Display Items List................................................................................................................................7852 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................7852 Display Items List................................................................................................................................7852 DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION................................................................................................................................7856 DTC Work Support..................................................................................................................................7856 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.............................................................................................................................................7858 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT........................................................................................................................................7858 Description...............................................................................................................................................7858 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7858 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7858 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7858 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7858 P0615 STARTER RELAY...........................................................................................................................................7859 Description...............................................................................................................................................7859 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7859 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7859 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7859 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7859 P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH A.............................................................................................................................7861 Description...............................................................................................................................................7861 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7861 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7861 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7861 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7861 P0710 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A.................................................................................................................7862 Description...............................................................................................................................................7862 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7862 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7862 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7862 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7863 P0717 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A....................................................................................................................................7864 Description...............................................................................................................................................7864 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7864 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7864 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7864 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7864 P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR.....................................................................................................................................7866 Description...............................................................................................................................................7866 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7866 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7866 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7866 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7867 P0725 ENGINE SPEED............................................................................................................................................7868 Description...............................................................................................................................................7868 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7868 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7868 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7868 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7868 P0729 6GR INCORRECT RATIO.....................................................................................................................................7870 Description...............................................................................................................................................7870 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7870 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7870 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7870 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7871 P0730 INCORRECT GEAR RATIO....................................................................................................................................7872 Description...............................................................................................................................................7872 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7872 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7872 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7872 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7872 P0731 1GR INCORRECT RATIO.....................................................................................................................................7873 Description...............................................................................................................................................7873 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7873 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7873 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7873 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7874 P0732 2GR INCORRECT RATIO.....................................................................................................................................7875 Description...............................................................................................................................................7875 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7875 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7875 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7875 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7876 P0733 3GR INCORRECT RATIO.....................................................................................................................................7877 Description...............................................................................................................................................7877 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7877 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7877 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7877 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7878 P0734 4GR INCORRECT RATIO.....................................................................................................................................7879 Description...............................................................................................................................................7879 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7879 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7879 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7879 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7880 P0735 5GR INCORRECT RATIO.....................................................................................................................................7881 Description...............................................................................................................................................7881 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7881 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7881 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7881 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7882 P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER........................................................................................................................................7883 Description...............................................................................................................................................7883 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7883 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7883 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7883 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7883 P0744 TORQUE CONVERTER........................................................................................................................................7885 Description...............................................................................................................................................7885 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7885 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7885 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7885 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7885 P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A.............................................................................................................................7886 Description...............................................................................................................................................7886 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7886 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7886 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7886 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7886 P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID A........................................................................................................................................7887 Description...............................................................................................................................................7887 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7887 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7887 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7887 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7887 P0775 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B.............................................................................................................................7888 Description...............................................................................................................................................7888 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7888 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7888 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7888 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7888 P0780 SHIFT...................................................................................................................................................7889 Description...............................................................................................................................................7889 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7889 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7889 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7889 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7889 P0795 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID C.............................................................................................................................7890 Description...............................................................................................................................................7890 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7890 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7890 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7890 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7890 P1705 TP SENSOR...............................................................................................................................................7891 Description...............................................................................................................................................7891 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7891 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7891 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7891 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7891 P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL....................................................................................................................................7893 Description...............................................................................................................................................7893 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7893 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7893 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7893 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7894 P1730 INTERLOCK...............................................................................................................................................7895 Description...............................................................................................................................................7895 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7895 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7895 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7895 Judgment of A/T Interlock.................................................................................................................................7896 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7896 P1734 7GR INCORRECT RATIO.....................................................................................................................................7897 Description...............................................................................................................................................7897 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7897 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7897 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7897 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7898 P1815 M-MODE SWITCH...........................................................................................................................................7899 Description...............................................................................................................................................7899 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7899 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7899 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7899 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7899 Component Inspection (Manual Mode Switch).................................................................................................................7904 Component Inspection [Paddle Shifter (Shift-up)]..........................................................................................................7904 Component Inspection [Paddle Shifter (Shift-down)]........................................................................................................7904 P2713 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID D.............................................................................................................................7905 Description...............................................................................................................................................7905 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7905 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7905 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7905 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7905 P2722 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID E.............................................................................................................................7906 Description...............................................................................................................................................7906 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7906 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7906 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7906 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7906 P2731 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID F.............................................................................................................................7907 Description...............................................................................................................................................7907 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7907 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7907 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7907 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7907 P2807 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID G.............................................................................................................................7908 Description...............................................................................................................................................7908 DTC Logic.................................................................................................................................................7908 DTC DETECTION LOGIC...................................................................................................................................7908 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE............................................................................................................................7908 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7908 MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................7910 Description...............................................................................................................................................7910 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7910 SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR CIRCUIT..............................................................................................................................7912 Description...............................................................................................................................................7912 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................7912 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7912 SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................................7913 Description...............................................................................................................................................7913 Wiring Diagram - A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM -..................................................................................................................7914 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................7916 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7917 Component Inspection (Shift lock solenoid)................................................................................................................7919 Component Inspection (Shift lock relay)...................................................................................................................7919 Component Inspection (Stop lamp switch)...................................................................................................................7920 SELECTOR LEVER POSITION INDICATOR.............................................................................................................................7921 Description...............................................................................................................................................7921 Component Function Check..................................................................................................................................7921 Diagnosis Procedure.......................................................................................................................................7921 Component Inspection......................................................................................................................................7924 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.........................................................................................................................................7926 TCM...........................................................................................................................................................7926 Reference Value...........................................................................................................................................7926 VALUES ON DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................7926 TERMINAL LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................7931 PHYSICAL VALUES.......................................................................................................................................7931 Wiring Diagram - A/T CONTROL SYSTEM -.....................................................................................................................7933 Fail-Safe.................................................................................................................................................7937 FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION....................................................................................................................................7938 Protection Control........................................................................................................................................7940 REVERSE INHIBIT CONTROL...............................................................................................................................7940 1ST ENGINE BRAKE PROTECTION CONTROL...................................................................................................................7940 TCM HIGH TEMPERATURE PROTECTION CONTROL...............................................................................................................7940 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.............................................................................................................................7941 DTC Index.................................................................................................................................................7941 IGN COUNTER...........................................................................................................................................7942 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................7943 SYSTEM SYMPTOM................................................................................................................................................7943 Symptom Table.............................................................................................................................................7943 PRECAUTION........................................................................................................................................................7948 PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................................................................7948 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"................................................................7948 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS......................................................................................7948 General Precautions.......................................................................................................................................7948 Service Notice or Precaution..............................................................................................................................7949 ATF COOLER SERVICE....................................................................................................................................7949 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................7950 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................................7950 Commercial Service Tool...................................................................................................................................7950 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..............................................................................................................................................7951 A/T FLUID.....................................................................................................................................................7951 Changing..................................................................................................................................................7951 Adjustment................................................................................................................................................7952 A/T FLUID COOLER..............................................................................................................................................7954 Cleaning..................................................................................................................................................7954 CLEANING PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................................7954 DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE...................................................................................................................................7955 INSPECTION PROCEDURE..................................................................................................................................7955 Inspection................................................................................................................................................7956 STALL TEST....................................................................................................................................................7957 Inspection and Judgment...................................................................................................................................7957 INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................7957 JUDGMENT OF STALL TEST................................................................................................................................7957 A/T POSITION..................................................................................................................................................7958 Inspection and Adjustment.................................................................................................................................7958 INSPECTION............................................................................................................................................7958 ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................................7958 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7959 A/T SHIFT SELECTOR............................................................................................................................................7959 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................7959 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7960 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7960 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7960 Inspection................................................................................................................................................7961 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7961 CONTROL ROD...................................................................................................................................................7962 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................7962 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7962 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7962 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7962 Inspection................................................................................................................................................7962 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7962 PADDLE SHIFTER................................................................................................................................................7963 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................7963 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7963 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7963 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7963 OIL PAN.......................................................................................................................................................7964 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................7964 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7964 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7964 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7965 Inspection and Adjustment.................................................................................................................................7965 INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL..............................................................................................................................7965 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7965 ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7965 AIR BREATHER HOSE.............................................................................................................................................7967 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................7967 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7967 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7967 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7968 FLUID COOLER SYSTEM...........................................................................................................................................7969 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................7969 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7969 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7969 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7970 Inspection and Adjustment.................................................................................................................................7971 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7971 ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7971 UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION.....................................................................................................................................7972 TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY.........................................................................................................................................7972 Exploded View.............................................................................................................................................7972 Removal and Installation..................................................................................................................................7972 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7972 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7973 Inspection and Adjustment.................................................................................................................................7974 INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7974 ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION.........................................................................................................................7974 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................7975 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).........................................................................................................................7975 General Specification.....................................................................................................................................7975 Vehicle Speed at Which Gear Shifting Occurs...............................................................................................................7975 Vehicle Speed at Which Lock-up Occurs/Releases............................................................................................................7976 Stall Speed...............................................................................................................................................7976 Input Speed Sensor........................................................................................................................................7976 Output Speed Sensor.......................................................................................................................................7976 Torque Converter..........................................................................................................................................7976 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 115 VTL...........................................................................................................................................................................7977 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................7977 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................7979 SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTION...............................................................................................................................7979 WITHOUT ACCS..................................................................................................................................................7979 WITHOUT ACCS : System Description.........................................................................................................................7979 WITH ACCS.....................................................................................................................................................7980 WITH ACCS : System Description............................................................................................................................7980 AIR DISTRIBUTION..................................................................................................................................................7981 System Description............................................................................................................................................7981 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................7982 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................7982 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................7982 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................7982 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery Disconnect.....................................................................................7982 OPERATION PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................................7982 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................................7983 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................7984 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................7984 Commercial Service Tool.......................................................................................................................................7984 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..................................................................................................................................................7985 IN-CABIN MICROFILTER..............................................................................................................................................7985 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7985 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................7985 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................7985 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7985 Replacement...................................................................................................................................................7986 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................7987 DUCT AND GRILLE...................................................................................................................................................7987 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7987 FRONT.....................................................................................................................................................7987 REAR......................................................................................................................................................7987 CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLE......................................................................................................................................7988 CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLE : Removal and Installation.......................................................................................................7988 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7988 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7988 SIDE VENTILATOR GRILLE........................................................................................................................................7988 SIDE VENTILATOR GRILLE : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................................7988 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7988 Driver side.......................................................................................................................................7988 Passenger side....................................................................................................................................7989 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7989 FRONT DEFROSTER GRILLE........................................................................................................................................7989 FRONT DEFROSTER GRILLE : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................................7989 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7989 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7989 SIDE DEFROSTER GRILLE.........................................................................................................................................7989 SIDE DEFROSTER GRILLE : Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................7989 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7989 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7990 VENTILATOR DUCT...............................................................................................................................................7990 VENTILATOR DUCT : Removal and Installation................................................................................................................7990 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7990 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7990 ADAPTOR DUCT..................................................................................................................................................7990 ADAPTOR DUCT : Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................7990 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7990 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7991 DEFROSTER NOZZLE..............................................................................................................................................7991 DEFROSTER NOZZLE : Removal and Installation...............................................................................................................7991 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7991 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7991 SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLE.........................................................................................................................................7991 SIDE DEFROSTER NOZZLE : Removal and Installation..........................................................................................................7991 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7991 Driver side.......................................................................................................................................7991 Passenger side....................................................................................................................................7991 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7991 SIDE DEFROSTER DUCT...........................................................................................................................................7992 SIDE DEFROSTER DUCT : Removal and Installation............................................................................................................7992 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7992 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7992 REAR VENTILATOR GRILLE........................................................................................................................................7992 REAR VENTILATOR GRILLE : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................................7992 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7992 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7992 REAR VENTILATOR DUCT 1........................................................................................................................................7992 REAR VENTILATOR DUCT 1 : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................................7992 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7992 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7993 REAR VENTILATOR DUCT 2........................................................................................................................................7993 REAR VENTILATOR DUCT 2 : Removal and Installation.........................................................................................................7993 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7993 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7993 FOOT GRILLE...................................................................................................................................................7993 FOOT GRILLE : Removal and Installation....................................................................................................................7993 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7993 Driver side.......................................................................................................................................7993 Passenger side....................................................................................................................................7993 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7993 FOOT DUCT.....................................................................................................................................................7993 FOOT DUCT : Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................7994 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7994 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7994 HEATER DUCT...................................................................................................................................................7994 HEATER DUCT : Removal and Installation....................................................................................................................7994 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7994 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7994 REAR FLOOR DUCT 1.............................................................................................................................................7994 REAR FLOOR DUCT 1 : Removal and Installation..............................................................................................................7995 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7995 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7995 BLOWER UNIT.......................................................................................................................................................7996 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................7996 BLOWER UNIT...................................................................................................................................................7996 BLOWER UNIT : Removal and Installation....................................................................................................................7996 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7996 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7997 BLOWER MOTOR..................................................................................................................................................7997 BLOWER MOTOR : Removal and Installation...................................................................................................................7997 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................7997 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................7997 WCS...........................................................................................................................................................................7998 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................7998 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................8000 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................................8000 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................8000 OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................................8000 DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................................8000 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................8002 WARNING CHIME SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................................8002 WARNING CHIME SYSTEM..........................................................................................................................................8002 WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : System Diagram.....................................................................................................................8002 WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : System Description.................................................................................................................8002 COMBINATION METER.....................................................................................................................................8002 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.............................................................................................................................8002 BCM...................................................................................................................................................8002 WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : Component Parts Location...........................................................................................................8003 WARNING CHIME SYSTEM : Component Description..............................................................................................................8003 LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME..................................................................................................................................8004 LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME : System Diagram.............................................................................................................8004 LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME : System Description.........................................................................................................8004 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................8004 WARNING OPERATION CONDITIONS..........................................................................................................................8004 WARNING CANCEL CONDITIONS.............................................................................................................................8004 LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME : Component Parts Location...................................................................................................8005 LIGHT REMINDER WARNING CHIME : Component Description......................................................................................................8005 SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME.......................................................................................................................................8005 SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME : System Diagram..................................................................................................................8006 SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME : System Description..............................................................................................................8006 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................8006 WARNING OPERATION CONDITIONS..........................................................................................................................8006 WARNING CANCEL CONDITIONS.............................................................................................................................8006 SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME : Component Parts Location........................................................................................................8007 SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME : Component Description...........................................................................................................8007 PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME...........................................................................................................................8007 PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME : System Diagram......................................................................................................8008 PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME : System Description..................................................................................................8008 DESCRIPTION...........................................................................................................................................8008 WARNING OPERATION CONDITIONS..........................................................................................................................8008 WARNING CANCEL CONDITIONS.............................................................................................................................8008 PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME : Component Parts Location............................................................................................8009 PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CHIME : Component Description...............................................................................................8009 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.).....................................................................................................................8010 CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)..............................................................................................................................8010 CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS.............................................................................................................................8010 SELF DIAG RESULT..........................................................................................................................................8010 DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................................8010 Display Item List.....................................................................................................................................8010 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)............................................................................................................................................8014 COMMON ITEM...................................................................................................................................................8014 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)....................................................................................................8014 APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................................8014 SYSTEM APPLICATION....................................................................................................................................8014 FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)...............................................................................................................................8014 BUZZER........................................................................................................................................................8015 BUZZER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - BUZZER)..............................................................................................................8015 CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS.........................................................................................................................8015 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................8015 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................8016 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................8017 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................8017 COMBINATION METER.............................................................................................................................................8017 COMBINATION METER : Diagnosis Procedure...................................................................................................................8017 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.....................................................................................................................................8017 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure..........................................................................................................8017 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).....................................................................................................................................8018 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) : Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................8018 METER BUZZER CIRCUIT..............................................................................................................................................8020 Description...................................................................................................................................................8020 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................8020 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8020 SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................8021 Description...................................................................................................................................................8021 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................8021 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8021 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................8022 WARNING CHIME SYSTEM..............................................................................................................................................8023 Wiring Diagram - WARNING CHIME -..............................................................................................................................8023 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.............................................................................................................................................8028 COMBINATION METER.................................................................................................................................................8028 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................8028 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................8028 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................8028 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................8028 Wiring Diagram - METER -......................................................................................................................................8031 Fail-Safe.....................................................................................................................................................8042 FAIL-SAFE.................................................................................................................................................8042 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................8043 UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.........................................................................................................................................8044 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................8044 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................8044 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................8047 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................8048 Wiring Diagram - METER -......................................................................................................................................8051 Fail-Safe.....................................................................................................................................................8062 FAIL-SAFE.................................................................................................................................................8062 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................8063 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).........................................................................................................................................8065 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................8065 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................8065 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................8070 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................8070 Wiring Diagram - BCM -........................................................................................................................................8089 Fail-safe.....................................................................................................................................................8095 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC..................................................................................................................................8095 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION....................................................................................................................................8097 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION..............................................................................................................8097 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION...............................................................................................................................8097 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................................8098 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................8098 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................8101 THE PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARNING CONTINUES SOUNDING, OR DOES NOT SOUND...........................................................................................8101 Description...................................................................................................................................................8101 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8101 THE LIGHT REMINDER WARNING DOES NOT SOUND.........................................................................................................................8102 Description...................................................................................................................................................8102 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8102 THE SEAT BELT WARNING CONTINUES SOUNDING, OR DOES NOT SOUND.......................................................................................................8103 Description...................................................................................................................................................8103 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8103 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................8104 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................8104 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................8104 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................8104 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 115 WT............................................................................................................................................................................8105 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................8105 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................8108 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW....................................................................................................................................8108 Repair Work Flow..............................................................................................................................................8108 DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................................8108 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT.........................................................................................................................................8110 TRANSMITTER WAKE UP OPERATION.................................................................................................................................8110 TRANSMITTER WAKE UP OPERATION : Description...............................................................................................................8110 TRANSMITTER WAKE UP OPERATION : Transmitter Wake-up Procedure.............................................................................................8110 ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE.....................................................................................................................................8110 ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : Description...................................................................................................................8110 ID REGISTRATION PROCEDURE : Transmitter ID Registration Procedure.........................................................................................8111 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................8113 TPMS..............................................................................................................................................................8113 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................8113 System Description............................................................................................................................................8113 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................8114 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................8114 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING CONTROL UNIT).........................................................................................................8115 Diagnosis Description.........................................................................................................................................8115 Description...............................................................................................................................................8115 Self-diagnosis procedure..................................................................................................................................8115 Erase the diagnosis history...............................................................................................................................8116 CONSULT-III Function..........................................................................................................................................8116 FUNCTION..................................................................................................................................................8116 WORK SUPPORT..............................................................................................................................................8117 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT....................................................................................................................................8117 DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................................8117 ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................................8117 ECU IDENTIFICATION........................................................................................................................................8117 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................8118 C1704, C1705, C1706, C1707 LOW TIRE PRESSURE......................................................................................................................8118 Description...................................................................................................................................................8118 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................8118 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................8118 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................8118 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8118 C1708, C1709, C1710, C1711 TRANSMITTER (NO DATA)..................................................................................................................8120 Description...................................................................................................................................................8120 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................8120 DTC logic.................................................................................................................................................8120 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................8120 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8120 Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................................8123 C1716, C1717, C1718, C1719 TRANSMITTER (PRESSDATA)................................................................................................................8124 Description...................................................................................................................................................8124 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................8124 DTC logic.................................................................................................................................................8124 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................8124 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8124 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................8125 Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................................8125 C1720, C1721, C1722, C1723 TRANSMITTER............................................................................................................................8126 Description...................................................................................................................................................8126 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................8126 DTC logic.................................................................................................................................................8126 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................8126 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8126 Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................................8129 C1728 RECEIVER ID.................................................................................................................................................8130 Description...................................................................................................................................................8130 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................8130 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................8130 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................8130 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8130 C1729 VEHICLE SPEED SIG ERR.......................................................................................................................................8133 Description...................................................................................................................................................8133 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................8133 DTC logic.................................................................................................................................................8133 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................8133 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8133 C1750, C1751, C1752, C1753 RECEIVER...............................................................................................................................8134 Description...................................................................................................................................................8134 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................8134 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................8134 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................8134 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8134 C1754 LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING CONTROL UNIT......................................................................................................................8136 Description...................................................................................................................................................8136 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................8136 DTC logic.................................................................................................................................................8136 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................8136 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8136 Special Repair Requirement....................................................................................................................................8138 C1755, C1756, C1757, C1758 POOR RECEIVING CONDITIONS..............................................................................................................8139 Description...................................................................................................................................................8139 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................8139 DTC logic.................................................................................................................................................8139 DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................8139 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8139 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT............................................................................................................................................8141 Description...................................................................................................................................................8141 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................8141 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................8141 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................8141 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8141 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)..........................................................................................................................................8142 Description...................................................................................................................................................8142 DTC Logic.....................................................................................................................................................8142 DTC DETECTION LOGIC.......................................................................................................................................8142 DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE................................................................................................................................8142 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8142 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................8143 Description...................................................................................................................................................8143 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................8143 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8143 TIRE PRESSURE WARNING CHECK SWITCH................................................................................................................................8145 Description...................................................................................................................................................8145 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................8145 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8145 LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP....................................................................................................................................8147 Description...................................................................................................................................................8147 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................8147 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8147 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.............................................................................................................................................8149 TPMS CONTROL UNIT.................................................................................................................................................8149 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................8149 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................8149 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................8149 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................8149 Wiring Diagram - TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM -............................................................................................................8151 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................................8156 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................8157 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................8159 TPMS..............................................................................................................................................................8159 Symptom Table.................................................................................................................................................8159 LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP SYMPTOM CHART..............................................................................................................8159 LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON...................................................................................................................8162 Description...................................................................................................................................................8162 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8162 LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN OFF..................................................................................................................8163 Description...................................................................................................................................................8163 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8163 LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP BLINKS.............................................................................................................................8164 Description...................................................................................................................................................8164 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8164 TURN SIGNAL LAMP BLINKS...........................................................................................................................................8166 Description...................................................................................................................................................8166 DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................................8166 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8166 ID REGISTRATION CANNOT BE COMPLETED...............................................................................................................................8167 Description...................................................................................................................................................8167 DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................................8167 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8167 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION........................................................................................................................................8168 Description...................................................................................................................................................8168 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING..............................................................................................................8169 NVH Troubleshooting Chart.....................................................................................................................................8169 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................8170 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................8170 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................8170 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................8170 Service Notice or Precautions.................................................................................................................................8170 PREPARATION...........................................................................................................................................................8171 PREPARATION.......................................................................................................................................................8171 Special Service Tool..........................................................................................................................................8171 Commercial Service Tool.......................................................................................................................................8171 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE..................................................................................................................................................8172 ROAD WHEEL........................................................................................................................................................8172 Inspection....................................................................................................................................................8172 ALUMINUM WHEEL............................................................................................................................................8172 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................8173 ROAD WHEEL TIRE ASSEMBLY..........................................................................................................................................8173 Adjustment....................................................................................................................................................8173 BALANCING WHEELS (BONDING WEIGHT TYPE)....................................................................................................................8173 Preparation Before Adjustment.........................................................................................................................8173 Wheel Balance Adjustment..............................................................................................................................8173 TIRE ROTATION.............................................................................................................................................8174 TPMS CONTROL UNIT.................................................................................................................................................8176 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................8176 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................8176 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................8176 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................8176 TRANSMITTER.......................................................................................................................................................8177 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................8177 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................8177 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................8177 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................8177 TIRE PRESSURE RECEIVER............................................................................................................................................8179 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................8179 FRONT TIRE PRESSURE RECEIVER..................................................................................................................................8179 FRONT TIRE PRESSURE RECEIVER : Removal and Installation...................................................................................................8179 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................8179 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................8179 REAR TIRE PRESSURE RECEIVER...................................................................................................................................8179 REAR TIRE PRESSURE RECEIVER : Removal and Installation....................................................................................................8179 REMOVAL...............................................................................................................................................8179 INSTALLATION..........................................................................................................................................8179 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).................................................................................................................................8180 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS).............................................................................................................................8180 Road Wheel....................................................................................................................................................8180 ALUMINUM WHEEL ...........................................................................................................................................8180 Wheel Nut.....................................................................................................................................................8180 Tire Air Pressure.............................................................................................................................................8180 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 115 WW............................................................................................................................................................................8181 QUICK REFERENCE INDEX..................................................................................................................................................... 0 Table of Contents.........................................................................................................................................................8181 BASIC INSPECTION......................................................................................................................................................8183 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW.....................................................................................................................................8183 Work Flow.....................................................................................................................................................8183 OVERALL SEQUENCE..........................................................................................................................................8183 DETAILED FLOW.............................................................................................................................................8183 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................................................................8185 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................8185 WITH RAIN SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................8185 WITH RAIN SENSOR : System Diagram.........................................................................................................................8185 WITH RAIN SENSOR : System Description.....................................................................................................................8185 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................8185 FRONT WIPER BASIC OPERATION...........................................................................................................................8185 FRONT WIPER LO OPERATION..............................................................................................................................8185 FRONT WIPER HI OPERATION..............................................................................................................................8185 FRONT WIPER AUTO OPERATION............................................................................................................................8186 Rain Sensing......................................................................................................................................8186 Auto Wiping Operation ............................................................................................................................8186 Rain Sensor Sensitivity Setting...................................................................................................................8186 FRONT WIPER AUTO STOP OPERATION.......................................................................................................................8186 FRONT WIPER OPERATION LINKED WITH WASHER..............................................................................................................8187 FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION....................................................................................................................................8187 Front Wiper control...............................................................................................................................8187 Rain Sensor Malfunction...........................................................................................................................8187 WITH RAIN SENSOR : Component Parts Location...............................................................................................................8188 WITH RAIN SENSOR : Component Description..................................................................................................................8188 WITHOUT RAIN SENSOR...........................................................................................................................................8189 WITHOUT RAIN SENSOR : System Diagram......................................................................................................................8189 WITHOUT RAIN SENSOR : System Description..................................................................................................................8189 OUTLINE...............................................................................................................................................8189 FRONT WIPER BASIC OPERATION...........................................................................................................................8189 FRONT WIPER LO OPERATION..............................................................................................................................8189 FRONT WIPER HI OPERATION..............................................................................................................................8189 FRONT WIPER INT OPERATION.............................................................................................................................8190 FRONT WIPER AUTO STOP OPERATION.......................................................................................................................8190 FRONT WIPER OPERATION LINKED WITH WASHER..............................................................................................................8191 FRONT WIPER FAIL-SAFE OPERATION.......................................................................................................................8191 WITHOUT RAIN SENSOR : Component Parts Location............................................................................................................8192 WITHOUT RAIN SENSOR : Component Description...............................................................................................................8192 REAR WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................8194 System Diagram................................................................................................................................................8194 System Description............................................................................................................................................8194 OUTLINE...................................................................................................................................................8194 REAR WIPER BASIC OPERATION................................................................................................................................8194 REAR WIPER ON OPERATION...................................................................................................................................8194 REAR WIPER INT OPERATION..................................................................................................................................8194 REAR WIPER AUTO STOP OPERATION............................................................................................................................8194 REAR WIPER OPERATION LINKED WITH WASHER ..................................................................................................................8195 REAR WIPER FAIL-SAFE OPERATION............................................................................................................................8195 Component Parts Location......................................................................................................................................8196 Component Description.........................................................................................................................................8196 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)............................................................................................................................................8197 COMMON ITEM...................................................................................................................................................8197 COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)....................................................................................................8197 APPLICATION ITEM......................................................................................................................................8197 SYSTEM APPLICATION....................................................................................................................................8197 FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)...............................................................................................................................8197 WIPER.........................................................................................................................................................8198 WIPER : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - WIPER)................................................................................................................8198 WORK SUPPORT..........................................................................................................................................8198 DATA MONITOR..........................................................................................................................................8198 ACTIVE TEST...........................................................................................................................................8199 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R).......................................................................................................................................8200 Diagnosis Description.........................................................................................................................................8200 AUTO ACTIVE TEST..........................................................................................................................................8200 Description...........................................................................................................................................8200 Operation Procedure...................................................................................................................................8200 Inspection in Auto Active Test Mode...................................................................................................................8200 Concept of auto active test...........................................................................................................................8201 Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode..............................................................................................................8201 CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)...............................................................................................................................8202 APPLICATION ITEM..........................................................................................................................................8202 SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT....................................................................................................................................8202 DATA MONITOR..............................................................................................................................................8202 ACTIVE TEST...............................................................................................................................................8203 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS.................................................................................................................................................8205 WIPER AND WASHER FUSE.............................................................................................................................................8205 Description...................................................................................................................................................8205 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8205 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT...................................................................................................................................8206 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).....................................................................................................................................8206 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) : Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................8206 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)..................................................................................................8206 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) : Diagnosis Procedure........................................................................8206 FRONT WIPER MOTOR LO CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................8208 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................8208 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8208 FRONT WIPER MOTOR HI CIRCUIT......................................................................................................................................8210 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................8210 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8210 FRONT WIPER AUTO STOP SIGNAL CIRCUIT..............................................................................................................................8212 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................8212 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8212 FRONT WIPER MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT..................................................................................................................................8214 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8214 WASHER SWITCH.....................................................................................................................................................8215 Description...................................................................................................................................................8215 Component Inspection..........................................................................................................................................8215 RAIN SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................................8216 Description...................................................................................................................................................8216 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................8216 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8216 REAR WIPER MOTOR CIRCUIT..........................................................................................................................................8218 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................8218 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8218 REAR WIPER AUTO STOP SIGNAL CIRCUIT...............................................................................................................................8220 Component Function Check......................................................................................................................................8220 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8220 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM.....................................................................................................................................8222 Wiring Diagram - FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM -..............................................................................................................8222 REAR WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM......................................................................................................................................8226 Wiring Diagram - REAR WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM -...............................................................................................................8226 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION.............................................................................................................................................8230 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE).........................................................................................................................................8230 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................8230 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................8230 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................8235 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................8235 Wiring Diagram - BCM -........................................................................................................................................8254 Fail-safe.....................................................................................................................................................8260 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC..................................................................................................................................8260 HIGH FLASHER OPERATION....................................................................................................................................8262 FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY RAIN SENSOR MALFUNCTION..............................................................................................................8262 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION...............................................................................................................................8262 DTC Inspection Priority Chart.................................................................................................................................8263 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................8263 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)......................................................................................................8266 Reference Value...............................................................................................................................................8266 VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL..............................................................................................................................8266 TERMINAL LAYOUT...........................................................................................................................................8268 PHYSICAL VALUES...........................................................................................................................................8268 Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R -...................................................................................................................................8273 Fail-safe.....................................................................................................................................................8276 CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL.................................................................................................................................8276 If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM.........................................................................................................8276 If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM.........................................................................................................8277 IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION.............................................................................................................8277 FRONT WIPER CONTROL.......................................................................................................................................8277 STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION.........................................................................................................................8278 DTC Index.....................................................................................................................................................8278 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS.....................................................................................................................................................8279 WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM SYMPTOMS..................................................................................................................................8279 WITH RAIN SENSOR..............................................................................................................................................8279 WITH RAIN SENSOR : Symptom Table..........................................................................................................................8279 WITHOUT RAIN SENSOR...........................................................................................................................................8281 WITHOUT RAIN SENSOR : Symptom Table.......................................................................................................................8281 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION........................................................................................................................................8284 Description...................................................................................................................................................8284 FRONT WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION.....................................................................................................................8284 REAR WIPER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTION......................................................................................................................8284 FRONT WIPER DOES NOT OPERATE......................................................................................................................................8285 Description...................................................................................................................................................8285 Diagnosis Procedure...........................................................................................................................................8285 PRECAUTION............................................................................................................................................................8287 PRECAUTIONS.......................................................................................................................................................8287 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER"....................................................................8287 PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS..........................................................................................8287 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...............................................................................................................8287 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................8288 WASHER TANK.......................................................................................................................................................8288 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................8288 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................8288 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................8288 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................8288 WASHER PUMP.......................................................................................................................................................8289 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................8289 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................8289 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................8289 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................8289 WASHER LEVEL SWITCH...............................................................................................................................................8290 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................8290 FRONT WASHER NOZZLE AND TUBE......................................................................................................................................8291 Hydraulic Layout..............................................................................................................................................8291 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................8291 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................8291 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................8291 Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................................8291 INSPECTION................................................................................................................................................8291 Washer Nozzle Inspection..............................................................................................................................8291 ADJUSTMENT................................................................................................................................................8292 Washer Nozzle Spray Position Adjustment...............................................................................................................8292 FRONT WIPER ARM AND BLADE.........................................................................................................................................8294 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................8294 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................8294 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................8294 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................8294 Adjustment....................................................................................................................................................8294 WIPER BLADE POSITION ADJUSTMENT...........................................................................................................................8294 Replacement...................................................................................................................................................8295 FLAT BLADE REFILL.........................................................................................................................................8295 FRONT WIPER DRIVE ASSEMBLY........................................................................................................................................8296 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................8296 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................8296 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................8296 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................8296 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................8296 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................8297 Disassembly and Assembly......................................................................................................................................8297 DISASSEMBLY...............................................................................................................................................8297 ASSEMBLY..................................................................................................................................................8297 RAIN SENSOR.......................................................................................................................................................8298 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................8298 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................8298 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................8298 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................8298 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................8298 WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH...........................................................................................................................................8299 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................8299 REAR WIPER ARM....................................................................................................................................................8300 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................8300 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................8300 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................8300 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................8300 Adjustment....................................................................................................................................................8300 REAR WIPER BLADE POSITION ADJUSTMENT......................................................................................................................8300 REAR WIPER MOTOR..................................................................................................................................................8302 Exploded View.................................................................................................................................................8302 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................8302 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................8302 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................8302 REAR WASHER NOZZLE AND TUBE.......................................................................................................................................8303 Hydraulic Layout..............................................................................................................................................8303 Removal and Installation......................................................................................................................................8303 REMOVAL...................................................................................................................................................8303 INSTALLATION..............................................................................................................................................8304 Inspection and Adjustment.....................................................................................................................................8304 INSPECTION................................................................................................................................................8304 Washer Nozzle Inspection..............................................................................................................................8304 ADJUSTMENT................................................................................................................................................8304 Washer Nozzle Spray Position adjustment...............................................................................................................8304 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT.......................................................................................................................................... 5 FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)....................................................................................................................................... 114 FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX...................................................................................................................................... 115
Need help? Contact: [email protected]
https://vimeo.com/873259334?share=copy
PLEASE NOTE:
- This is the SAME exact manual used by your dealers to fix your vehicle.
- The same can be yours in the next 2-3 mins as you will be directed to the download page immediately after paying for the manual.
- Any queries / doubts regarding your purchase, please feel free to contact [email protected]
S.V
